[RFR] po://debian-edu-doc/it.po
Claudio Carboncini
claudio.carboncini@gmail.com
Sab 20 Lug 2013 00:55:38 CEST
# translation of debian-edu-squeeze-manual.po to italian
# release-manual for debian edu
# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others
# Source URL: http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/
#
# Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini@gmail.com>, 2007, 2008, 2009,
2010, 2011, 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-squeeze-manual\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-13 19:39-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-20 00:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <>\n"
"Language: it\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article>
msgid "en"
msgstr "it"
#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Wheezy 7.1+edu0 Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Wheezy 7.1+edu0"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename \"Wheezy\""
msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy"
msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png"
msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Debian Edu login"
msgstr "Debian Edu login"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu Wheezy 7.1+edu0 release."
msgstr "Questa è la guida per Debian Edu Wheezy 7.1+edu0 release."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Wheezy\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"La versione su <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Wheezy\"/> è un wiki che viene modificato frequentemente."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be "
"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"http://maintainer."
"skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Le traduzioni</link> sono parte del pacchetto "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, che può essere <ulink url="
"\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">installato su un server "
"web</ulink> e disponibile <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/"
"debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Debian Edu e Skolelinux"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing "
"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network."
msgstr ""
"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux è una distribuzione Linux basata su Debian che "
"mette a disposizione un sistema pronto all'uso (out-of-the-box) per una rete "
"completamente configurata di una scuola."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "Immediatly after installation a school server running all services needed "
#| "for a school network is set up (see the next chapter <link linkend="
#| "\"Architecture\">details of the architecture of this setup</link>), just "
#| "waiting for users and machines being added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-"
#| "UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment is prepared using "
#| "PXE, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, DVD or "
#| "usbstick all other machines can be installed via the network, this "
#| "includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the "
#| "school network, usually laptops or netbooks) as well as PXE booting for "
#| "diskless machines like tradional thin-clients."
msgid ""
"Immediatly after installation a school server running all services needed "
"for a school network is set up (see the next chapter <link linkend="
"\"Architecture\">details of the architecture of this setup</link>), just "
"waiting for users and machines being added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, "
"or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment is prepared using PXE, so "
"after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blue-ray disc or USB "
"flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this "
"includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the "
"school network, usually laptops or netbooks) as well as PXE booting for "
"diskless machines like tradional thin-clients."
msgstr ""
"Immediatamente dopo l'installazione è configurato un server della scuola che "
"esegue tutti i servizi necessari per la rete scolastica (vedere il prossimo "
"capitolo <link linkend=\"Architecture\">per maggiori dettagli "
"sull'architettura della configurazione</link>), aspettando solo che utenti e "
"macchine siano aggiunti via GOsa², una comoda interfaccia Web-UI, o da "
"qualsiasi altro editor LDAP. Un ambiente di avvio dalla rete è disponibile "
"utilizzando PXE, così che dopo l'installazione iniziale del server "
"principale da CD, Blue-ray o penna USB tutte le altre macchine possono essere "
"installate via rete, comprese le \"roaming workstations\" (macchine della "
"rete della scuola, generalmente laptop o netbook) nonché l'avvio tramite PXE "
"per macchine senza disco come i tradizionali thin-clients."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Several educational applications like celestia, drgeo, gcompris, kalzium, "
"kgeography, solfege and scratch are included in the default desktop setup, "
"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe."
msgstr ""
"Diverse applicazioni didattiche come celestia, drgeo, gcompris, kalzium, "
"kgeography, solfege e scratch sono incluse nella configurazione predefinita "
"del desktop, che può essere facilmente estesa quasi all'infinito attraverso "
"l'universo Debian."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Some history and why two names"
msgstr "Un po' di storia e il perché di due nomi"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> is a Linux "
"distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=\"http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> distribution "
"it is an official <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> "
"subproject."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> è una "
"distribuzione Linux sviluppata dal progetto Debian Edu. Come distribuzione "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Debian Pure Blends</"
"ulink> fa parte di un sottoprogetto <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org"
"\">Debian</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-"
"network."
msgstr ""
"Skolelinux è una versione di Debian che mette a disposizione un sistema "
"pronto all'uso (out-of-the-box) per una rete completamente configurata di "
"una scuola."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on Juli 2nd 2001 and about the "
"same time Raphael Herzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both "
"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and "
"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions."
msgstr ""
"Il progetto Skolelinux è stato fondato in Norvegia il 2 luglio 2001 e circa "
"nello stesso tempo Raphael Herzog iniziò Debian-Edu in Francia. Dal 2003 "
"entrambi i progetti si sono uniti, ma i due nomi sono rimasti. \"Skole\" e "
"(Debian-)\"Education\" sono termini molto conosciuti in questi paesi."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The main target group in Norway initially were schools serving the 6-16 "
"years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several countries around "
"the world, with most installations in Norway, Spain, Germany and France."
msgstr ""
"Inizialmente in Norvegia è stato utilizzato da scuole con allievi di 6-16 "
"anni. Oggi la distribuzione è usata in altri paesi del mondo, soprattutto in "
"Norvegia, Spagna, Germania e Francia."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architettura"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
msgstr ""
"Questa sezione del documento descrive l'architettura della rete e i servizi "
"messi a disposizione dalla installazione di Skolelinux."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Network"
msgstr "La rete"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Wheezy.png"
msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Wheezy.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "The Debian Edu network topology"
msgstr "La topologia della rete Debian Edu"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-"
"servers (with associated thin-clients). The number of workstations can be as "
"large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for "
"the thin-client servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the "
"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
"the rest of the network services."
msgstr ""
"La figura è il modello scelto per la topologia di rete. Il setup di default "
"di una rete Skolelinux presuppone uno e un solo server principale , con "
"workstation e thin -client-servers (con thin-clients) collegati. Il numero "
"delle workstation può essere più o meno grande (si può partire da nove a "
"più). Lo stesso vale per il numero dei thin-client-server, ognuno dei quali "
"sviluppa una propria rete separata in modo tale che il traffico tra thin-"
"client e thin-client-server non influenza il resto dei servizi di rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
"service to the right computer."
msgstr ""
"La ragione per cui è presente un solo server principale in ogni scuola è che "
"questo server fornisce i numeri Ip attraverso il DHCP e occorre che ci sia "
"una sola macchina che attivi questo servizio. E' possibile trasferire i "
"servizi dal server principale a altre macchine modificando la configurazione "
"del DNS, puntando alla macchina giusta con l'alias DNS del servizio."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
"both a modem and an ISDN connection; however, no attempt is made to make "
"such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust "
"the default situation to this should be documented separately)."
msgstr ""
"Per semplificare il setup standard di Skolelinux, la connessione Internet è "
"prevista attraverso un router separato. E' possibile configurare Debian con "
"un modem o con una connessione ISDN, anche se questa possibiltà non è "
"prevista nell'installazione \"out of the box\" di Skolelinux (il setup ha "
"bisogno di aggiustare la situazione di default e questo dovrebbe essere "
"documentato separatamente)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "The default network setup"
msgstr "il setup della rete di default"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"DHCPD on Tjener serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a syslinux menu via "
"PXE-boot where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, "
"boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the "
"local hard disk."
msgstr ""
"DHCPD nel server Tjener gestisce la rete 10.0.0.0/8, tramite PXE-Boot si "
"ottiene un menu di syslinux dove si può scegliere di installare un nuovo "
"server/workstation, far fare il boot a un thinclient o a una diskless "
"workstation, eseguire memtest, o avviare dall'hard disk locale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is designed to be modified - that is, you can have the NFS-root in "
"syslinux point to one of the LTSP servers or change the DHCP next-server "
"option (stored in LDAP) to have clients directly boot via PXE from the "
"terminal server."
msgstr ""
"Questo naturalmente può essere modificato, cioè si può avere la NFS-root in "
"syslinux che punta ad un server LTSP o si può cambiare il next-server in "
"DHCP (archiviato in LDAP) per avere clienti che si avviano direttamente "
"tramite PXE dal terminal server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"DHCPD on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second "
"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and "
"should seldom need to be changed."
msgstr ""
"DHCPD nei server ltsp si riferisce solo alla rete dedicata "
"nella seconda interfaccia (192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 sono
preconfigurate) e "
"raramente occorre cambiarle."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP."
msgstr "La configurazione di tutte le sottorei è memorizzata in LDAP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Main server (tjener)"
msgstr "Main server (tjener)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is "
"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address "
"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the main server profile. It's "
"possible (but not required) to also select and install the thin-client-"
"server and workstation profiles in addition to the main server profile."
msgstr ""
"La rete Skolelinux ha bisogno di un solo server principale (chiamato anche "
"\"tjener\" che è la traduzione norvegese di \"server\") che ha l'indirizzo "
"IP di default 10.0.2.2 che è installato selezionando il profilo main server. "
"E' possibile (ma non richiesto) installare anche i profili thin-client-"
"server e workstation insieme al profilo main server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
"reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is "
"possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on "
"the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are "
"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move "
"individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply "
"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
"to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that "
"machine first, of course)."
msgstr ""
"Con l'eccezione del controllo dei thin-clients, tutti i servizi sono "
"inizialmente configurati sul server principale (main server). Per ragioni di "
"performance, i thin-client-server dovrebbero essere macchine diverse dal "
"server principale (anche se è possibile installare il server principale e i "
"thin-client-server sulla stessa macchina). Tutti i servizi hanno un nome-DNS "
"dedicato e viaggiano su IPV4. I nomi DNS servono per trasferire i servizi "
"dal server principale a altre macchine semplicemente fermando il servizio "
"sul server principale e cambiando la configurazione DNS che deve puntare "
"alla nuova locazione del servizio (naturalmente prima dovrebbe essere "
"installato il servizio sulla macchina scelta)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain "
"text."
msgstr ""
"Per ragioni di sicurezza tutte le connessioni che trasmettono password sono "
"criptate e nessuna password è inviata in solo testo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration "
"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus "
"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an "
"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use."
msgstr ""
"In seguito si elenca la serie dei servizi che sono configurati di default in "
"una rete Skolelinux con il nome DNS di ogni servizio. Tutti i file di "
"configurazioni si riferiranno, se possibile, al servizio attraverso il nome "
"DNS (senza il nome del dominio), così che le scuole possano cambiare dominio "
"(se hanno un proprio dominio) o indirizzo IP facilmente."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Table of services</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabella dei servizi</emphasis>:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrizione dei servizi</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome comune</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome del servizio DNS</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Centralised Logging"
msgstr "Centralised Logging"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "rsyslog"
msgstr "rsyslog"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "syslog"
msgstr "syslog"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Domain Name Service"
msgstr "Domain Name Service"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "DNS (BIND)"
msgstr "DNS (BIND)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "domain"
msgstr "domain"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines"
msgstr "Configurazione automatica delle macchine della rete"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "bootps"
msgstr "bootps"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Clock Synchronisation"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "NTP"
msgstr "NTP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ntp"
msgstr "ntp"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System"
msgstr "Directory Home via Network File System"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "SMB / NFS"
msgstr "SMB / NFS"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "homes"
msgstr "homes"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Electronic Post Office"
msgstr "Electronic Post Office"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)"
msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "postoffice"
msgstr "postoffice"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Directory Service"
msgstr "Directory Service"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "OpenLDAP"
msgstr "OpenLDAP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ldap"
msgstr "ldap"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "GOsa²"
msgstr "GOsa²"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "---"
msgstr "---"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Web Server"
msgstr "Web Server"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Apache/PHP"
msgstr "Apache/PHP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "www"
msgstr "www"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Central Backup"
msgstr "Backup centrale"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php"
msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "backup"
msgstr "backup"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Web Cache"
msgstr "Web Cache"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Proxy (Squid)"
msgstr "Proxy (Squid)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "webcache"
msgstr "webcache"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Printing"
msgstr "Stampa"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "CUPS"
msgstr "CUPS"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ipp"
msgstr "ipp"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Secure Remote Login"
msgstr "Login remoto sicuro"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "OpenSSH"
msgstr "OpenSSH"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ssh"
msgstr "ssh"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Automatic Configuration"
msgstr "Configurazione automatica"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Cfengine"
msgstr "Cfengine"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "cfengine"
msgstr "cfengine"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Thin Client Server/s"
msgstr "Thin Client Server"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "LTSP"
msgstr "LTSP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ltsp"
msgstr "ltsp"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email"
msgstr ""
"Controllo delle macchine e dei servizi con il report degli errori, più lo "
"stato e la storia su Web. Report degli errori attraverso email"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "munin, nagios and site-summary"
msgstr "munin, nagios and site-summary"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are "
"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all "
"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine "
"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via "
"NFS for Unix clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
msgstr ""
"Ogni utente archivia i suoi file personali nella sua cartella home messa a "
"disposizione dal server. Le cartelle home sono disponibili da tutte le "
"macchine dando la possibilità di accedere agli stessi file indipendentemente "
"dalla macchina da cui ci si collega. Il server è indipendente dal sistema "
"operativo utilizzando NFS per i client Unix e SMB per client Windows e "
"Macintosh."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, "
"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has "
"a permanent Internet connection. Mailing lists are set up based on the user "
"database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set up to "
"deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend="
"\"Users--Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP."
msgstr ""
"Di default le email sono impostate solo per la posta locale (cioè "
"all'interno della scuola), sebbene la spedizione di email attraverso "
"internet può essere configurata se la scuola ha una connessione internet "
"permanente. Sono configurate anche mailing list basate sul data base degli "
"utenti: ogni classe ha una sua mailing list. I client sono predisposti per "
"spedire la posta al server (usando 'smarthost'), e gli utenti possono <link "
"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">accedere alle loro email</link> sia "
"attraverso IMAP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorisation."
msgstr ""
"Tutti i servizi sono accessibili usando stesso username e password in quanto "
"il data base di autenticazione e autorizzazione è centralizzato ."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
"machines."
msgstr ""
"Per incrementare la performance sui siti più frequentati è usato un proxy "
"web (Squid) che archivia i file localmente. Insieme con il blocco del "
"traffico nel router il proxy permette il controllo su Internet per macchine "
"singole."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.0.0/8, "
"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via "
"the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network "
"traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network "
"services)."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione dei client è fatta automaticamente con l'uso di DHCP. I "
"client della rete sono inseriti nella rete locale 10.0.0.0/8, mentre i thin "
"client sono connessi al loro thin-client-server con una sottorete separata "
"192.168.0.0/24 (questo assicura che il traffico di rete dei thin client non "
"interferisca con il resto dei servizi di rete)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
"incoming messages from the local network."
msgstr ""
"Il servizio centralizzato di logging è configurato in modo che tutte le "
"macchine mandino i loro messaggi di syslog al server. Il servizio è "
"predisposto in modo da accettare solamente i messaggi provenienti dalla rete "
"locale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
"can use it as the main DNS Server."
msgstr ""
"Di default il server DNS è configurato per un dominio per un uso interno "
"solamente (*.intern) e può essere settato per un dominio reale (\"esterno"
"\"). Il server DNS è configurato come un server caching in modo che tutte le "
"macchine della rete possono usarlo come dominio principale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will "
"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
"programmable on the server side."
msgstr ""
"Allievi e insegnanti hanno la possibilità di pubblicare pagine web. Il "
"server web dispone di meccanismi per autenticare gli utenti e limitare "
"l'accesso a pagine e sottocartelle per determinati utenti e gruppi. Gli "
"utenti avranno la possibilità di creare pagine dinamiche, dato che c'è la "
"possibilità di programmare dal lato server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will "
"have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To "
"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, "
"mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines "
"which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups "
"and mailing lists."
msgstr ""
"Le informazioni sugli utenti e sulle macchine possono essere amministrate "
"centralmente e tutte le macchine della rete sono accessibili "
"automaticamente. Per rendere possibile questa funzione è configurata una "
"directory centrale nel server. La directory archivierà le informazioni su "
"utenti, gruppi di utenti, macchine e gruppi di macchine. Per evitare "
"confusioni nell'utente non ci sarà differenza tra file di gruppo, mailing "
"list e gruppi di rete. Questo implica che i gruppi di macchine dovranno "
"essere gruppi di rete e avere lo stesso namespace dei gruppi di utenti e "
"delle mailing list."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow "
"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part "
"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user "
"groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
msgstr ""
"L'amministrazione dei servizi e degli utenti avverranno via web, seguiranno "
"gli standard e funzioneranno bene con i browser che sono parte di "
"Skolelinux. La delega di alcuni compiti a utenti o a gruppi di utenti "
"saranno possibili da parte dei sistemi di amministrazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this "
"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) "
"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the "
"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against "
"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct "
"time."
msgstr ""
"Per evitare alcuni problemi con NFS e rendere più semplice il debug, il "
"tempo deve essere sincronizzato sulle diverse macchine. Per questo il server "
"Skolelinux è configurato come server locale con il Network Time Protocol "
"(NTP) e tutte le workstation e i client sincronizzano il loro orologio con "
"quello del server. Il server a sua volta dovrebbe sincronizzare il suo "
"orologio via NTP su Internet, così che l'intera rete abbia lo stesso orario."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main "
"network, or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access "
"to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups "
"they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
"printers."
msgstr ""
"Le stampanti sono connesse, quando conviene, direttamente alla rete "
"principale o direttamente al server, alla workstation o al thin-client-"
"server. L'accesso alle stampanti può essere controllato per gli utenti "
"individuali in relazione ai gruppi ai quali appartengono e realizzato usando "
"quota e il controllo di accesso per le stampanti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP server(s) (Thin client server(s))"
msgstr "LTSP server(s) (Thin client server(s))"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers (also called thin client "
"servers), which are installed by selecting the LTSP server profile."
msgstr ""
"Una rete Skolelinux può avere diversi LTSP servers (chiamati anche thin "
"client servers), che sono installati selezionando il profilo LTSP server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The thin client servers are set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
"I thin client server sono configurati per ricevere il syslog dai thin "
"clients e inoltrare questo messaggio al syslog principale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Thin client"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This "
"means that the machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server "
"using network-PROM (or PXE) without using the local client hard drive. The "
"thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione del thin client permette a un PC di funzionare come un "
"terminale (X-). Questo significa che la macchina si inizializza attraverso "
"un dischetto o direttamente dal server con una scheda-PROM (o PXE) senza "
"usare il disco fisso locale. Viene usato per questo servizio Linux Terminal "
"Server Project (LTSP)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the "
"service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the "
"network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP server, and "
"finally the X Window System is started. The display manager (LDM) connects "
"to the LTSP server via SSH with X-forwarding. This way all data is encrypted "
"on the network. For very old thin clients which are too slow for the "
"encryption this can be set to the behavior from former versions, which is to "
"use a direct X connection via XDMCP."
msgstr ""
"I thin clients sono un modo ottimo per usare macchine deboli e obsolete in "
"quanto tutti i programmi girano sul server LTSP. Questo funziona come segue: "
"il servizio usa DHCP e TFTP per connettersi alla rete e si inizializza dalla "
"rete stessa. In seguito il file system è montato via NFS dal server LTSP e "
"finalmente X Window Server parte. Il manager display (LDM) si connette al "
"server LTSP via SSH con X-forwarding. In questo modo tutti i dati sono "
"criptati attraverso la rete. I client molto vecchi che vanno molto "
"lentamente per la criptatura possono essere impostati come nelle versioni "
"precedenti, usando una connessione diretta attraverso XDMCP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Workstation diskless (senza disco)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms \"stateless workstations\", \"lowfat "
"clients\" or \"half-thick clients\" are also used. For the sake of clarity "
"this manual sticks to the term \"diskless workstations\"."
msgstr ""
"Sono sinonimi del termine workstation diskless (senza disco) anche stateless "
"workstations, lowfat clients o half-thick clients. Per motivi di chiarezza "
"questo manuale usa il termine \"diskless workstations\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot directly "
"from the server's hard drive without running software installed on a local "
"hard drive."
msgstr ""
"Le workstation diskless eseguono tutto il software nel PC senza avere "
"installato localmente alcun sistema operativo. Questo vuol dire che le "
"macchine fanno il boot direttamente dal disco fisso dei server senza "
"eseguire alcun software installato sul disco fisso locale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing newer hardware with "
"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered "
"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on "
"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server "
"too."
msgstr ""
"Le workstation diskless sono un modo eccellente di utilizzare hardware più "
"nuovo con lo stesso basso costo di manutenzione dei thin client. Il software "
"è amministrato e mantenuto sul server senza installare nella macchina alcun "
"software. Anche le directory home e la configurazione del sistema è "
"archiviata sul server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
msgstr ""
"Le workstation diskless sono state introdotte nel Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) con la versione 5.0."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr "Networked client"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running Mac OS or "
"Windows."
msgstr ""
"Il termine \"networked clients\" è usato in questo manuale per riferirsi ai "
"thin client, alle workstation diskless e a tutti i computer che hanno come "
"sistema operativo MacOS o Windows."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "All the Linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or "
#| "DVD will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the "
#| "server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and "
#| "thereby have full access to the machines."
msgid ""
"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will "
"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be "
"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to "
"the machines."
msgstr ""
"Tutte le macchine Linux che sono installate con Skolelinux installer "
"saranno amministrate da un computer centrale, probabilmente il server. Sarà "
"possibile accedere a tutte le macchine via SSH e avere pieno accesso."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
"suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automation distribute "
"the changes."
msgstr ""
"Si usa cfengine per modificare i file di configurazione. Questi file sono "
"aggiornati dal server ai client. Per cambiare la configurazione del client è "
"sufficiente modificare la configurazione del server e automaticamente i "
"cambiamenti saranno distribuiti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user "
"authentication."
msgstr ""
"Tutte le informazioni degli utenti sono in una directory LDAP. Le modifiche "
"degli utenti sono fatte in questo data base e usate dai client per "
"l'autenticazione degli utenti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installazione"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "Currently there are two types of installation media: netinst CD and multi-"
#| "arch DVD. Both types can also be booted from USB sticks."
msgid ""
"Currently there are three kinds of installation media images: netinstall "
"(CD) and i386-only DVD and multi-arch USB flash drive. All of these images "
"can also be booted from USB sticks."
msgstr ""
"Attualmente ci sono tre tipi di supporti di installazione: CD netinst, "
"DVD solo con architettura i386 e USB flash drive per multi-arch. Tutti questi "
"tipi possono essere avviati anche da chiavetta USB. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "The aim is to be able to install a server from a CD/DVD type medium once, "
#| "and install all other clients over the network by booting from the "
#| "network."
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type medium once, and "
"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network."
msgstr ""
"L'obiettivo è quello di essere in grado di installare, solo una
volta, un server da ogni tipo di dispositivo "
"per poi installare tutti gli altri clienti della rete mediante il
boot da rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during
installation."
msgstr "Solo l'immagine netinstall ha bisogno di accedere a Internet
durante l'installazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
"workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up "
"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location "
"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
msgstr ""
"L'installazione non dovrebbe fare alcuna domanda, con l'eccezione del "
"linguaggio desiderato (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) e del profilo "
"della macchina (server, workstation, thin client server). Tutte le altre "
"configurazioni saranno settate automaticamente con parametri ragionevoli da "
"cambiare eventualmente da una postazione centrale attraverso "
"l'amministratore di sistema dopo la prima installazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configurazione dell'accesso al file system"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to "
"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by "
"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
"anyone but the user."
msgstr ""
"A ogni acconto dell'utente Skolelinux è assegnato una parte del file system "
"sul file server. Questa parte (la home directory) contiene i file di "
"configurazione dell'utente, i documenti, le email e le pagine web. Alcuni di "
"questi file dovrebbero essere configurati in sola lettura per gli altri "
"utenti del sistema, altri leggibili da tutti via internet, altri ancora non "
"dovrebbero essere accessibili solo all'utente stesso."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</"
"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, "
"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user "
"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to "
"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
msgstr ""
"Per essere sicuri che tutti i dischi usati per le directory dell'utente e "
"per le directory condivise abbiano un nome unico per tutti i computer "
"durante l'installazione, possono essere montati come <computeroutput>/skole/"
"host/directory/</computeroutput>. All'inizio, la directory <computeroutput>/"
"skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput> è creata sul file server che ha gli "
"acconti degli utenti. Più directory possono essere create quando è "
"necessario, per adattarsi a gruppi particolari di utenti o particolari "
"esigenze di utilizzo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, "
"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as "
"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have "
"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or "
"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the "
"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file "
"sharing between the members of a group."
msgstr ""
"Per consentire l'accesso ai file condivisi con il normale sistema di "
"permessi UNIX, gli utenti devono essere in gruppi condivisi supplementari "
"(come \"studenti\") nonché avere settato come gruppo primario il proprio "
"gruppo personale come di default. Se gli utenti hanno una umask appropriata "
"per creare nuovi elementi accessibili al gruppo (002 o 007) e se le "
"directory su cui lavorano hanno un settagglio dei permessi di gruppo da "
"assicurare che i file ereditino i permessi corretti per il gruppo, il "
"risultato è una condivisione controllata tra i membri del gruppo. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. "
"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as "
"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files "
"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by "
"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing "
"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of "
"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to "
"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and "
"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the "
"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the "
"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material "
"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this "
"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are "
"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely "
"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive "
"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want "
"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration "
"issues)."
msgstr ""
"Il setting iniziale per i nuovi file creati dipende dalla policy usata. La "
"umask di default di Debian è 022 (non permette come descritto sopra accesso "
"ai gruppi), quella di Debian Edu, invece usa 002, che significa che i file "
"sono creati con possibilità di lettura per tutti, con la possibilità di "
"rimuoverla in seguito con un'azione specifica dell'utente. La policy può "
"essere cambiata (modificando <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</"
"computeroutput>) con una umask a 007 - che significa che la possibilità di "
"lettura è impedita, e è necessaria un'azione dell'utente per renderla "
"accessibile. Il primo metodo incoraggia la condivisione della conoscenza e "
"rende il sistema più trasparente, il secondo metodo diminuisce il rischio "
"della diffusione non voluta di informazioni. Il problema con la prima "
"soluzione è che non è esplicitato che il materiale creato sarà accessibile a "
"tutti gli utenti. Questo è verificabile in seguito attraverso la "
"visualizzazione di tutte le directory degli utenti da cui si può vedere che "
"tutti i file hanno accesso in lettura. Il problema con la seconda soluzione "
"è che sono pochi gli utenti che sanno rendere accessibile in lettura i "
"propri file e se questi non contengono informazioni sensibili il loro "
"contenuto potrebbe essere utile per gli utenti che vogliono imparare a "
"risolvere problemi che già altri hanno risolto. (in genere problemi di "
"configurazione). "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisiti tecnici"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many "
"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the "
"configuration of network components, servers and client machines."
msgstr ""
"Ci sono molti modi per configurare una soluzione Skolelinux. Può essere "
"installato su un'unica macchina o su una grande rete fatta da più scuole. "
"Per questa varietà di configurazioni c'è una grande differenza su come "
"impostare i componenti di rete, server e macchine client."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr "Requisiti hardware"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend="
"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter."
msgstr ""
"Lo scopo dei diversi profili è spiegato nella sezione <link linkend="
"\"Architecture\">architettura della rete</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386 or amd64 "
"processors."
msgstr ""
"i computer su cui eseguire Debian Edu / Skolelinux devono aver processori "
"i386 o amd64."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Thin client servers need two network cards when using the default network "
"architecture:"
msgstr ""
"i thin client server devono avere due schede di rete quando si usa "
"l'architettura di rete di default:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8),"
msgstr "eth0 connessa alla rete principale (10.0.0.0/8)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "eth1 is used for serving the thin-clients (192.168.0.0/24 or
192.168.1.0/24)."
msgstr "eth1 è usata per i thin-clients (192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.1.0/24)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Consider 2 GB RAM for 30 clients and 4 GB RAM for 50-60 clients."
msgstr "Occorrono 2 GB RAM per 30 client e 4 GB RAM per 50-60 client."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk larger than 25 "
"GiB will be sufficient for a workstation or standalone installation, 30 Gib "
"for a thin-client server and at least 40 GiB on the main server. As usual "
"with disk space on a main-server, it's \"the bigger the better\"."
msgstr ""
"lo spazio disco necessario dipende dal profilo usato, ma un disco maggiore "
"di 25 GiB sarà sufficiente per l'installazione di una workstation o per una "
"installazione standalone, 30 GiB per un thin-client server e almeno 40 GiB "
"sul sever principale. Come al solito, per il main-server, \"più grande è "
"meglio\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Thin clients can run on as low as 64 MiB RAM and 133 MHz processor, though "
"128 MiB RAM and somewhat faster processors are recommended."
msgstr ""
"per i thin clients possono essere operativi con 64 MiB RAM e con un "
"processore a 133 MH. sebbene 128 MB e processori più veloci sono "
"raccomandati."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For running Iceweasel/Firefox and OpenOffice.org, 128 MiB RAM is a minimum "
"requirement."
msgstr ""
"Per eseguire Iceweasel/Firefox e OpenOffice.org, si raccomandono almeno 128 "
"MiB RAM come minimo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone PCs, 800 MHz, 320 MiB "
"RAM are minimum requirements, though 512 or 1024 MiB RAM will perform "
"considerably better. Just a faster CPU will speed things up."
msgstr ""
"Per le diskless workstation e per i PC standalone sono richiesti come minimo "
"800 MHz e 320 MiB RAM , sebbene con 512 o 1024 MiB di RAM funzioneranno "
"meglio e una CPU più veloce permetterebbe migliori performance."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Swapping over the network is automatically enabled; the swap size is 32 MiB, "
"and if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on "
"tjener to set the SIZE variable. Please <emphasis>tune up the swap size</"
"emphasis> either locally on the PC or on the server."
msgstr ""
"La memoria di swap è caricata automaticamente dalla rete: la sua grandezza è "
"di 32 Mib, se ce ne vuole di più si può editare il file /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd."
"conf su tjener e configurare la variabile SIZE. Si consiglia di "
"<emphasis>accordare la grandezza della swap</emphasis> sia sul pc locale, "
"sia sul server."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If your diskless workstations have hard drives, it is recommended to use "
"them for swap as it is a lot faster than network swapping."
msgstr ""
"Se le diskless workstation hanno hardisk, è raccomandato usarli per la "
"memoria di swap in quanto più veloce dello swapping di rete."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"On workstations with little RAM the spell checker can cause OpenOffice.org "
"to hang if the swap space is too small. Then the system administrator has to "
"disable the spell checker on OpenOffice.org or students have to kill "
"OpenOffice.org, resulting in loss of work. Enabling at least 512 MiB swap on "
"a 320 MiB RAM workstation solves this, and the spell checker runs smoothly."
msgstr ""
"Sulle workstation con poca memoria il correttore ortografico di OpenOffice."
"org funziona male se la swap è troppo piccola. In questo caso "
"l'amministratore deve disattivare il correttore ortografico in OpenOffice."
"org o gli studenti perderanno il loro lavoro. 512 MiB di swap su 320 MiB RAM "
"nelle workstation risolverà questo problema, facendo funzionare il "
"correttore ortografico."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Laptops have the same requirements as for workstations since they are just "
"movable workstations."
msgstr ""
"I computer portatili richiedono gli stessi requisiti delle workstation dal "
"momento che sono workstation mobili. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr "Hardware conosciuto che funziona"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete"
msgstr ""
"Un elenco di hardware testato è fornito da <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Questa lista non è ancora completa"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/smile.png"
msgstr "./images/smile.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ":)"
msgstr ":)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to "
"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, "
"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing "
"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> è uno sforzo per "
"documentare come installare, configurare e usare Debian su hardware "
"specifico. Quindi i potenziali acquirenti dovrebbero conoscere se "
"quell'hardware è supportato e come avere il meglio dal proprio hardware."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"An excellent database of hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink "
"url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Un buon database sull'hardware supportato da Debian è online su <ulink url="
"\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Requirements for network setup"
msgstr "Requisitiper la configurazione della rete"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Default Setup"
msgstr "Setup di default"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:"
msgstr "Quando si usa l'architettura di rete di dafault, si applicano
queste regole:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener."
msgstr "Occorre avere un solo server principale, tjener"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network."
msgstr "Si possono avere centinaia di workstation sulla rete principale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different "
"subnets are preconfigured in LDAP."
msgstr ""
"Si possono avere molti server LTSP sulla rete principale: due diverse "
"sottoreti sono preconfigurate in LDAP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each "
"LTSP server network."
msgstr ""
"Si possono avere centinaia di thin clients e/o diskless workstations su ogni "
"rete del server LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses "
"assigned."
msgstr ""
"Si possono avere centinaia di altre macchine che hanno un indirizzo IP "
"dinamico assegnato"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)."
msgstr "Per avere accesso a internet c'è bisogno di un router/gateway
(vedi sotto)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr "Router Internet"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal "
"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet."
msgstr ""
"Per connettersi a internet sono necessari, un router/gateway, connesso a "
"internet su un'interfaccia esterna e con l'indirizzo IP 10.0.0.1 con netmask "
"255.0.0.0 sull'interfaccia interna."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used."
msgstr ""
"Il router non dovrebbe essere un server DHCP, anche se è possibile che sia "
"un server DNS, anche se questo non è necessario e non sarà utilizzato "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a router firewall solution capable of running on an "
"old PC, we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop</ulink> or "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Se si sta cercando una soluzione basata per riusare un vecchio PC, si "
"raccomanda <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop</ulink> o <ulink url="
"\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course "
"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
"\">supported hardware</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Se si ha bisogno di qualcosa per un router embedded o un access point si "
"raccomanda di usare <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, anche "
"se naturalmente si può usare il firmware originale. Usare il firmware "
"originale è più facile, ma OpenWRT dà la possibilità di maggiori opzioni e "
"controlli. Verifica sulle pagine web di OpenWRT per una lista di <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware\">hardware supportati</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
"architecture</link>."
msgstr ""
"E' possibile usare una diversa configurazione di rete, seguendo questa "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
"\">procedura documentata</ulink>. Se non siamo costretti a configurare una "
"rete esistente, conviene attenersi alla <link linkend=\"Architecture"
"\">architettura di rete</link> di default."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Installation and download options"
msgstr "Installazione e opzioni di download"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Where to find additional information"
msgstr "Dove trovare maggiori informazioni"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\">release notes for "
"Debian Wheezy</ulink> before you start installing a system for production "
"use. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work."
msgstr ""
"Si raccomanda di leggere o almeno dare uno sguardo alle <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\">release notes per Debian "
"Wheezy </ulink> prima di cominciare a installare un sistema funzionante. "
"Prova Debian Edu/Skolelinux, dovrebbe funzionare."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ":-)"
msgstr ":-)"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/alert.png"
msgstr "./images/alert.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "/!\\"
msgstr "/!\\"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be sure to read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> "
"chapter of this manual, though, as it explains how to log in for the first "
"time."
msgstr ""
"Assicurarsi di leggere il capitolo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting "
"started</link> di questo manuale, che spiega come autenticarsi la prima "
"volta."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Even more information about the Debian Wheezy release is available in its "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual"
"\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Altre informazioni su Debian Wheezy sono disponibili nel suo <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installation manual</"
"ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0
Codename \"Wheezy\""
msgstr ""
"Download del supporto di installazione per Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename "
"Wheezy"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#| msgid "CD for i386, amd64"
msgid "netinstall CD image for i386, amd64"
msgstr "immmagine netinstall CD per i386 e amd64"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "The netinstall CD, which can be used for installation of i386 and amd64 "
#| "as well, is available via"
msgid ""
"The netinstall CD, which also can be used for installation from USB flash "
"drives, is suited to install on i386 and amd64 machines. It's available via"
msgstr ""
"Il CD netinstall, utilizzato anche per l'installazione da USB flash, "
"può essere usato per l'installazione i386 e amd64. Si può scaricare da "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso </computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc ISO image for i386 and amd64"
msgstr "Immagine ISO USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc per i386 e amd64"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "The multi-architecture DVD ISO image is 4.4 GiB large and can be used for "
#| "installation of amd64 and i386 machines. It can be downloaded over FTP, "
#| "HTTP or rsync via:"
msgid ""
"The multi-architecture ISO image is 5.2 GiB large and can be used for "
"installation of amd64 and i386 machines. It behaves like the former DVD "
"image which means it doesn't use internet access during installation. Like "
"the others it can be downloaded over FTP, HTTP or rsync via:"
msgstr ""
"L'immagine multiarchitettura è grande 5.2 GiB e può essere usata "
"sia per l'installazione di macchine amd64 e i386. Si comporta come l'immagine "
"del primo DVD e non ha bisogno di un accesso internet durante
l'installazione. Come"
"gli altri supporti si può scaricare tramite FTP, HTTP o rsync via:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-"
#| "edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso</ulink>"
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-"
#| "edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso</ulink>"
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
#| "edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-CD.iso </computeroutput>"
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
"edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-USB.iso </computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Source DVD"
msgstr "Source DVD"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "FIXME: the source DVD download URL currently doesn't work"
msgstr "FIXME: the source DVD download URL currently doesn't work"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid "The sources are available via"
msgid "The source DVD is available via"
msgstr "I sorgenti DVD sono disponibili via"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"source-DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-source-DVD.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"source-DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-source-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"source-DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-source-DVD.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"source-DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-source-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync
ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"source-DVD.iso debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-source-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync
ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
"source-DVD.iso debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-source-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#| msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail"
msgstr "Richiesta di un CD / DVD per posta"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD sent "
"for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url="
"\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we will discuss the "
"payment details (for shipping and media)"
msgstr ""
"Per tutti quelli che non hanno una connessione veloce internet, possiamo "
"inviare un CD o un DVD al costo del CD o DVD. Occorre mandare un email a "
"<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> e "
"informeremo sul dettaglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in the "
"email."
msgstr ""
"Ricorda di mettere l'indirizzo dove vuoi che sia spedito il CD o il DVD "
"nella email."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Installing Debian Edu"
msgstr "Installare Debian Edu"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose "
"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding "
"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian "
"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15,000 packages to choose "
"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our "
"defaults should be fine."
msgstr ""
"Quando si fa un'installazione Debian Edu occorre scegliere poche opzioni. "
"Non temere non sono molte. Abbiamo dedicato molte energie per nascondere la "
"complessità di Debian durante e dopo l'installazione. Anche se, Debian Edu è "
"una Debian, e se si vuole si può scegliere tra più di 15.000 pacchetti e un "
"billione di ozioni di configurazioni. Per la maggioranza degli utenti, però "
"le opzioni di default dovrebbero andar bene."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Select type of installation"
msgstr "Selezionare il tipo d'installazione"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "./images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer boot menu"
msgstr "Installer del menu di avvio"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> is the default text mode "
"installation on i386 and amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> è il modo di default per la "
"modalità testo per i386 e amd64."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit install</emphasis> does an amd64 text-mode "
"install."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit install</emphasis> installa amd64 in modo "
"testo."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK "
"installer where you can use the mouse."
msgstr ""
"Selezionare <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> per usare "
"l'installer GTK dove si può usare il mouse."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> uses the amd64 "
"GTK installer where you can use the mouse."
msgstr ""
"Selezionare <emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> "
"per usare l'installer GTK per amd64 dove si può usare il mouse."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu "
"with more detailed options to choose"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> porta a un sotto "
"menu con maggiori opzioni da scegliere"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the "
"installer"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> dà alcuni suggerimenti "
"sull'utilizzo dell'installer"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Installer_advanced_options_a.png"
msgstr "./images/Installer_advanced_options_a.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer advanced options screen 1"
msgstr "Opzioni avanzate dell'installer schermo 1"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the
main menu."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> riporta al menu principale."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all "
"available questions in text mode."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> dà accesso a tutte le "
"domande in modalità testo."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> makes this install medium "
"become a rescue disk for emergency tasks."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> permette di attivare un "
"disco di ripristino per le attività di emergenza."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> needs a
preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> ha bisogno di un file "
"di preconfigurazione."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> gives access to "
"all available questions in text mode on amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> dà accesso alle "
"domande disponibili in modo testo su amd64."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> makes this install "
"medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> permette di attivare "
"un disco di ripristino per le attività di emergenza su amd64."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> needs a "
"preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> ha bisogno di "
"un file di preconfigurazione."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Installer_advanced_options_b.png"
msgstr "./images/Installer_advanced_options_b.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer advanced options screen 2"
msgstr "Opzioni avanzate di installazione schermo 2"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access "
"to all available questions in graphical mode."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> dà la "
"possibilità di avere tutte le domande disponibili in modalità grafica."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this "
"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks with a graphical GTK "
"look."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> permette di "
"attivare un disco di ripristino per le attività di emergenza with in un "
"ambiente grafico GTK."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a "
"preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> ha bisogno "
"di un file di preconfigurazione."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical expert install</emphasis> gives "
"access to all available questions in graphical mode on amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical expert install</emphasis> per "
"avere tutte le domande disponibili in modo grafico per amd64."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this "
"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64 with a "
"graphical GTK look."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> permette "
"di attivare un disco di ripristino per le attività di emergenza with in un "
"ambiente grafico GTK su amd64."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> "
"needs a preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> ha "
"bisogno di un file di preconfigurazione."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Installer_help.png"
msgstr "./images/Installer_help.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer help screen"
msgstr "Schermo di aiuto dell'installer"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the "
"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described."
msgstr ""
"Questo schermo di Help si spiega da sé e con i tasti <F> sulla "
"tastiera permette di ottenere una guida più dettagliata sugli argomenti "
"descritti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Additional boot parameters for installations"
msgstr "Ulteriori parametri di avvio per le installazioni"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On i386/amd64, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the "
"boot menu."
msgstr ""
"Le opzioni di boot i386/amd64 possono essere modificate premendo "
"<emphasis>il tasto tab</emphasis> nel menu di boot."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "The multi-architecture DVD defaults to using amd64-installgui on 64-bit "
#| "x86 machines, and installgui on 32-bit x86 machines."
msgid ""
"The multi-architecture USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc image defaults to "
"using amd64-installgui on 64-bit x86 machines, and installgui on 32-bit x86 "
"machines."
msgstr ""
"L'installazione di default multi-architettura USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc "
"usa amd64-installgui su macchine x86 64-bit, e installgui su macchine
x86 32-bit."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multi-architecture DVD, "
#| "that would be <computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>."
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multi-architecture image, "
"that would be <computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole installare in modo testo l'architettura amd64 con l'immagine "
"multi-architettura occorre eseguire
<computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Likewise you can choose <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput> to "
"get the GUI version on amd64."
msgstr ""
" Si può scegliere anche la versione grafica per amd64 con "
"<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multi-arch DVD on an amd64 "
#| "machine you need to manually select <computeroutput>install</"
#| "computeroutput> (text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> "
#| "(graphical mode)."
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multi-arch image on an amd64 "
"machine you need to manually select <computeroutput>install</computeroutput> "
"(text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> (graphical mode)."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole avviare i386 con l'immagine multiarchitettura su una
macchina amd64 "
"occorre selezionare manualmente <computeroutput>install</computeroutput> "
"(modo testo) o <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> (modo grafico). "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the "
"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add <computeroutput>mirror/"
"http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> as an additional boot "
"parameter."
msgstr ""
"Si può utilizzare un servizio HTTP proxy esistente sulla rete per "
"velocizzare l'installazione del profilo del server principale dal CD. "
"Aggiungere <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</"
"computeroutput> come parametro addizionale di boot."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further "
"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the "
"proxy of the main server."
msgstr ""
"Se si è già installato il profilo del server principale su una macchina, "
"ulteriori installazioni dovrebbero essere fatti via PXE, in quanto questi "
"utilizzeranno automaticamente il proxy del server principale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"Boot parameters available when installing from the netinstall CD image, not "
"when installing from the multi-arch image"
msgstr ""
"I parametri di avvio sono disponibili quando si installa l'immagine
del CD netinstall, non"
"durante l'installazione dall'immagine multi-arch"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop instead of "
"the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE</emphasis> desktop, add "
"<computeroutput>desktop=gnome</computeroutput> to the kernel boot parameters."
msgstr ""
"Per installare il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> al "
"posto del desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE</emphasis>, aggiungere "
"<computeroutput>desktop=gnome</computeroutput> ai parametri del boot
del kernel."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop instead, "
"add <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> to the kernel boot "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, "
"aggiungere <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> ai parametri di boot "
"del kernel."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop instead, "
"add <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> to the kernel boot "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
"Per installare il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, "
"aggiungere <computeroutput>desktop=Xfce</computeroutput> ai parametri di boot "
"del kernel."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "The installation process"
msgstr "Il processo d'installazione"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Remember the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Wheezy/Requirements\">system requirements</ulink> and make sure you have at "
"least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up a thin client "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Ricorda i <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Wheezy/"
"Requirements\">requisiti di sistema</ulink> e assicurarsi di avere almeno "
"due schede di rete (NICs) se si pianifica di installare un server thin "
"client."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr "Scegliere una lingua (per l'installazione e installare il sistema)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live."
msgstr "Scegliere un posto che normalmente dovrebbe essere il luogo in
cui si vive."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)"
msgstr "Mappare la tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:"
msgstr "Scegliere il orifilo dal seguente elenco:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-Server</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-Server</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-"
"configured to work out of the box. You must only install one main server per "
"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you "
"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or Thin-Client-"
"Server in addition to this one."
msgstr ""
"Questo è il server principale (tjener) per la scuola e mette a disposizione "
"tutti i servizi preconfigurati out of the box. Si deve solo installare un "
"solo server principale per ogni scuola! Questo profilo non include "
"un'interfaccia grafica. Se si vuole un'interfaccia grafica sezionare in "
"aggiunta al profilo, anche il profilo Workstation o Thin-Client-Server."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are "
"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile "
"are stored."
msgstr ""
"Il computer si avvia dal suo hard disk locale, e esegue tutto il software e "
"le periferiche installate localmente, ma il login dell'utente è autenticato "
"attraverso il server principale dove sono archiviati i file e il desktop "
"dell'utente."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, "
"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and "
"profiles are stored on the local disk. Notebooks and laptops should select "
"this profile and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier "
"releases."
msgstr ""
"Lo stesso della workstation, ma capace di autenticare l'utente attraverso le "
"credenziali cached, questo significa che si può usare fuori dalla rete della "
"scuola. I file degli utenti e i loro profili sono archiviati nel disco della "
"macchina. I notebook e i laptop dovrebbero selezionare questo profilo e non "
"il profilo 'Workstation' o 'Standalone' come suggerito nelle precedenti "
"release."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, also called a LTSP server. "
"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This "
"computer needs two network cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one "
"processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=\"NetworkClients"
"\">networked clients</link> for more information on this subject. Choosing "
"this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not "
"selected) - a thin client server can always be used as a workstation, too."
msgstr ""
"I server thin client (e diskless workstation) sono chiamati anche server "
"LTSP. I client che non hanno disco si avviano e eseguono il software "
"attraverso questo server. Questo computer ha bisogno di due schede di rete, "
"molta memoria e sarebbe ideale se ci fosse più di un processore. Consulta il "
"capitolo sui <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client di rete</link> per "
"maggiori informazioni. Scegliendo questo profilo si carica anche il profilo "
"workstation (anche se non è selezionato), un thin client server può sempre "
"essere usato come una workstation."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it "
"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops."
msgstr ""
"Un computer normale che può funzionare senza un server di principale (cioè "
"non occorre essere nella rete). Include i laptop."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and "
"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved "
"out from the main-server."
msgstr ""
"Questo profilo installerà i pacchetti di base e la macchina sarà configurata "
"per essere integrata in una rete Debian Edu, ma senza servizi e "
"applicazioni. E' utile come piattaforma per singoli servizi trasferiti "
"manualmente dal server principale."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong"
"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin Client Server</"
"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one "
"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main "
"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be a thin client server "
"and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we "
"assume most people will install <link linkend=\"Installation--"
"Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via "
"PXE</link> afterwards. Please note that you must have 2 network cards "
"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main "
"server or as a thin client server to become usefull after the installation."
msgstr ""
"I profili <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role="
"\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin Client "
"Server</emphasis> sono preselezionati. Questi profili possono essere "
"installati insieme su una macchina se si vuole avere un cosidetto "
"<emphasis>server principale combinato</emphasis>. Questo vuol dire che il "
"server principale sarà anche un server thin client e potrà essere usato come "
"a workstation. Questa è la scelta di default, dal momento che si pensa che "
"la maggioranza delle persone, in seguito, installerà <link linkend="
"\"Installation--"
"Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via "
"PXE</link>. Si prega di notare che occorre installare 2 schede di rete nella "
"macchina che funzionerà da server combinato o come server thin client, che "
"saranno utili dopo l'installazione. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The ordering of the network cards after installation might differ from the "
"ordering during installation. The wanted ordering can be achieved by editing "
"<computeroutput>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</computeroutput>: "
"Usually <emphasis>if this happens</emphasis>, you will want to replace eth0 "
"with eth1 and eth1 with eth0; a reboot is needed for the changes to take "
"effect."
msgstr ""
"L'ordinamento delle schede di rete dopo l'installazione puyò essere diverso "
"dall'ordine delle schede durante l'installazione. Si può ottenere l'ordine "
"voluto modificando <computeroutput>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net."
"rules</computeroutput>: <emphasis>Se questo accade</emphasis>, in genere si "
"vuol sostituire eth0 con eth1 e eth1 con eth0; un riavvio di sistema è "
"necessario per attivare questi cambiamenti."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes"
"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand "
"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required "
"partitions are created and are big enough."
msgstr ""
"Rispondere \"yes\" o \"no\" per il partizionamento automatico. Occorre "
"essere consapevoli del fatto che si risponde \"yes\" vengono distrutti tutti "
"i dati sui dischi! Se si risponde \"no\" questo richiederà più lavoro e "
"essere sicuri di creare partizioni grandi abbastanza."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
"skolelinux.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and "
"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a "
"simple way for you to help."
msgstr ""
"Per favore scegliere \"yes\" per mandare informazioni a <ulink url=\"http://"
"popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/> e permetterci di sapere quali pacchetti sono "
"popolari tenendone conto nelle release future. Questo non è obbligatorio, ma "
"un modo semplice per aiutarci."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Wait. If the selected profiles include Thin-client-server then the installer "
"will spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - "
"Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\""
msgstr ""
"Aspetta, se il server thin client è tra i profili selezionati, "
"l'installazione durerà abbastanza, \"Finire l'installazione - Eseguendo "
"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user "
"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is "
"very important: It is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux "
"network."
msgstr ""
"Dopo aver dato la password di root, verrà chiesto di creare un utente normale"
"\"per le attività non amministrative\". Per Debian Edu questo account è"
"molto importante: è l'account che verrà utilizzato per gestire la rete "
"Skolelinux."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The choosen password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> "
"have a length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> "
"- otherwise login will not be possible. (And that's even though a shorter "
"password will be accepted by the installer.)"
msgstr ""
"La password prescelta per questo utente <emphasis
role=\"strong\">deve</ emphasis> "
"avere una lunghezza di <emphasis role=\"strong\">almeno 5 caratteri</
emphasis> "
"altrimenti il login non sarà possibile. (Questo anche se una password
più breve "
"sarà accettata dal programma di installazione.)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Be happy"
msgstr "Be happy"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Notes on some characteristics"
msgstr "Note su alcune caratteristiche"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "Una nota sui notebooks"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see "
"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care "
"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, "
"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop "
"to the network and logged in with the new password)."
msgstr ""
"Molto probabilmente si vuole utilizzare il profilo 'Roaming "
"workstation' (vedi sopra). Occorre essere consapevoli che tutti i dati sono "
"memorizzati in locale (attenzione maggiore nel backup) e le credenziali di "
"accesso vengono memorizzate nella cache (la 'vecchia' password può essere "
"necessaria per eseguire il login se non si è collegato il portatile alla "
"rete e connessi con la nuova password)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on multi-arch USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc image installs"
msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione multi-arch da USB flash drive /
Blue-ray disc"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "After you install from a DVD, <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
#| "computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
#| "Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it "
#| "so that available security updates can be installed:"
msgid ""
"After you install from the multi-arch USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc image, "
"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain "
"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly "
"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates "
"can be installed:"
msgstr ""
"Se si installa da un'immagine multi-arch USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc, "
"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> conterrà "
"come sorgente solo quella immagine. Se si ha un collegamento Internet
si raccomanda "
"di aggiungere le seguenti linee al file in modo da avere disponibili
e installare gli aggiornamenti "
"di sicurezza:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ wheezy main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ wheezy/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux wheezy local"
msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ wheezy main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ wheezy/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux wheezy local"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "The DVD only works with KDE desktop installations. If you want to "
#| "install other desktop options, use the netinst images or PXE installation."
msgid ""
"This image only works for KDE desktop installations. If you want to install "
"other desktop options, use the netinst images or PXE installation."
msgstr ""
"Questa immagine installa solo il desktop KDE. Se si desidera
installare altri desktop, "
"utilizzare l'immagine netinst o l'installazione PXE."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on CD installs"
msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione da CD"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) "
"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount "
"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays "
"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktops). Once "
"you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-"
"server does not matter), further installation will use it's proxy to avoid "
"downloading the same package several times from the net."
msgstr ""
"L'installazione netinst (che è il tipo di installazione il nostro CD fornisce)"
"prenderà alcuni pacchetti dal CD e il resto dalla rete. L'ammontare "
"dei pacchetti da scaricare varia da profilo a profilo, ma rimane"
"al di sotto di un gigabyte (a meno che non si scelga di installare
tutti i possibili desktop). Una volta"
"installato il server principale (se solo il server principale oppure un combi-"
"server non ha importanza), le installazioni successive utilizzeranno
il proxy per evitare"
"di scaricare lo stesso pacchetto dalla rete più volte."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on thin-client-server installations"
msgstr "Nota sull'installazione dei thin-client-server"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"First of all, this profile name is confusing for historic reasons. Currently "
"this profile actually installs an LTSP server environment for thin-clients "
"and for workstations. Debian bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/588510#"
"\">588510</ulink> has been filed to change the name of the profile into a "
"better suited one."
msgstr ""
"Prima di tutto, questo profilo ha un nome che può confondere, per ragioni "
"storiche: il profilo installa effettivamente un ambiente server LTSP per "
"thin-client e workstation. Debian bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian."
"org/588510#\">588510</ulink> è stato inserito per trovare per il nome del "
"profilo un termine più adatto. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Providing the kernel boot parameter <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-"
"client</computeroutput> makes it possible to skip the step which converts "
"the LTSP chroot from a thin-client chroot into a combined thin-client/"
"diskless workstation chroot."
msgstr ""
"Fornendo al kernel il parametro <computeroutput> edu-skip-ltsp-make-client</"
"computeroutput> è possibile saltare il passo che converte il chroot LTSP da "
"thin-client a un chroot combinato workstation thin-client/diskless. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is useful in certain situations, such as if you want a pure thin client "
"chroot or if there is already a diskless chroot on another server, which can "
"be rsynced. For these situations skipping this step will cut down the "
"installation time considerably."
msgstr ""
"Questo è utile in certe situazioni, ad esempio, se si vuole un chroot puro "
"per i thin client o se vi è già un chroot diskless su un altro server, che "
"può essere rsynced. Per queste situazioni saltare questo passo farà ridurre "
"i tempi di installazione considerevolmente. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Except for the longer installation time there is no harm in always creating "
"combined chroots, which is why this is done by default."
msgstr ""
"Anche se è necessario più tempo per l'installazione si consiglia di creare "
"sempre un chroot combinato come da impostazione predefinita. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#| msgid "Installation using USB sticks instead of CD/DVDs"
msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blue-ray discs"
msgstr "Installazione da flash drive al posto di CD / Blue-ray"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "Since the Squeeze release it is possible to directly copy the CD/DVD "
#| "<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images to a USB stick and boot from "
#| "them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and "
#| "device names to your needs:"
msgid ""
"Since the Squeeze release it is possible to directly copy the CD/DVD/BD "
"<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images to a USB flash drive (also "
"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like "
"this, just adapting the file and device names to your needs:"
msgstr ""
"Dal rilascio di Squeeze è possibile copiare direttamente l'immagine "
"<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> su una penna USB e avviare da questa. "
"Basta eseguire un comando come questo e scegliere il nome del file e
del drive: "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX "
"bs=1024</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX "
"bs=1024</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "Depending on which image you choose, the USB stick will behave just like "
#| "a CD or DVD."
msgid ""
"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just "
"like a CD or Blue-ray disc."
msgstr ""
"A seconda dell'immagine scelta, la penna USB si comporterà esattamente come "
"un CD o Blue-ray disc."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installation over the network (PXE) and booting diskless clients"
msgstr "Installazione in rete (PXE) e boot dei client diskless"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main "
"server. When clients boot via the main network, a new PXE menu with "
"installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails "
"with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably "
"the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian "
"Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the "
"command: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware "
"</computeroutput> on the server."
msgstr ""
"Per questo metodo di installazione è necessario avere un server principale. "
"Quando i clienti fanno il boot dalla rete principale, un menu PXE con "
"installer e selezione di boot viene visualizzato. Se l'installazione PXE "
"fallisce con un messaggio di errore che indica che un file XXX.bin è "
"mancante, allora molto probabilmente la scheda di rete del client richiede "
"un firmware nonfree. In questo caso deve essere modificato initrd "
"dell'installazione. Questo può essere fatto con il comando: <computeroutput>/"
"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> sul "
"server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-"
"Server</emphasis> profile only:"
msgstr ""
"Così appare il menu PXE solo con il profilo <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-"
"Server</emphasis>:"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#| msgid "pxe-tjener.png"
msgid "./images/pxe-tjener.png"
msgstr "./images/pxe-tjener.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "width=400"
msgstr "width=400"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-"
"Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</"
"emphasis> profiles:"
msgstr ""
"Così appare il menu PXE con i profili <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-Server "
"</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</emphasis>:"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
#| msgid "[attachment:28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png]"
msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
msgstr "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted "
"on the main network. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations don't have "
"to be added to LDAP with GOsa², but can be, for example if you want to force "
"the hostname."
msgstr ""
"Questa configurazione permette anche di avviare diskless workstation e thin "
"client sulla rete principale. A differenza delle workstation, le diskless "
"workstation non devono essere aggiunte a LDAP con GOsa² a meno che si voglia "
"forzare il nome dell'host. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend="
"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sui client della rete possono essere trovati nella "
"sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Modifying PXE installations"
msgstr "Modificare le installazioni PXE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be "
"modified to ask for more packages to install."
msgstr ""
"L'installazione PXE utilizza un file debian-installer preseed. Questo file "
"può essere modificato per installare più pacchetti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/"
"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"Bisogna aggiungere una linea come la seguente a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/"
"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)"
msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/"
"install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/"
"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can be "
"changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more "
"questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to "
"provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install."
"dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-"
"pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated files."
msgstr ""
"L'installazione PXE usa i file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/"
"install.cfg</computeroutput> e il file preconfigurato in <computeroutput>/"
"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Questi file "
"possono essere cambiati per adattare il preseeding usato durante "
"l'installazione, per esempio per avere più domande quando si installa nella "
"rete. Un'altra possibilità per ottenere la stessa cosa è inserire extra "
"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> "
"e <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</"
"computeroutput> e eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
"computeroutput> per aggiornare i file generati."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
"releases/wheezy/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Altre informazioni si possono trovare nel <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
"releases/wheezy/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the "
#| "lines containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, "
#| "<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and "
#| "<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in "
#| "<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </"
#| "computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when "
#| "installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "
#| "\"<computeroutput>export xhttp_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </"
#| "computeroutput>\" part from the last one."
msgid ""
"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines "
"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in "
"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </"
"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when "
"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "
"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </"
"computeroutput>\" part from the last one."
msgstr ""
"Per disabilitare o cambiare le impostazioni del proxy quando si installa via "
"PXE, le linee contenenti <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>preseed/"
"early_command</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/"
"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> devono essere cambiate. Per "
"disabilitare l'uso del proxy quando si installa, mettere '#' davanti alla "
"prima delle due linee, e rimuovere \"<computeroutput>export xhttp_proxy="
"\"http://webcache:3128\";</computeroutput>\" nella seconda."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the "
"preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXElinux-based "
"boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/"
"install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop are "
"examples of such settings."
msgstr ""
"Alcune configurazioni non possono essere preselezionate in quanto sono "
"necessarie prima che il file di installazione sia caricato. Queste sono "
"configurate nei parametri di pxelinux disponibili in <computeroutput>/var/"
"lib/tftproot/debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>. La lingua il layout "
"di tastiera e il desktop sono esempi di queste impostazioni."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Custom images"
msgstr "Immagini personalizzate"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "Creating custom CDs or DVDs can be quite easy since we use the <ulink url="
#| "\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer</ulink>, "
#| "which has a modular design and other nice features. <ulink url=\"http://"
#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> allows you "
#| "to define answers to the questions normally asked."
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blue-ray discs can be quite easy since we use "
"the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer</"
"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> allows "
"you to define answers to the questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
"Creare una versione personalizzata del CD, DVD o Blue-ray è possibile
abbastanza "
"facilmente, usando <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/"
"\">debian installer</ulink>, che ha un progetto modulare e altre "
"interessanti caratteristiche. <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> permette di definire le "
"risposte alle domande normalmente richieste."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Quello che è necessario fare è creare un file di preseeding con le risposte "
"personalizzate (tutto questo è descritto nell'appendice del manuale del "
"debian installer) e <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/"
"Modify/CD\">rimasterizzare il CD/DVD</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Screenshot tour"
msgstr "Screenshot tour"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - "
"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity "
"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the "
"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use "
"it."
msgstr ""
"La modalità di testo e l'installazione grafica sono identici, solo l'aspetto "
"è diverso, la modalità grafica permette l'uso del mouse. Naturalmente la "
"modalità grafica appare più amichevole e bella. A meno che non si abbiano "
"problemi con l'hardware, non vi è alcun motivo per non usare la modalità "
"grafica. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical Main-Server + Workstation + "
"Thin Client Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of the "
"tjener, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the thinclient network:"
msgstr ""
"Qui sotto ci sono più schermate sulla installazione grafica Main-Server + "
"Workstation + Thin Client Server e come questa appare al primo boot del "
"server tjener, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the thinclient "
"network:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png"
msgstr "./images/02-select_a_language.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "02-select_a_language.png"
msgstr "02-select_a_language.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png"
msgstr "./images/03-select_your_location.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "03-select_your_location.png"
msgstr "03-select_your_location.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
msgstr "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
msgstr "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
msgstr "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
msgstr "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
msgstr "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
msgstr "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
msgstr "07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
msgstr "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
msgstr "08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
msgstr "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
msgstr "09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
msgstr "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
msgstr "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
msgstr "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
msgstr "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
msgstr "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
msgstr "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12e-creating_ext4.png"
msgstr "./images/12e-creating_ext4.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12e-creating_ext4.png"
msgstr "12e-creating_ext4.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
msgstr "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "13-Install the base system.png"
msgstr "13-Install the base system.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "14-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "14-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "17-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "17-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png"
msgstr "./images/18-Build LTSP chroot.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "18-Build LTSP chroot.png"
msgstr "18-Build LTSP chroot.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
msgstr "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
msgstr "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
msgstr "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
msgstr "20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
msgstr "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "tjener KDM Login"
msgstr "tjener KDM Login"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png"
msgstr "./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "KDE starting..."
msgstr "Si avvia KDE ..."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png"
msgstr "./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "KDE and Browser"
msgstr "KDE e il Browser"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png"
msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "KDE Desktop"
msgstr "Il Desktop di KDE"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
#| msgid "[attachment:28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png]"
msgid "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
msgstr "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png"
msgstr "./images/29-Diskless-WS-KDM_Login.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Diskless Workstation Login"
msgstr "Login su Workstation Diskless (senza disco)"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png"
msgstr "./images/30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Thin Client Login"
msgstr "Login su Thin Client"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
msgstr "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Partiamo"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Minimum steps to get started"
msgstr "I passi essenziali per iniziare"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In "
"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". The "
"first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> to become root."
msgstr ""
"Durante l'installazione del server principale un primo account è stato "
"creato creato. Nel testo seguente questo account sarà denominato \"first user"
"\". Il first user può usare <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> per "
"diventare root."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "After the installation, the first things you need to do as
first user are:"
msgstr ""
"Dopo l'installazione, le prime cose che si devono fare come primo utente "
"sono:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Log into the server - with the root account you cannot log in
graphically."
msgstr ""
"Collegarsi al server - con l'account root non ci si può collegare "
"graficamente."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Add users with GOsa²"
msgstr "Aggiungere utenti con GOsa²"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be "
"used directly without this step."
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere workstation (thin-client e diskless workstation) con GOsa
² può essere "
"fatto direttamente senza questo passaggio."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read "
"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minumum steps "
"correctly as well, as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do."
msgstr ""
"Come aggiungere utenti e workstation è descritto sotto, occorre leggere "
"questo capitolo completamente. Il capitolo descrive come fare i passi "
"essenziali correttamente così come altri accorgimenti che probabilmente "
"tutti dovrebbero prendere in considerazione. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use "
"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS "
"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf."
"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use."
msgstr ""
"Se il traffico generico del DNS è bloccato nella vostra rete e si usano "
"alcuni specifici server DNS per navigare, occorre dire al server "
"DNS di usare il server utilizzato come proprio \"forwarder\". Occrre
quindi aggiornare le opzioni di "
"/etc/bind/named.conf. e specificare l'indirizzo IP del server DNS utilizzato."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks "
"and some frequently asked questions."
msgstr ""
"La sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo</link> descrive altri "
"accorgimenti e trucchi e alcune risposte alle domande frequenti."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Debian Edu KDE desktop"
msgstr "Desktop Debian Edu di KDE "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below."
msgstr ""
"Ci sono diversi servizi attivi sul server principale che possono essere "
"modificati attraverso l'interfaccia web. Descriveremo qui ogni servizio."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Introduction to GOsa²"
msgstr "Introduzione a GOsa²"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important "
"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or "
"delete) these main groups:"
msgstr ""
"GOsa² è uno strumento di amministrazione basato su un'interfaccia web che "
"aiuterà ad amministrare alcune parti importanti della configurazione di "
"Debian Edu. Con GOsa² si possono amministrare (aggiungere, modificare, "
"cancellare) questi gruppi principali:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "NIS Netgroup Administrator"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei Netgroup NIS"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "DNS Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione DNS"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "DHCP Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione DHCP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system "
"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was "
"installed as a so called combined server (main server + thin client server + "
"workstation). If all of the mentioned before is not available, see: <link "
"linkend=\"Administration--Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-"
"server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-\">Installing a graphical environment on the main-"
"server to use GOsa²</link>."
msgstr ""
"Per accedere a GOsa² occorre avere un server principale Skolelinux e un "
"(client) con un browser web installato che può essere il server principale "
"stesso se è stato installato come server combinato (main server + thin "
"client server + workstation). Se tutto questo non è disponibile, vedere: "
"<link linkend=\"Administration--"
"Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-"
"\">Installare un ambiente grafico sul server principale per usare GOsa²</"
"link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² "
"access, and log in as the first user."
msgstr ""
"Da un browser web indicare questa URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> per "
"l'accesso a GOsa², collegandosi come primo utente."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you are using a new Debian Edu Wheezy machine, the site certificate will "
"be known by the browser."
msgstr ""
"In caso si usi una macchina nuova per Debian Edu Wheezy, il certificato sarà "
"riconosciuto dal browser."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being "
"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to "
"accept it and ignore that."
msgstr ""
"Negli altri casi si riceverà un messaggio di errore per il certificato SSL. "
"Se si sa che siamo soli nella rete basta dire al browser di accettarlo e "
"ignorare il messaggio. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://oss."
"gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Per maggiori informazioni su GOsa² dare un'occhiata a: <ulink url=\"https://"
"oss.gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview"
msgstr "Accesso a GOsa² e Pagina iniziale"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png"
msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user"
msgstr "Pagina di GOsa² dopo il login come primo utente"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²."
msgstr ""
"Dopo che ci si è collegati a GOsa² si vedrà un'anteprima della pagina di "
"GOsa²."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on "
"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left "
"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration "
"pages offered by GOsa²."
msgstr ""
"Successivamente, è possibile scegliere un'azione nel menu o fare clic su una "
"delle icone della pagina iniziale. Per la navigazione, si consiglia di "
"utilizzare il menu a sinistra dello schermo, in quanto questo rimarrà "
"visibile su tutte le pagine di amministrazione di GOsa²."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP "
"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the "
"(diskless) workstations, the thin client servers and the Windows machines on "
"the network. With LDAP, account information about students, pupils, "
"teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been "
"provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the "
"whole Skolelinux network."
msgstr ""
"In Debian Edu le informazioni sugli account e i gruppi sono archiviate in "
"una directory LDAP . Questi dati non sono usati solo dal server principale, "
"ma anche dalle (diskless) workstation, dai thinclient server e dalla "
"macchine Windows nella rete. Con l'account Ldap le informazioni sugli "
"studenti, allievi, insegnanti, etc. devono essere inserite una sola volta. "
"Dopo aver fornito le informazioni in LDAP, le stesse saranno disponibili su "
"tutti i sistemi della rete Skolelinux."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and "
"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can "
"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the "
"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/"
"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of "
"the Debian Edu main server."
msgstr ""
"Gosa² è uno strumento di amministrazione che usa LDAP per memorizzare le "
"informazioni. Gosa² (tramite LDAP) fornisce un albero come la struttura di "
"un dipartimento. Per ogni \"dipartimento\" è possibile aggiungere account "
"utenti, gruppi, sistemi, gruppi di rete, ecc. A seconda della struttura "
"della vostra istituzione, è possibile utilizzare la struttura del "
"dipartimento in Gosa²/LDAP per trasferire la struttura organizzativa della "
"scuola in un albero dati LDAP del server principale di Debian Edu. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "
"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP "
"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" "
"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, "
"Skolelinux workstations, Windows machines, printers etc.) are currently "
"added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure."
msgstr ""
"Una installazione di default del server Debian Edu principale offre "
"attualmente due \"dipartimenti\": Teachers e Students, oltre il livello "
"base dell'albero LDAP. Gli account degli studenti sono destinati ad essere "
"aggiunti al dipartimento \"Students\", gli insegnanti al dipartimento "
"\"Teachers\", i sistemi (server, Skolelinux postazioni di lavoro, macchine "
"Windows, stampanti, etc) sono attualmente aggiunti al livello di
base. Questa struttura "
"può essere personalizzata in base alle proprie esigenze."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, "
"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the "
"selected department (or the base level)."
msgstr ""
"A seconda dell'azione su cui si desidera lavorare (gestire utenti, gestire "
"gruppi, gestire sistemi, ecc) Gosa² presenta una schermata diversa per il "
"dipartimento selezionato (o per il livello di base)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "User Management with GOsa²"
msgstr "Gestione degli utenti con GOsa²"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the "
"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" "
"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Super-Administrator (the first "
"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</"
"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your "
"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base "
"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)."
msgstr ""
"Per prima cosa si clicca su »Users« nel menu di navigazione a sinistra. La "
"parte destra della lo schermo cambia e si vede una tabella con le cartelle "
"dei dipartimenti \"Studenti\" e \"Insegnanti\" e l'account di Super-"
"Administrator di Gosa². Sopra questa tabella c'è un campo chiamato "
"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> che permette di navigare attraverso la struttura "
"ad albero (occorre spostare il mouse su quella zona e appare un menu a "
"discesa) e selezionare una cartella di base per le operazioni che si "
"intendono fare (ad esempio aggiungere un nuovo utente)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Aggiungere utenti"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move "
"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" "
"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard."
msgstr ""
"Accanto alla navigazione ad albero c'è il menu »Actions«. Spostare il mouse "
"su questa voce e un sottomenu appare sullo schermo, scegliere \"Create\" "
"qui, e poi \"User\". Ci sarà una procedura guidata che aiuterà nella "
"creazione dell'utente."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) "
"and the full name of your user (see image)."
msgstr ""
"La cosa più importante da fare è inserire nel template (nuovotudente o "
"nuovoinsegnante) il nome completo dell'utente (vedi la figura)."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username "
"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username "
"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a "
"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name "
"contains non-ASCII characters."
msgstr ""
"Seguendo la procedura guidata si vedrà, che GOsa² genererà un nome utente "
"automaticamente in base al nome reale. GOsa² sceglie automaticamente un nome "
"utente che ancora non esiste, così più utenti con lo stesso nome avranno un "
"nome utente diverso. Si noti che Gosa ² può generare nomi utente non validi "
"se il nome completocontiene caratteri non ASCII."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username "
"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the "
"wizard. (Username generation can be customized in <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/"
"gosa.conf</computeroutput>, changing e.g. the default entry "
"<computeroutput>idGenerator=\"{%givenName[1-6]}{%sn[1-6]}\"</computeroutput> "
"to <computeroutput>idGenerator=\"{%givenName[1]}{%sn[22]}{id!2}\"</"
"computeroutput> would generate the username <computeroutput>pmuster</"
"computeroutput> for a user \"Peter Muster\" and <computeroutput>pmuster01</"
"computeroutput> for the next user with the same full name. The maximum "
"length for usernames in this case would be 25; see <computeroutput>man 5 "
"gosa.conf</computeroutput> for more details. Backup gosa.conf before editing "
"it!)"
msgstr ""
"Se si vuol cambiare il nome utente generato è possibile selezionare un altro "
"nome utente tra quelli proposti nella casella a discesa, ma non si è liberi "
"di gestirlo nella procedura guidata (la generazione dell'ID utente può "
"essere personalizzata in <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/ gosa.conf </"
"computeroutput> cambiando le entrate di default <computeroutput>idGenerator="
"\"{%givenName[1-6]}{%sn[1-6]}\"</computeroutput> a "
"<computeroutput>idGenerator=\"{%givenName[1]}{%sn[22]}{id!2}\"</"
"computeroutput> dovrebbe generare l'username <computeroutput>pmuster</"
"computeroutput> per l'utente \"Peter Muster\" e <computeroutput>pmuster01</"
"computeroutput> per un altro utente con lo stesso nome. La lunghezza massima "
"per l'username in questo caso dovrebbe essere 25; vedere <computeroutput>man "
"5 gosa.conf</computeroutput> per i dettagli.) Fare il backup di gosa.conf "
"prima di modificarlo!)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for "
"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields."
msgstr ""
"Quando la procedura guidata è terminata, si presenta nello schermo GOsa² "
"l'oggetto nuovo utente. Utilizzare le schede in alto, per verificare i campi "
"compilati."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has "
"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner."
msgstr ""
"Dopo aver creato l'utente (per ora non è necessario personalizzare i campi "
"che la procedura guidata ha lasciato vuoti), fare clic sul pulsante \"Ok\" "
"in basso a destra."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that "
"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner."
msgstr ""
"Come ultimo passo GOsa² chiederà una password per il nuovo utente. Digita la "
"password due volte, quindi fare clic su \"Set password\" in basso a destra."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password."
msgstr "Alcuni caratteri non sono permessi nella password."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You "
"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine "
"within your network."
msgstr ""
"Se tutto è andato bene, ora è possibile vedere il nuovo utente nella tabella "
"degli utenti. Ora si dovrebbe essere in grado di accedere con quel nome "
"utente su qualsiasi macchina Skolelinux all'interno della rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Search, modify and delete users"
msgstr "Cercare, modificare e cancellare utenti"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/filterbox.png"
msgstr "./images/filterbox.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Filterbox"
msgstr "Il box Filter"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your "
"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a "
"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your "
"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree "
"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"."
msgstr ""
"Per modificare o cancellare un utente si usa GOsa² per trovare l'utente nel "
"sistema. A metà schermo, si può aprire il box \"Filter\", uno "
"strumento di ricerca fornito da GOsa². Se non si conosce esattamente dove si "
"trova l'account nell'albero, occorre cambiare il livello di base dell'albero "
"di Gosa²/LDAP e cercare con l'opzione segnata: \"Cerca in subtrees\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle "
"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and "
"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide "
"actions for you: cut entry, copy entry, edit user, lock account, set "
"password, take snapshot (not usable) and remove user."
msgstr ""
"Quando si usa il box \"Filter\", i risultati appariranno immediatamente "
"nella metà del testo nell'elenco della tabella. Ogni linea
rappresenta un account utente e "
"la maggior parte degli elementi a destra di ogni riga sono piccole
icone che forniscono "
"le azioni necessarie: elimina voce, copia voce, modifica utente,
blocca account, configura "
"password, ripristina snapshot (non utilizzabile), attiva snapshot e
rimuovi utente."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the "
"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user "
"belongs to."
msgstr ""
"Una nuova pagina mostrerà dove modificare le informazioni dell'utente come "
"cambiare la password dell'utente o modificare la lista dei gruppi ai quali è "
"collegato."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/edit_user.png"
msgstr "./images/edit_user.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Editing user data"
msgstr "Modificare i dati utente"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Set passwords"
msgstr "Impostare la password"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their "
"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided "
"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will "
"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to "
"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog."
msgstr ""
"Gli studenti possono cambiare la propria password accedendo a GOsa² con i "
"loro nomi utente. Per facilitare l'accesso a GOsa ², un'icona
denominata Gosa è presente "
"nel desktop e nelle Impostazioni di sistema del menu. La versione di
GOsa² per lo studente "
"è davvero minimale permettendo solo l'accesso ai propri dati di
account e alla "
"possibilità di cambiare la password."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in "
"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the "
"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class."
msgstr ""
"Gli insegnanti hanno privilegi speciali inGOsa². Essi hanno una vista "
"privilegiata di GOsa² e possono cambiare lapassword per tutti gli studenti. "
"Questo può essere molto utile in classe. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user"
msgstr "Per configurare una nuova password per l'utente"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above"
msgstr "cercare l'utente che si vuole modificare, come spiegato sopra"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the
username is shown in"
msgstr "cliccare sul simbolo della chiave alla fine della linea del nome utente"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by "
"yourself"
msgstr ""
"nella pagina che si presenta è possibile impostare una nuova password da voi "
"scelta"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png"
msgstr "./images/change_password_administratively.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Set user password"
msgstr "Configurare la password dell'utente"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to "
"guess passwords!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione alla sicurezza per le password facili "
"da indovinare!</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Advanced user management"
msgstr "Gestione avanzata degli utenti"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which "
"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example "
"<computeroutput>oocalc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the "
"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name "
"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in "
"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include "
"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing "
"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</"
"computeroutput> on the command line)."
msgstr ""
"E' possibile creare una grande quantità di utenti con GOsa²
utilizzando un file CSV, che "
"può essere creato con un buon foglio di calcolo (per esempio "
"<computeroutput>oocalc</computeroutput>). Occorre inserire almeno "
"i seguenti campi: uid, cognome (sn), nome "
"(givenName) e password. Assicurarsi che non ci siano entrate
duplicate nel campo "
"uid. Occorre controllare anche di non duplicare uid esistenti in LDAP
(questi possono essere ottenuti eseguendo "
"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</ "
"computeroutput> da terminale)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite "
"intolerant about them):"
msgstr ""
" Qui ci sono le indicazioni su come creare un file CSV (GOsa² è abbastanza "
"intollerante con questi file):"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Use \",\" as field separator"
msgstr "Usare \",\" come separatore di campo"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Do not use quotes"
msgstr "non usare le virgolette"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header "
"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)"
msgstr ""
"il file CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">non deve</emphasis> contenere una riga "
"di intestazione (che in genere contiene i nomi delle colonne)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during "
"the mass import"
msgstr ""
"L'ordine dei campi non è rilevante, questo può essere definito in Gosa² "
"durante l'importazione di massa"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "The mass import steps are:"
msgstr "Le operazioni per l'importazione di massa sono:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left"
msgstr ""
"clic sul collegamento \"LDAP Manager\" nel menu di navigazione sulla "
"sinistra "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right"
msgstr "clic sulla scheda \"Import\" sulla destra dello schermo"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be "
"imported"
msgstr ""
"navigare sul disco locale e selezionare il file CSV con l'elenco degli "
"utenti da importare"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import "
"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)"
msgstr ""
"scegliere uno dei modelli disponibili per gli utenti che deve essere "
"applicato durante l'importazione di massa (NewTeacher, NewStudent)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner"
msgstr "fare clic sul pulsante \"import\" nell'angolo in basso a destra"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a "
"few fictional users, which can be deleted later."
msgstr ""
"E' una buona idea fare qualche test prima, meglio con un file CSV che "
"contiene pochi utenti fittizi che potranno essere cancellati più tardi."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Group Management with GOsa²"
msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con GOsa²"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/create_group.png"
msgstr "./images/create_group.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "create group"
msgstr "creare il gruppo"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/list_groups.png"
msgstr "./images/list_groups.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users."
msgstr "La gestione dei gruppi è molto simile a quella degli utenti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose "
"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group."
msgstr ""
"È possibile inserire un nome e una descrizione per ogni gruppo. Assicurarsi "
"di scegliereil giusto livello nella struttura LDAP quando si crea un nuovo "
"gruppo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to "
"check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the group "
"later on."
msgstr ""
"Per impostazione predefinita, il gruppo Samba non viene creato. Se avete "
"dimenticato di selezionare l'opzione gruppo Samba durante la creazione del "
"gruppo, è possibile modificare il gruppo in seguito."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where "
"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the "
"LDAP tree level, too."
msgstr ""
"Se si aggiungono utenti a un gruppo appena creato si torna alla lista degli "
"utenti, dove si può utilizzare la casella di filtro per trovare utenti. "
"Controllare anche il livello dell'albero LDAP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
"I gruppi inseriti attraverso lwat sono gruppi regolari unix, in modo da "
"usare questo strumento anche per i permessi dei file."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Group Management on the command line"
msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con la linea comando"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n"
"net groupmap list\n"
"\n"
"# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n"
"net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n"
" comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\""
msgstr ""
"# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n"
"net groupmap list\n"
"\n"
"# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n"
"net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n"
" comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is explained in more detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
"Questo è spiegato in maggiore dettaglio nella sezione di questo manuale "
"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²"
msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con GOsa²"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which "
"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu "
"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> "
"chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
"Con l'amministrazione delle macchine si controllano tutti gli apparati "
"della rete Debian Edu. Ogni macchina aggiunta alla directory LDAP con GOsa² "
"ha un nome, un indirizzo IP, un indirizzo MAC e un nome di dominio (che in "
"genere è \"intern\"). Per una descrizione più completa dell'architettura di "
"Debian Edu consulta la sezione <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura</"
"link> di questo manuale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected to "
"the main network. Only workstations with disks *have* to be added with "
"GOsa², but all *can*."
msgstr ""
"Diskless workstation e thin-client funzionano out-of-the-box quando
sono collegati alla "
"la rete principale. Solo le workstaion con disco *devono* essere aggiunte con"
"GOsa², ma tutti i dispositivi *possono* essere aggiunti con GOsa²."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP "
"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently "
"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and "
"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly "
"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned "
"dynamically."
msgstr ""
"Per aggiungere una macchina, usare il menu principale di GOsa², systems, "
"add. Si può utilizzare un indirizzo IP/nome_host dallo spazio di "
"indirizzamento preconfigurato 10.0.0.0/8. Attualmente ci sono solo due "
"indirizzi predefiniti fissi: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Gli "
"indirizzi da 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (circa 10.0.16.0/20 o 4000 host) sono "
"riservati al DHCP e assegnati dinamicamente. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address "
"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; "
"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</"
"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in "
"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first "
"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: For "
"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and "
"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. "
"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching "
"icon."
msgstr ""
"Per assegnare a un host con il MAC-address 52:54:00:12:34:10 un indirizzo "
"statico in GOsa² occorre inserire il MAC address, il nome dell'host e l'IP; "
"in alternativa è possibile cliccare sul pulsante <computeroutput>Propose ip</"
"computeroutput> che mostrerà il primo indirizzo fisso libero in 10.0.0.0/8, "
"molto probabilmente qualcosa di simile a 10.0.0.2 se si aggiunge la prima "
"macchina in questo modo. Sarebbe meglio pensare prima a un intervallo "
"adatto per la rete: per esempio si potrebbe usare 10.0.0.x con x>10 e "
"x<50 per i server e x>100 per le workstation. Non dimenticare
di attivare "
"il sistema appena aggiunto."
"Con l'eccezione del server principale tutti i sistemi saranno
visualizzati con un'icona."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have "
"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the "
"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to "
"automatically add machines to GOsa², <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -"
"h</computeroutput> shows usage information. Please note, that the IP "
"addresses shown after usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</"
"computeroutput> belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be "
"modified though to suite your network: Rename each new system, activate DHCP "
"and DNS, add it to netgroups, if needed; reboot the system afterwards. The "
"following screenshots show how this looks in practice:"
msgstr ""
"Se le macchine sono avviate come thin client/diskless workstations o sono "
"state installate usando uno dei profili di rete, lo script "
"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> può essere usato per "
"aggiungere automaticamente macchine a GOsa²
<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -"
"h</computeroutput> mostra le informazioni di utilizzo. Si prega di
notare che gli "
"indirizzi IP dopo l'uso di <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</"
"computeroutput> appartengono all'intervallo dinamico degli IP. Questi "
"sistemi possono poi essere modificati sulla base della vostra rete:
rinominare "
"ogni nuovo sistema, attivare DHCP e DNS, aggiungerlo al netgroup, se
necessario, "
"dopo, riavviare il sistema. Le seguenti schermate mostrano come tutto
questo appare in pratica."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7 -t
workstations\n"
"info: Create GOsa machine for auto-mac-00-04-76-d3-28-b7.intern
[10.0.16.21] id ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7.\n"
"\n"
"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n"
"\n"
"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
"enter password:"
msgstr ""
"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7 -t
workstations\n"
"info: Create GOsa machine for auto-mac-00-04-76-d3-28-b7.intern
[10.0.16.21] id ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7.\n"
"\n"
"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n"
"\n"
"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
"enter password:"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png"
msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_list.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "GOsa² systems listing"
msgstr "GOsa² systems listing"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png"
msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Host details"
msgstr "Dettagli dell'host"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png"
msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Modify host"
msgstr "Modificare l'host"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png"
msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Add netgroup"
msgstr "Aggiungere gruppi di rete (netgroup)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</"
"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually."
msgstr ""
"Un cronjob di aggiornamento del DNS viene eseguito ogni ora; "
"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> può essere utilizzato per "
"attivare manualmente l'aggiornamento."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
"Cercare e cancellare le macchine è simile a cercare e cancellare utenti e la "
"procedura qui, non viene ripetuta."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione del Netgroup"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name "
"(as you would with users)."
msgstr ""
"Dopo aver aggiunto una macchina all'albero LDAP usando GOsa², si può "
"modificarne le proprietà usando la funzione search e cliccando sulla "
"macchina desiderata (come per gli utenti)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know "
"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this "
"context."
msgstr ""
"Il formato di queste voci di sistema è simile a quello che già si conosce "
"per modificare le voci degli utenti, ma i campi significano cose diverse in "
"questo contesto."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> "
"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that "
"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the "
"services that machine can use on your main-server."
msgstr ""
"Per esempio, quando si aggiunge una macchina a un <computeroutput>NetGroup</"
"computeroutput> non si modificano i permessi di quella macchina o quelli "
"degli utenti che si collegano da quella macchina sui file o programmi che "
"sono disponibilisul server. Ma limita i servizi che una macchina può usare "
"sul server principale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</"
"computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"La installazione di default mette a disposizione <computeroutput>NetGroups</"
"computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts"
msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts"
msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "fsautoresize-hosts"
msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "ltsp-server-hosts"
msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "netblock-hosts"
msgstr "netblock-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "printer-hosts"
msgstr "printer-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "server-hosts"
msgstr "server-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts"
msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "winstation-hosts"
msgstr "winstation-hosts"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "workstation-hosts"
msgstr "workstation-hosts"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is "
"used for"
msgstr ""
"Al momento la funzionalità <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> è usata "
"per"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "NFS."
msgstr "NFS."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the "
"workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts within "
"the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts "
"<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS "
"shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of "
"machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to use "
"static IP addresses from LDAP."
msgstr ""
"Le directory home sono esportate dal server principale e sono montate dalle "
"workstation e dai server-ltsp. Per ragioni di sicurezza solo macchine che "
"appartengono ai <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> workstation-"
"hosts, ltsp-server-hosts e server-hosts possono montare le condivisioni "
"esportate NFS. Così è molto importante ricordarsi di ben configurare questa "
"tipologia di macchine nell'albero LDAP attraverso GOsa² e configurarle "
"usando un indirizzo statico da LDAP."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Remember to configure workstations and ltsp-servers properly with GOsa², or "
"your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless "
"workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be "
"configured."
msgstr ""
"Ricordarsi di configurare con attenzione le workstation e i server ltsp con "
"GOsa² o gli utenti non potranno accedere alle loro home directory. Diskless"
"workstation e thin client non utilizzano NFS, quindi non hanno
bisogno di essere"
"configurati."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "fs-autoresize"
msgstr "fs-autoresize"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions "
"that run out of space."
msgstr ""
"le macchine debian edu che appartengono a questo gruppo automaticamente "
"adatteranno le partizioni LVM che sono diventate insufficienti"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "shutdown at night"
msgstr "shutdown at night"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to "
"save energy."
msgstr ""
"Le macchine Debian Edu in questo gruppo si spengeranno automaticamente la "
"notte per risparmiare energia."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)"
msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts e cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print "
"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour."
msgstr ""
"Le macchine Debian Edu in questo gruppo elimineranno le code di stampa ogni "
"notte e riattiveranno ogni coda di stampa disabilitata ogni ora."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in this group will only be allowed to connect to "
"machines on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this "
"might be used during exams."
msgstr ""
"Alle macchine Debian Edu di questo gruppo sarà consentita solo per la "
"connessione alla rete locale. In combinazione con le restrizioni proxy web "
"potrebbero essere utilizzate durante gli esami."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag (in "
"the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows systems to "
"the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host to the LDAP "
"tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the domain. "
"For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux network "
"see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
"Un'altra importante parte della configurazione delle macchine è la casella "
"'Samba host' (nella sezione 'Host information'). Se si progetta di "
"aggiungere macchine Windows al dominio Samba di Skolelinux, occorre "
"aggiungere l'host Windows all'albero LDAP e settare questa casella per "
"permettere alla macchina di collegarsi al dominio. Per maggiori informazioni "
"su come aggiungere macchine Windows alla rete Skolelinux vedere la sezione "
"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> di questo manuale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Printer Management"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://"
"www:631\"/> This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/"
"delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. Changes "
"that require a root login need SSL encryption."
msgstr ""
"Per l'amministrazione delle stampanti si può puntare con il browser web a "
"<ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/> Questo è l'indirizzo di CUPS dove si "
"possono aggiungere/cancellare/modficare stampanti e pulire le code di "
"stampa. Per fare cambiamenti occorre loggarsi come root, con il protocollo "
"che usa la criptazione SSL."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Clock synchronisation"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. "
"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it "
"is created when used."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione di default in Debian Edu è di avere gli orologi in tutte "
"le macchine sincronizzati, ma non necessariamente con l'orario corretto. Il "
"servizio NTP è usato per aggiornare il tempo. Gli orologi saranno "
"sincronizzati con una sorgente esterna di default. Questo può lasciare "
"aperta una connessione esterna Internet se è creata quando usata."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this "
"default setting."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa dialup o ISDN e si paga a minuto, si può cambiare l'impostazione "
"predefinita."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server and all clients and LTSP chroots need to be modified. Add "
"comment (\"#\") marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</"
"computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted "
"by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> as "
"root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run "
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Per disabilitare la sincronizzazione con un orologio esterno occorre "
"modificare il file /etc/ntp.conf nel server principale, in tutti i client e "
"nella chroot di LTSP. Aggiungere un commento (\"#\") di fronte alle linee "
"con <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>. In seguito il server NTP deve "
"essere eseguito con <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart </"
"computeroutput> come root. Per controllare se il server sta usando un "
"orologio esterno eseguire <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Extending full partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni estese piene"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might "
"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See "
"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration--"
"Resizing_Partitions\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"A causa di un possibile bug nel partizionamento automatico, alcune "
"partizioni possono risultare piene dopo l'installazione. Per aumentare le "
"partizioni piene eseguire come root <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -"
"n</computeroutput>. Per maggiori informazioni vedere \"Resize Partitions\" "
"HowTo in <link linkend=\"Administration--Resizing_Partitions\">nella "
"sezione howto di amministrazione</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "Manutenzione"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aggiornare il software"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questa sezione spiega come usare <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</"
"computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
"<computeroutput>aptitude update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of "
"available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</computeroutput> "
"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
msgstr ""
"L'uso di <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> è molto semplice. Per "
"aggiornare il sistema occorre eseguire due comandi da terminale come root: "
"<computeroutput>aptitude update</computeroutput> (aggiorna l'elenco dei "
"pacchetti disponibili) e <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</computeroutput> "
"(aggiorna i pacchetti che hanno un aggiornamento disponibile)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to "
"send mail to an address you are reading."
msgstr ""
"Una buona idea è anche installare <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> "
"e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e configurarli mandando "
"una mail all'indirizzo che stai leggendo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these "
"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have "
"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> notificherà una volta al giorno "
"via email, quali pacchetti sono disponibili per l'aggiornamento. Questo "
"programma non li installerà, ma li scaricherà (di solito di notte), così da "
"non attendere per il download, quando si lancia <computeroutput>aptitude "
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just "
"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""
"L'installazione automatica degli aggiornamenti può essere fatta facilmente "
"se lo si desidera, occorre installare il pacchetto "
"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you via email, or alternativly display them in the terminal when "
"running <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>apt-"
"get</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> può mandare i cambiamenti "
"effettuati via email, o alternativamente li mostra nel terminale quando si "
"esegue <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> o <computeroutput>apt-get</"
"computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates"
msgstr "Tenersi informati sugli aggiornamenti di sicurezza "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a "
"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed "
"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-"
"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the "
"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside "
"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also "
"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed."
msgstr ""
"Eseguire <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> come si è descritto sopra "
"è un buon modo per sapere che per un pacchetto un aggiornamento di sicurezza "
"è disponibile. Un altro modo per essere informati sugli aggiornamenti di "
"sicurezza è l'iscrizione a <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-"
"security-announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, che ha "
"il vantaggio di spiegare cosa riguarda l'aggiornamento. Il lato negativo "
"(confrontato con <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) che vengono date "
"anche informazioni su pacchetti che non sono stati installati."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, "
"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this "
"site without using SSL it will fail."
msgstr ""
"Per l'amministrazione del backup occorre puntare il browser a <ulink url="
"\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Occorre fare attenzione che si deve accedere "
"a questo indirizzo via SSL, dopo aver inserito la password di root. Se si "
"prova a collegarsi al sito senza usare SSL si ottiene un errore."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. "
"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) "
"this setup should be fine for you."
msgstr ""
"Di default verrà fatto il backup di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
"root/.svk</computeroutput> e LDAP in /skole/backup che è nel volume LVM. Se "
"si vuole duplicare le informazioni (nel caso fosse cancellato qualcosa) "
"questo strumento è molto utile."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard "
"drives."
msgstr "Attenzione che questo backup non protegge dalla rottura degli
hard disk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuol fare il backup dei dati su un server esterno, su una periferica a "
"nastro o su un altro hard disk occorre modificare un poco la configurazione "
"esistente."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
"command-line:"
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole ristabilire un folder completo,la scelta migliore è usare il "
"seguente comando:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n"
" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>"
msgstr ""
"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n"
" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</"
"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the "
"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"Questo lascerà il contenuto di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</"
"computeroutput> dalla <computeroutput><data></computeroutput> nella "
"cartella <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></"
"computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole ripristinare un singolo file, si dovrebbe essere in grado di "
"selezionare il file (e la versione) attraverso l'interfaccia web e scaricare "
"solo quel file."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu "
"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:"
msgstr ""
"Se si desidera eliminare vecchi backup, scegliere \"Maintenance\" nel "
"menudella pagina di backup e selezionare lo snapshot da conservare:"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png"
msgstr "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance"
msgstr "Manutenzione di slbackup-php"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorare il Server"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, "
"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with "
"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems."
msgstr ""
"Il monitoraggio di sistema di Munin è disponibile a <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"munin/\"/>. Il sistema permette di verificare graficamente lo stato del "
"sistema giornalmente, settimanalmente e annualmente, e permette "
"all'amministratore del sistema di avere un aiuto per i colli di bottiglia e "
"per l'origine dei problemi del sistema."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will "
"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring "
"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the "
"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as "
"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main-server). This will update "
"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
"L'elenco delle macchine controllate è generato automaticamente da Munin "
"sulla base dell'elenco degli hosts riportato da sitesummary. Tutti gli host "
"che hanno installato il pacchetto munin-node sono controllati da Munin. "
"Normalmente bisogna aspettare un giorno da quando Munin parte per "
"controllare una macchina installata e questo dipende dall'ordine dei lavori "
"eseguiti da cron. Per velocizzare il processo occorre eseguire "
"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> come root sul "
"server di sitesummary (normalmente il server-principale). Questo aggiornerà "
"il file <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each "
"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> "
"program, which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to "
"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"L'insieme delle misurazioni raccolte viene generato automaticamente su "
"ciascunamacchina usando il programma <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</"
"computeroutput>, che esplora i plugin disponibili da <computeroutput>/usr/"
"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> e i collegamenti simbolici rilevanti a "
"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects."
"linpro.no/\"/> ."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema Munin sono disponibili a <ulink url="
"\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
"www/nagios3/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is "
"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary "
"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and Thin-client-server "
"receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple "
"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the "
"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the "
"workstation."
msgstr ""
"Nagios e il monitoraggio del servizio è disponibile a <ulink url=\"https://"
"www/nagios3/\"/> . L'insieme di macchine e servizi oggetto del monitoraggio "
"viene generato automaticamente usando le informazioni raccolte da "
"sitesummary. Le macchine con il profilo di Main-server e thin-client-server "
"hanno un monitoraggio completo, mentre le workstation e thin client hanno un "
"monitoraggio più limitato. Per consentire un controllo completo su una "
"workstation, installare il pacchetto <computeroutput> nagios-nrpe-server</"
"computeroutput> sulla workstation."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The username is <computeroutput>nagiosadmin</computeroutput> and the default "
"password is <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. For security "
"reasons, avoid using the same password as root. To change the password you "
"can run the following command as root:"
msgstr ""
"L'username è <computeroutput>nagiosadmin</computeroutput> e la password di "
"default è <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. Per ragioni di "
"sicurezza, occorre evitare di usare la stessa password di root. Per cambiare "
"la password occorre eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
msgstr "htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default Nagios does not send email. This can be changed by replacing "
"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-"
"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</"
"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/nagios3/sitesummary-"
"template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Di default Nagios non invia email. Questo può essere corretto sostituendo "
"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> con <computeroutput>host-"
"notify-by-email</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>notify-by-email</"
"computeroutput> nel file <computeroutput>/etc/nagios3/sitesummary-template-"
"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Nagios configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/nagios3/"
"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-generated.cfg</computeroutput> "
"with the list of hosts and services to monitor."
msgstr ""
"Il file di configurazione di Nagios è <computeroutput>/etc/nagios3/"
"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Sitesummary cron job genera "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-generated.cfg</computeroutput> "
"con la lista delle macchine e dei servizi controllati."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Extra Nagios checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/"
"sitesummary/nagios-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included "
"in the generated file."
msgstr ""
"Controlli extra di Nagios possono essere inseriti nel file <computeroutput> /"
"var/sitesummary/lib/nagios-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> per farli "
"mettere nel file prodotto. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Information about Nagios is available from <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios."
"org/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>nagios3-doc</computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema Nagios sono disponibili al sito <ulink url="
"\"http://www.nagios.org/\"/> o nel pacchetto <computeroutput>nagios3-doc</"
"computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Common Nagios warnings and how to handle them"
msgstr "Avvisi comuni di Nagios e come gestirli"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Nagios warnings."
msgstr "Qui ci sono le istruzioni su come gestire le avvertenze più
comuni di Nagios."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):"
msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two "
"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the "
"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling "
"<computeroutput>apt-get clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If "
"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the "
"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the "
"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</"
"computeroutput> netgroup."
msgstr ""
"La partizione (/usr/ nell'esempio) è troppo piena. In generale ci sono due "
"modi per gestire questo: (1) cancellare qualche file o (2) aumentare la "
"grandezza della partizione. Se la partizione è /var/, eliminare la cache "
"APT eseguendo <computeroutput>apt-get clean</computeroutput> si potrebbero "
"eliminare alcuni file. Se c'è ancora spazio nel volume group di LVM, "
"potrebbe aiutare a estendere la partizione, eseguire il programmma "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Per eseguire il "
"programma ogni ora, l'host in oggetto potrebbe essere aggiunto al netgroup "
"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)."
msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally "
"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt-get upgrade && apt-get dist-"
"upgrade' as root in a konsole or log in via ssh to do the same. On thin "
"client servers, remember to also update the LTSP chroot using "
"<computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get "
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Nuovi pacchetti sono disponibili per gli aggiornamenti. Quelli critici sono "
"normalmentecorrezioni di sicurezza. Per l'aggiornamento, eseguire come root "
"in un terminale 'apt-get upgrade && apt-get dist-upgrade' o log via "
"ssh per fare lo stesso. Nei server thin client, ricordarsi anche di "
"aggiornare la chroot LTSP usando <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get "
"update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a "
"good job with new versions, you can install the <computeroutput>unattended-"
"upgrades</computeroutput> package and configure it to automatically upgrade "
"all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots."
msgstr ""
"Se non si desidera aggiornare manualmente dei pacchetti dando fiducia a "
"Debian di fare il lavoro per noi con le nuove versioni, è possibile "
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> "
"e configurarlo per l'aggiornamento automatico di tutti i nuovi pacchetti "
"ogni notte. Questo non aggiornerà i chroot di LTSP."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To upgrade the LTSP chroot, one can use <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get "
"update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>. On 64-bit "
"servers, one will have to add <computeroutput>-a i386</computeroutput> as an "
"argument to ltsp-chroot. It is a good idea to update the chroot when "
"updating the host system."
msgstr ""
"Per aggiornare il chroot di LTSP, si può usare <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot "
"apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>. sui "
"server a 64-bit si può voler aggiungere <computeroutput>-a i386</"
"computeroutput> come argomento di ltsp-chroot. E 'una buona idea aggiornare "
"chroot quando si aggiorna il sistema della macchina."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed "
"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0"
msgstr ""
"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed "
"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot "
"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally "
"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security "
"issues."
msgstr ""
"Il kernel in esecuzione è precedente al nuovo kernel installato, e un "
"riavvioè necessario per attivare il nuovo kernel installato. Questo è "
"normalmenteabbastanza urgente, i nuovi kernel normalmente sono utilizzati in "
"Debian Edu per fissare problemi di sicurezza."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61"
msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely "
"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every "
"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-"
"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should "
"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are "
"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> "
"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this "
"host to one or both of these netgroups."
msgstr ""
"Le code di stampa di CUPS hanno un sacco di lavori in sospeso. Questo "
"probabilmente a causa di una stampante non disponibile. La disabilitazione "
"delle code di stampa è attivata tutte le ore su macchine che sono membri del "
"gruppo <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, così "
"come per le macchine dove nessuna azione manuale è richiesta. Le code di "
"stampa vengono eliminate ogni sera sugli host che sonomembro del gruppo "
"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Se una macchina "
"ha un sacco di lavori nella coda di stampa, prendere in considerazione "
"l'aggiunta di questa macchina in uno o in entrambi di questi gruppi."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it "
"to the central server. The information collected is available in "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to "
"generate reports."
msgstr ""
"Sitesummary è usato per archiviare le informazioni da ogni computer e "
"sottoporle al server centrale. Le informazioni archiviate sono disponibili "
"in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts "
"in <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> sono disponibili "
"per generare report."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from "
"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Un semplice report di sitesummary senza ogni dettaglio è disponibile "
"all'indirizzo <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations"
msgstr "Maggiori informazioni per personalizzare Debian Edu"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system "
"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration"
"\">Administration Howto chapter</link>."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sulla personalizzazione di Debian Edu utile per gli "
"amministratori di sistema possono essere trovate nel capitolo <link linkend="
"\"Administration\">Administration Howto</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your "
"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong"
"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent "
"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Prima di leggere questa guida per l'aggiornamento bisogna dire che "
"l'aggiornamento in un server funzionante è fatto a proprio rischio. "
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux viene offerto ASSOLUTAMENTE "
"SENZA GARANZIA, secondo l'uso di legge.</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid "Please read this chapter completely before attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "General notes on upgrading"
msgstr "Indicazioni generali sull'aggiornamento"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. "
"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately not yet true as we heavily modify "
"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. (See Debian bug <ulink url="
"\"http://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information.) "
"Upgrading is still possible but may require some work."
msgstr ""
"L'aggiornamento di Debian da una distribuzione alla successiva è piuttosto "
"facile. Per Debian Edu questo purtroppo non è ancora vero ed è abbastanza "
"complicato modificare i file di configurazione. (Vedi per maggiori "
"informazioni Debian bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/311188#"
"\">311188</ulink>) L'aggiornamento è ancora possibile, ma richiede un po' di "
"lavoro."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations "
"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. The diskless machines "
"are easy, as their chroot environment can be deleted and recreated, if you "
"haven't modified it. If you have, the chroot is basically a workstation "
"chroot anyway, so rather easy to upgrade."
msgstr ""
"In generale, l'aggiornamento dei server è più difficile che quello delle "
"workstation e il server principale è la parte più difficile da aggiornare. "
"Aggiornare le macchine diskless è semplice e il loro ambiente di chroot può "
"essere eliminato e ricreato, se è stato modificato. Il chroot è "
"sostanzialmente un chroot di workstation, quindi piuttosto facile da "
"aggiornare. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, "
"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same "
"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
"and see if everything works as it should."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole essere sicuri che ogni cosa funzioni dopo l'aggiornamento prima "
"si dovrebbe vedere se l'aggiornamento funziona in un sistema di test "
"configurato nello stesso modo del server effettivo. In questo modo si può "
"testare l'aggiornamento senza rischi e vedere se tutto funziona come "
"dovrebbe."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable "
"release in its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere le informazioni su Debian Stable nel suo <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">manuale di installazione</"
"ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks "
"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they "
"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued "
"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for "
"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same."
msgstr ""
"Sarebbe anche saggio aspettare un po' per rendere effettivo l'aggiornamento "
"e far funzionare per qualche settimana la Oldstable, in modo che altri "
"possano testare l'aggiornamento e documentare problemi. Debian Edu Oldstable "
"continuerà a ricevere supporto per ancora qualche tempo, ma quando Debian "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\"> cesserà il "
"supporto per Oldstable</ulink>, anche Debian Edu farà altrettanto."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Squeeze"
msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu squeeze"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Squeeze in a test "
"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back."
msgstr ""
"Essere preparati: essere sicuri di avere provato l'aggiornamento da Squeeze "
"in un ambiente di test o avere il backup per essere sicuri di tornare "
"indietro."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "The basic upgrade operation"
msgstr "Le operazioni di aggiornamento di base"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> and replace all "
"occurrences of \"squeeze\" with \"wheezy\"."
msgstr ""
"Modificare il file <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> e "
"sostituire tutte le occorrenze di \"squeeze\" con \"wheezy\"."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "run <computeroutput>apt-get update</computeroutput>"
msgstr "eseguire <computeroutput>apt-get update</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "run <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>"
msgstr "eseguire <computeroutput>svn up</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "run <computeroutput>apt-get dist-upgrade</computeroutput>"
msgstr "eseguire <computeroutput>apt-get dist-upgrade</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LDAP service needs to be reconfigured"
msgstr "Il servizio LDAP ha bisogno di essere riconfigurato"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The LDAP setup has changed slightly from Squeeze to Wheezy. Nevertheless, "
"LDAP has to be rebuild from scratch. There's a script <computeroutput>ldap-"
"debian-edu-install</computeroutput> (in /usr/bin) that could be used to "
"achieve this. Read the comment at the beginning of that script carefully "
"before doing anything."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione di LDAP è molto cambiata da Squeeze a Wheezy. Così LDAP "
"deve essere ricostruito da zero. C'è lo script <computeroutput>ldap-debian-"
"edu-install</computeroutput> (in /usr/bin) che può essere usato per aiutarci "
"in questo. Leggere il commento all'inizio dello script con attenzione prima "
"di fare qualsiasi cosa."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Recreating an LTSP chroot"
msgstr "Ricreare un chroot LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On the LTSP server(s) the LTSP chroot should be recreated. The new chroot "
"will still support both thin-clients and diskless workstations."
msgstr ""
"Sui server LTSP il chroot di LTSP dovrebbe essere ricreato. Il nuovo chroot "
"supporterà di nuovo automaticamente sia i thin-clients che le diskless "
"workstations."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Remove <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (or <computeroutput>/"
"opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, depending on your setup). If you have "
"enough diskspace, consider backing it up."
msgstr ""
"Cancellare <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (o "
"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, in relazione alla propria "
"configurazione). Se si ha abbastanza spazio nel disco, prendere in "
"considerazione di fare il backup."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Recreate the chroot by running <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp</"
"computeroutput> as root."
msgstr ""
"Per ricreare chroot eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp</"
"computeroutput> come root."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Of course you can also upgrade the chroot as usual."
msgstr "Naturalmente si può aggiornare chroot come al solito."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations
(before Squeeze)"
msgstr ""
"Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux precedenti (prima di "
"Squeeze)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Squeeze-"
"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions "
"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze#\">Manual for Debian Edu Squeeze</"
"ulink> about how to upgrade to Squeeze from the previous release, Lenny, and "
"the Lenny manual covers the one before that! (Etch was it's name.)"
msgstr ""
"Per aggiornare da qualsiasi versione precedente occorre aggiornare a Debian "
"Edu Squeeze, prima di poter eseguire le istruzioni date in precedenza. Si "
"può aggiornare a Squeeze dopo aver letto il<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze#\">manuale per Debian Edu Squeeze</"
"ulink> che contiene le istruzioni per aggiornare dalla precedente release "
"Lenny, mentre il manuale di Lenny spiega come aggiornare dalla release "
"ancora prima (il cui nome è Etch)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general
administration</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione
generale</link>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>"
msgstr "HowTos per <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Users\">utenti</link>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get "
"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos "
"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks."
msgstr ""
"Le sezioni <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> e <link "
"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> descrivono come partire con la "
"distribuzione Debian Edu e come mantenerla a livello di base. Gli howto in "
"questa sezione sono già accorgimenti e trucchi \"avanzati\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version
control system"
msgstr ""
"Configurazione dell'history: verificare /etc/ con la versione git per il "
"controllo del sistema "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With the introduction of <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> in "
"Debian Edu Squeeze (previous versions used <computeroutput>etcinsvk</"
"computeroutput> which was removed from Debian), all files in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> as a version control system."
msgstr ""
"Con l'introduzione dello script <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> "
"in Debian Edu Squeeze (le precedenti versioni usavano "
"<computeroutput>etcinsvk</computeroutput> che è stata rimossa da Debian), "
"tutti i file in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sono tracciati usando "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> come controllo della "
"versione del sistema."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as "
"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is "
"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo rende possibile vedere quando un file è aggiunto, cambiato e rimosso, "
"e cosa è cambiato se il file è un file di testo. Il repository svk è "
"archiviato in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration "
"history to be extracted and reviewed."
msgstr ""
"Ogni ora tutte le modifiche vengono registrate automaticamente, permettendo "
"di estrarre e rivedere l'history della configurazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</"
"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in "
"time, a command like <computeroutput>etcinsvk vcs diff </computeroutput> can "
"be used."
msgstr ""
"Per vedere l'history, si usa il comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</"
"computeroutput>. Per vedere le differenze tra due date, si può usare un "
"comando come <computeroutput>etcinsvk vcs diff </computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Vede l'output di <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> per maggiori "
"informazioni."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"etckeeper vcs log\n"
"etckeeper vcs status\n"
"etckeeper vcs diff\n"
"etckeeper vcs add .\n"
"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n"
"man etckeeper"
msgstr ""
"etckeeper vcs log\n"
"etckeeper vcs status\n"
"etckeeper vcs diff\n"
"etckeeper vcs add .\n"
"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n"
"man etckeeper"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Esempi di uso"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
"In un sistema installato recentemente proviamo a vedere quali cambiamenti "
"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "etckeeper vcs log"
msgstr "etckeeper vcs log"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:"
msgstr "Per vedere di quali file non si è tenuto traccia o di quelli
non aggiornati:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "etckeeper vcs status"
msgstr "etckeeper vcs status"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza
aspettare un'ora:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Resizing Partitions"
msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</"
"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels "
"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are "
"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is "
"unmounted."
msgstr ""
"Le partizioni in Debian Edu sono volumi logici LVM, tranne la partizione "
"<computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>. Con i kernel Linux dalla versione "
"2.6.10, è possibile estendere la partizione mentre questa è montata. Per "
"diminuire le partizioni occorre ancora che queste non siano montate."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, "
"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</"
"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. "
"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one "
"very large one."
msgstr ""
"E' una buona idea evitare partizioni troppo grandi (con più di 20GiB), in "
"quanto occorre molto tempo per eseguire <computeroutput>fsck</"
"computeroutput> o se è necessario fare il ripristino di un backup. E' meglio "
"se possibile creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> "
"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it "
"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</"
"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. "
"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according "
"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will "
"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument "
"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these "
"commands to extend the file systems."
msgstr ""
"Per rendere più facile estendere una partizione piena, è a disposizione lo "
"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Quando lo "
"si richiama, lo script legge la configurazione da <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/"
"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab "
"</computeroutput>. Propone di estendere le partizioni con un altro po' di "
"spazio libero, basandosi sulle regole presenti in questi file . Senza "
"argomenti mostrerà solo i comandi necessari per estendere il file system. "
"L'opzione <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> è necessaria per estendere "
"effettivamente il file system."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in "
"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup."
msgstr ""
"Lo script è eseguito automaticamente ogni ora su tutti i client indicati nel "
"gruppo <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache "
"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be "
"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-"
"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this "
"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/"
"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as "
"its cache size."
msgstr ""
"Durante il ridimensionamento della partizione utilizzata dal proxy Squid, la "
"grandezza della cache in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</"
"computeroutput> ha bisogno di essere aggiornata.Lo script di aiuto "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</"
"computeroutput> è messo a disposizione per rendere questo processo "
"automatico, controllando la grandezza della partizione corrente di "
"<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> e configurando Squid a "
"usare l'80% di questa partizione come sua cache."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Logical Volume Management"
msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Logical Volume Management (LVM) permette di estendere le partizioni mentre "
"sono montate e in uso. Si può imparare di più su LVM in <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
"Per estendere un volume logico manualmente si può semplicemente eseguire il "
"comando <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> e indicare la quantità da "
"aumentare. Per esempio, per estendere home0 a 30GB si usa il seguente "
"comando:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0"
msgstr ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30G, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)"
msgstr "Per estendere home0 a 30G, si deve inserire un '+' (-L+30G)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²"
msgstr "Installazione di un ambiente grafico nel server principale per
usare GOsa²"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and "
"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal "
"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) "
"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first "
"user):"
msgstr ""
"Se si è installato solo il profilo main-server non si ha a disposizione un "
"browser web. E' facile installare un desktop minimale nel server principale "
"utilizzando questa sequenza di comandi in una shell (non grafica) come primo "
"utente (creato durante l'installazione del server principale):"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ sudo apt-get update\n"
" $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal iceweasel xorg\n"
" # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n"
" $ startx"
msgstr ""
"$ sudo apt-get update\n"
" $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal iceweasel xorg\n"
" # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n"
" $ startx"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using ldapvi"
msgstr "Usare ldapvi"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a "
"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline."
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> è uno strumento per modificare il "
"database LDAP con un editor di testi da linea di comando."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "The following needs to be executed:"
msgstr "E' necessario eseguire il seguente comando:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'"
msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the "
"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</"
"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get "
"a vi clone as editor."
msgstr ""
"Nota: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> userà l'editor di default. "
"Eseguendo <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> nel prompt di "
"shell si può configurare l'ambiente per avere un clone vi come editor."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the "
"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object."
msgstr ""
"Per aggiungere un oggetto LDAP con ldapvi, usare un object sequence number "
"con la stringa <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> davanti al nuovo oggetto "
"LDAP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be "
"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for "
"JXplorer."
msgstr ""
"Attenzione: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> è uno strumento molto "
"potente. Fare attenzione a non rovinare tutto il database LDAP, lo stesso "
"vale per JXplorer."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI"
msgstr "JXplorer, una GUI LDAP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the "
"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, wich is installed by "
"default. To get write access connect like this:"
msgstr ""
"Se si preferisce un'interfaccia grafica per lavorare con il database LDAP, "
"si può provare il pacchetto <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> "
"installato di default. Per collegarsi:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host: ldap.intern\n"
"port:636\n"
"Base dn:dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no \n"
"Security level: ssl + user + password\n"
"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access\n"
"\n"
"Click \"This session only\" if asked for the certificate."
msgstr ""
"host: ldap.intern\n"
"port:636\n"
"Base dn:dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no \n"
"Security level: ssl + user + password\n"
"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access\n"
"\n"
"Click \"This session only\" if asked for the certificate."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool"
msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, un tool command-line"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line "
"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly "
"useful for testing, though."
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> è un piccolo strumento "
"da tastiera per creare gli utenti in LDAP e impostare le loro password in "
"kerberos. E' molto utile per i test."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using stable-updates (formerly known as volatile)"
msgstr "Usare stable-updates (precedentemente conosciuto come volatile)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Since the Squeeze release, Debian has included packages formerly maintained "
"in volatile.debian.org in the 2011 created <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Dalla release Squeeze, Debian ha incluso i pacchetti precedentemente gestiti "
"in volatile.debian.org nel 2011 creando la nuova suite <ulink url=\"http://"
"wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates "
"are pushed into the stable suite regularily when stable point releases are "
"done, which roughly happens every two months."
msgstr ""
"Sebbene sia possibile utilizzare direttamente stable-updates, non c'è da "
"preoccuparsi: stable-updates sono inseriti dentro la suite stable "
"regolarmente quando i point releases sono acquisiti, cosa che avviene circa "
"ogni due mesi."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using backports.debian.org to install newer software"
msgstr "Usare backports.debian.org per installare software recente"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in."
msgstr ""
"Hai scelto Debian Edu per la sua stabilità. Funziona alla grande, ma c'è "
"solo un problema: alcuni software diventano obsoleti rispetto a come "
"vorresti. Backports.debian.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian "
"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Backports sono pacchetti ricompilati da Debian testing (nella maggior parte) "
"e da Debian unstable (in pochi casi, per esempio per gli aggiornamenti di "
"sicurezza), in modo da essere eseguiti senza nuove librerie (dove è "
"possibile) su una distribuzione Debian stabile come Debian Edu. <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">Si consiglia di selezionare singole backport che si adattano "
"alle tue esigenze e di non utilizzare tutti i backport disponibili.</"
"emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Using backports is simple:"
msgstr "Usare backports è semplice:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"echo \"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ wheezy-backports main\" >>
/etc/apt sources.list\n"
"apt-get update"
msgstr ""
"echo \"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ wheezy-backports main\" >>
/etc/apt sources.list\n"
"apt-get update"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following "
"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Dopo di che si può installare pacchetti backport facilmente, il comando "
"seguente installerà una versione backport di <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install -t wheezy-backports tuxtype"
msgstr "apt-get install -t wheezy-backports tuxtype"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. "
"(Previously, extra configuration was needed to achieve this, but since 2011 "
"this [[<ulink url=\"http://backports.debian.org/news/squeeze-"
"backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/|is\"/> not needed anymore]."
msgstr ""
"Backport sono aggiornati periodicamente (se attivati) come gli altri "
"pacchetti. (Previously, extra configuration was needed to achieve this, but "
"since 2011 this [[<ulink url=\"http://backports.debian.org/news/squeeze-"
"backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/|is\"/> not needed anymore]."
"(Precedentemente, una configurazione in più era necessaria per raggiungere "
"questo obiettivo, ma dal 2011 questo [[<ulink url=\"http://backports.debian."
"org/news/squeeze-backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/|is\"/> non è "
"più necessario]."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-"
"free."
msgstr ""
"Come un archivio normale, backports ha tre sezioni: main, contrib and non-"
"free."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#| msgid "Upgrading with a CD or DVD ROM"
msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image"
msgstr "Aggiornamento da CD o da un'immagine simile"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Wheezy "
"7.1+edu0 to 7.3+edu1) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only "
"physical media, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole aggiornare da una versione a un'altra (per esempio da Wheezy "
"7.1+edu0 a 7.3+edu1) ma non si ha collegamento internet, ma solo un media "
"fisico, occorre seguire questi passi:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "Insert the CD/DVD-ROM in the drive, mount it and use the apt-cdrom "
#| "command:"
msgid ""
"Insert the CD / DVD / Blue-ray disc / USB flash drive, mount it and use the "
"apt-cdrom command:"
msgstr "Inserire CD / DVD / Blue-ray / USB flash, montarlo e usare il
comando apt-cdrom:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /media/cdrom\n"
"apt-cdrom add -m"
msgstr ""
"mount /media/cdrom\n"
"apt-cdrom add -m"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:"
msgstr "Citazione da apt-cdrom(8) man page:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CDROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-"
"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as "
"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files."
msgstr ""
"apt-cdrom viene utilizzato per aggiungere un nuovo CD-Rom alla lista APT di "
"fonti disponibili. apt- cdrom pemette di determinare la struttura del disco "
"così come correggere diversi errori possibili e verificare i file di indice. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be "
"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-cd set must be inserted and "
"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
msgstr ""
"Occorre usare apt-cdrom per aggiungere i CD al sistema APT e non farlo "
"manualmente. Inoltre, ogni disco in un insieme multi-cd deve essere inserito "
"e scansionato separatamente per tenere conto di eventuali errori. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:"
msgstr "Eseguire questi due comandi per aggiornare il sistema:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get update\n"
"apt-get upgrade"
msgstr ""
"apt-get update\n"
"apt-get upgrade"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Java"
msgstr "Java"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "running standalone Java applications"
msgstr "eseguire applicazioni Java standalone"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK "
"Java runtime."
msgstr ""
"Le applicazioni Java standalone sono supportate out of the box da OpenJDK "
"Java runtime."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Running Java applications in the web browser"
msgstr "Eseguire le applicazioni Java nel browser web"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Running Java applets in the browser are supported out of the box by the "
"OpenJDK Java runtime."
msgstr "Le applicazioni Java sono supportate out of the box da OpenJDK
Java runtime."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users"
msgstr "Creare cartelle in tutte le home directory degli utenti"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home "
"directory and set access permissions and ownership."
msgstr ""
"Con questo script l'amministratore può creare una cartella in tutte le home "
"directory degli utenti e impostare permessi e proprietà."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
msgstr ""
"Nell'esempio mostarto sotto con il gruppo=teachers e i permessi=2770 un "
"utente può correggere un compito salvando il file nella cartella "
"\"assignments\" dove gli insegnanti hanno accesso di scrittura per fare "
"commenti."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n"
" permissions=\"2770\"\n"
" created_dir=0\n"
" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" #set the right owner and group\n"
" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
" user=$home\n"
" group=teachers\n"
" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already
exists.\\n\"\n"
" fi\n"
" done\n"
" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\""
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n"
" permissions=\"2770\"\n"
" created_dir=0\n"
" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" #set the right owner and group\n"
" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
" user=$home\n"
" group=teachers\n"
" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already
exists.\\n\"\n"
" fi\n"
" done\n"
" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CDROMs/DVDs"
msgstr "Accesso facile a drive USB e CDROM/DVD"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "When users insert a USB drive or DVD/CDROM into a (diskless) workstation, "
#| "a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like in any other "
#| "normal installation."
msgid ""
"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CDROM into a (diskless) "
"workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like in "
"any other normal installation."
msgstr ""
"Quando gli utenti inseriscono un drive USB o DVD/CDROM dentro una (diskless) "
"workstation, appare una finestra popup che chiede cosa si vuole fare, "
"come in ogni altra normale installazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "When users insert a USB drive or DVD/CDROM into a thin client there is "
#| "only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is "
#| "automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the /"
#| "media/$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced "
#| "users."
msgid ""
"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CDROM into a thin client there is "
"only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is "
"automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the /media/"
"$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced users."
msgstr ""
"Quando gli utenti inseriscono un componente usb o un DVD/CDROM in un thin "
"client viene mostrata una finestra popup per pochi secondi. Il supporto è "
"automaticamente montato ed è possibile accederci nella cartella /media/"
"$user. Questo può essere problematico per utenti non esperti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to have the default KDE file manager Dolphin showing up if "
"KDE (or LDXE, if installed in parallel to KDE) is in use as desktop "
"environment. To configure this, simply execute <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde enable</computeroutput> on the terminal "
"server. (When using Gnome, device icons will be placed on the desktop "
"allowing easy access)."
msgstr ""
"E' possibile avere Dolphin, il desktop manager di default per KDE file "
"manager Dolphin se KDE (o LDXE, se installato in parallelo con KDE) è in uso "
"come ambiente di desktop. Per configurarlo va eseguito <computeroutput>/usr/"
"share/debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde enable</computeroutput> su un "
"terminal server. (Quando si usa Gnome, le icone saranno visibili sul desktop "
"permettendo un accesso facilitato)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "In addition the following script could be used to create the symlink "
#| "\"media\" for all users in their home folder for easy access to USB "
#| "drives, CDROM/DVD or whatever media is connected to the thin client. This "
#| "might come in handy if users want to edit files directly on their plugged "
#| "in media."
msgid ""
"In addition the following script could be used to create the symlink \"media"
"\" for all users in their home folder for easy access to USB drives, CDROM / "
"DVD or whatever media is connected to the thin client. This might come in "
"handy if users want to edit files directly on their plugged in media."
msgstr ""
"In aggiunta lo script seguente dovrebbe essere usato per creare un "
"collegamento a \"media\" nella home directory di tutti gli utenti per "
"avere un accesso più facile ai drive USB, ai CDROM/DVD o ad altri
media connessi "
"ai thin client. Questo torna utile se gli utenti vogliono modificare
i file direttamente sul supporto collegato."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
" shared_folder=\"media\"\n"
" permissions=\"775\"\n"
" created_dir=0;\n"
" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already
exists.\\n\"\n"
" fi\n"
" done\n"
" echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\""
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
" shared_folder=\"media\"\n"
" permissions=\"775\"\n"
" created_dir=0;\n"
" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already
exists.\\n\"\n"
" fi\n"
" done\n"
" echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers"
msgstr "Un avvertimento sui media rimovibili sui server LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable "
"media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients."
msgstr ""
"Attenzione: Quando si inserisce in un server LTSP un drive USB e altri media "
"rimovibili questo fa apparire un messaggio popup sui client LTSP remoti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, they "
"can even mount the removable devices and access the files."
msgstr ""
"Quando un utente remoto vede la finestra popup o usa pmount da console, può "
"montare i dispositivi rimovibili e accedere ai file."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is being tracked as <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux."
"org/1376\">Debian Edu bug #1376</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Questo è indicato come <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux.org/1376\">Debian "
"Edu bug #1376</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes"
msgstr "Pulitura automatica dei processi pendenti"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is is a perl script that gets rid of "
"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to "
"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job "
"once an hour."
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> è uno script perl che si sbarazza "
"dei processi in background. I processi di Background sono definiti come "
"processi che appartengono a utenti che non sono al momento collegati. Si "
"esegue attraverso cron una volta all'ora."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To install it run the following command as root:"
msgstr "Per installarlo eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install killer"
msgstr "apt-get install killer"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades"
msgstr "Installazione automatica degli aggiornamenti di sicurezza"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package "
"which will install security (and other) updates automatically. If you plan "
"to use it, you should have some means to monitor your systems, such as "
"installing the <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> package and "
"configuring it to send you emails about updates. And there is always "
"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> è un pacchetto Debian "
"che installerà aggiornamenti di sicurezza (e altro) automaticamente. Se si "
"programma di usarlo, si dovrebbero avere alcuni strumenti per monitorare il "
"sistema, come installare i pacchetto <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</"
"computeroutput> e configurarlo per inviare mail sugli aggiornamenti. Per "
"laverifica c'è sempre <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To install these packages run the following command as root:"
msgstr "Per installare questi pacchetti eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges"
msgstr "apt-get install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night"
msgstr "Shutdown automatico delle macchine nella notte"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client "
"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package will try to "
"turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but "
"will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the "
"BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server "
"will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. "
"These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines."
msgstr ""
"E' possibile risparmiare energia e denaro, disattivando i client di notte, e "
"riattivarli automaticamente in mattinata. Il pacchetto tenterà di spegnere "
"la macchina ogni ora dalle 16:00 del pomeriggio, senza spengerle se il "
"computer sembra avere utenti. Si cercherà di dire al bios di accendere la "
"macchina intorno alle 07:00 del mattino e il main- server tenterà di "
"accendere il computer dalle 06:30 utilizzando i pacchetti wake-on-lan. I "
"tempi possono essere modificati in crontab nelle singole macchine. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:"
msgstr "Alcuni consigli da seguire quando si decide di fare questo:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is "
"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, "
"and as a special case, checking for the LDM ssh connection command to work "
"with LTSP thin clients."
msgstr ""
"I client non dovrebbero spengersi quando sono usati da qualcuno. Questo si "
"può verificare attraverso l'output con <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, "
"e controllando le connessioni LDM ssh che lavorano con LTSP thin clients."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all "
"clients do not start at the same time."
msgstr ""
"Per evitare di bruciare i fusibili elettrici è una buona idea esser sicuri "
"che non tutti i client si accendano allo stesso tempo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a "
"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a "
"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</"
"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, "
"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up."
msgstr ""
"Ci sono due metodi disponibili per attivare i client. Il primo usa una "
"caratteristica del BIOS e richiede un corretto e funzionante orologio di "
"sistema e una scheda madre con BIOS supportato da <computeroutput>nvram-"
"wakeup</computeroutput>, l'altro richiede un server che conosce quando i "
"client devono accendersi e che tutti i client abbiano il supporto per wake-"
"on-lan."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night"
msgstr "Come impostare lo spengersi di notte"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/"
"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname "
"(that is, the output from <computeroutput>'uname -n'</computeroutput> on the "
"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the "
"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</"
"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan "
"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers "
"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL "
"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches "
"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the "
"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets."
msgstr ""
"Sui client che dovrebbero spengersi di notte, guardare <computeroutput>/etc/"
"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, o aggiungere il nome "
"dell'host (cioè l'output che si ottiene da <computeroutput>'uname -n'</"
"computeroutput> nel client) al netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Per "
"aggiungere host al netgroup in LDAP si può usare <computeroutput>GOsa²</"
"computeroutput> web tool. I client potrebbero avere bisogno di avere wake-on-"
"lan configurato nel BIOS. Ancora, è importante che gli switches e i routers "
"usati tra il server wake-on-lan e i client passino pacchetti WOL ai client "
"anche se i client sono spenti. Alcuni switches non riescono a passare i "
"pacchetti ai client che non sono presenti nella tabella ARP sullo switch e "
"questo blocca i pacchetti WOL."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/"
"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP "
"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a "
"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-"
"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly."
msgstr ""
"Per abilitare wake-on-lan sul server, aggiungere i clients a "
"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, con una "
"linea per ogni client, l'indirizzo IP per primo e l'indirizzo MAC (indirizzo "
"ethernet) separati da uno spazio, o creare uno script in <computeroutput>/"
"etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> per generare "
"l'elenco dei client al volo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</"
"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:"
msgstr ""
"Un esempio di <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</"
"computeroutput> per l'utilizzo con sitesummary:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
" export PATH\n"
" sitesummary-nodes -w"
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
" export PATH\n"
" sitesummary-nodes -w"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on "
"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-"
"utils</computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
"Se si usa il netgroup un'alternativa per l'attivazione di shutdown-at-night "
"sui clients è data da questo script con l'uso degli strumenti di netgroup "
"dal pacchetto <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
" export PATH\n"
" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts"
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
" export PATH\n"
" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall"
msgstr "Accedere ai server Debian-Edu che si trova dietro un firewall"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing "
"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set "
"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From "
"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH "
"tunnel."
msgstr ""
"Per accedere a macchine protette con un firewall da Internet, è "
"consigliabile installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>autossh</"
"computeroutput>. Può essere utilizzato per istituire un tunnel SSH ad una "
"macchina che ha accesso a internet. Da quella macchina, è possibile accedere "
"al server dietro il firewall tramite tunnel SSH."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-"
"server"
msgstr ""
"Installare servizi aggiuntivi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, "
"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a "
"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with "
"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu "
"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)."
msgstr ""
"In una installazione di default, tutti i servizi sono in esecuzione sul "
"server principale, tjener. Per semplificare il trasferimento alcuni di "
"un'altra macchina, vi è una profilo di installazione <emphasis>minimal</"
"emphasis>. Installare con questo profilo porterà a una macchina, che è parte "
"della rete Debian Edu, ma che non ha alcun servizio attivato (ancora)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to
some services:"
msgstr ""
"Questi sono i passi necessari per configurare una macchina dedicata ad "
"alcuni servizi:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-"
"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option"
msgstr ""
"installare il profilo <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> usando l'opzione di boot "
"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installare il pacchetto per il servizio"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurare il servizio"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server"
msgstr "aggiornare DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) sul server principale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the "
"history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto "
"and putting it under the GPL.)"
msgstr ""
"Gli HowTo a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> sono "
"specifici per utenti o sviluppatori. Spostiamo in questa sezione gli HowTo "
"specifici per gli utenti (e li cancelliamo dove erano)! (Prima occorre "
"chiedere agli autori se sono d'accordo con lo spostamento (vedere la storia "
"di quelle pagine per rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication"
"\"/>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication"
"\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Modifying the KDM login screen"
msgstr "Modificare il login screen di KDM"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Customisations to the KDM login screen are made by adding a file in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> specifying variables to "
"override the default."
msgstr ""
"Per personalizzare il login screen di kdm occorre aggiungere un file in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> specificando le "
"variabili che sostituiscano quelle di default."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base</computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
"Questo è un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel "
"pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base</computeroutput>:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\""
msgstr ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
"Vedere il codice in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> per "
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using KDE, Gnome and LXDE together"
msgstr "Usare insieme KDE, Gnome e LXDE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to use Gnome or LXDE instead of KDE, follow the <link linkend="
"\"Installation--The_installation_process\">installation instructions</link>."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole usare Gnome o LXDE al posto di KDE, seguire <link linkend="
"\"Installation--The_installation_process\">le istruzioni di installazione</"
"link> ."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To install other desktop environments after installation,
simply use apt-get:"
msgstr ""
"Per installare altri ambienti di desktop dopo l'installazione, usare "
"semplicemente apt-get:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install gnome lxde"
msgstr "apt-get install gnome lxde"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Users will then be able to choose the desktop environment via the login "
"manager before logging in. The usage of LXDE as default on thin clients can "
"be forced; see <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Gli utenti, quindi, saranno in grado di scegliere l'ambiente desktop "
"attraverso il login manager prima di effettuare l'accesso. L'uso di LXDE di "
"default sui thin clients può essere forzato; vedere per i dettagli <link "
"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked client</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The free software flash-player <computeroutput>gnash</computeroutput> is "
"installed by default, but switching to Adobe Flash is an option. To install "
"the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> Debian package from "
"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>. This requires "
"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
"sources.list</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Il software free per flash-player <computeroutput>gnash</computeroutput> è "
"installato di default, ma si può cambiare con Adobe Flash. Per installare il "
"plugin (non-free) per i browser Adobe Flash Player, installare il pacchetto "
"debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> da "
"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>. Pertanto occorre avere "
"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
"list</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's "
"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can "
"use the packages from deb-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia repository (as "
"described in the following section) and install the required libraries:"
msgstr ""
"libdvdcss è necessaria per vedere la maggioranza dei DVD commerciali. Per "
"ragioni legali non è inclusa in Debian (Edu). Se si hai il permesso legale "
"di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da deb-multimedia.org. Occorre "
"aggiungere il repository multimedia (come descritto nella seguente sezione) "
"e installare le librerie richieste:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs"
msgstr "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Usare il repository multimedia:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To use www.deb-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr "Se si usa www.deb-multimedia.org occorre dare il seguente script:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securely:\n"
"apt-get install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the deb-multimedia key insecurely:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
"# check securely if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used
by APT if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs
1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://deb-multimedia.org wheezy main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"apt-get update"
msgstr ""
"# install the debian-keyring securely:\n"
"apt-get install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the deb-multimedia key insecurely:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
"# check securely if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used
by APT if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs
1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://deb-multimedia.org wheezy main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"apt-get update"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Handwriting fonts"
msgstr "Grafia dei font"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The package <computeroutput>ttf-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed "
"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting "
"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and "
"with lines."
msgstr ""
"Il pacchetto <computeroutput>ttf-linex</computeroutput> (installato di "
"default) installa il font \"Abecedario\" che ha una grafia accattivanteper i "
"bambini. Il font ha diverse forme da usare con i bambini: punteggiate e con "
"linee."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client della rete"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations"
msgstr "Introduzione ai Thin Clients e alle Diskless workstations"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is "
"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP is the "
"Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un termine generico per entrambi i thin clients e le diskless workstations è "
"<emphasis>client LTSP</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP è il "
"Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, "
"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine "
"boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM (or "
"PXE) without using a local client hard drive."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione del thin client permette a un PC di funzionare come un "
"terminale (X) dove tutto il software viene eseguito nel server. Questo "
"significa che la macchina si inizializza attraverso un dischetto o "
"direttamente dal server con una scheda-PROM (o PXE) senza usare il disco "
"fisso locale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot "
"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is "
"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but it runs on the diskless "
"workstation. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server "
"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing newer hardware "
"with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients."
msgstr ""
"Una diskless workstation esegue tutto il software localmente. Le macchine "
"client fanno il boot direttamente dal server senza un hard disk locale. Il "
"software è amministrato e mantenuto sul server, ma è eseguito nelle diskless "
"workstations . Anche le directory home e la configurazione del sistema è "
"archiviata sul server. Le diskless workstation sono un modo eccellente di "
"riusare hardware più nuovo con gli stessi bassi costi di manutenzione dei "
"thin clients."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP defines 320MB as the default minimum amount of RAM for diskless "
"workstations. If the amount of RAM is less, the machine will boot as thin "
"client. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations run without any need to "
"add them with GOsa², cause LDM is used to login and connect to the LTSP "
"server."
msgstr ""
"LTSP definisce 320MB di RAM il minimo per le diskless workstation. Se la "
"quantità di RAM è minore, la macchina si avvierà come thin client. A "
"differenza delle workstation, le diskless workstation funzionano senza che "
"sia necessario aggiungerle con GOsa², in quanto si usa LDM per il login e "
"la connessione al server LTSP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The following steps can be used to get back the behaviour from Debian Edu "
"Squeeze:"
msgstr ""
"Le seguenti operazioni possono essere usate per ritornare a Debian Edu "
"Squeeze:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add <computeroutput>DEFAULT_DISPLAY_MANAGER=/path/to/dm</computeroutput> to "
"lts.conf (or set this in LDAP). Make sure, that the display manager is "
"installed in the LTSP chroot."
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere <computeroutput>DEFAULT_DISPLAY_MANAGER=/path/to/dm</computeroutput>
a "
"lts.conf (o impostarlo in LDAP). Assicurarsi che il display manager è "
"installato nella chroot di LTSP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Add the diskless workstations to LDAP with GOsa²."
msgstr "Aggiungere diskless workstation a LDAP con GOsa²"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network card requires a non-free "
"firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with "
"netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX."
"bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the initrd used by LTSP "
"clients."
msgstr ""
"Il boot dei client LTSP fallirà se scheda di rete del client richiede "
"firmware non libero. Una installazione PXE può essere usata per risolvere "
"problrmi; se il Debian Installer lamenta la mancanza di un file XXX.bin, "
"allora il firmware non-free deve essere aggiunto a initrd utilizzati dai "
"client LTSP. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "In this case execute the following commands on an LTSP server."
msgstr "In questo caso eseguire i seguenti comandi su un server LTSP."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# First get information about firmware packages\n"
"apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n"
"\n"
"# Decide which package has to be installed for the network card(s). \n"
"# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree\n"
"# Things have to take effect in the LTSP chroot for architecture i386\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-get update\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 mkdir /tmp/user 2> /dev/null\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 mkdir /tmp/user/0 2> /dev/null\n"
"ltsp-chroot -d -a i386 apt-get -y -q install <package name>\n"
"\n"
"# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory\n"
"ltsp-update-kernels"
msgstr ""
"# First get information about firmware packages\n"
"apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n"
"\n"
"# Decide which package has to be installed for the network card(s). \n"
"# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree\n"
"# Things have to take effect in the LTSP chroot for architecture i386\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-get update\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 mkdir /tmp/user 2> /dev/null\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 mkdir /tmp/user/0 2> /dev/null\n"
"ltsp-chroot -d -a i386 apt-get -y -q install <package name>\n"
"\n"
"# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory\n"
"ltsp-update-kernels"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As a shorter alternative -- installing all available firmware and updating "
"the tftpboot directory -- you could execute:"
msgstr ""
"Come alternativa più breve -- installazione di tutti i firmware disponibili "
"e aggiornamento della directory tftpboot -- si potrebbe eseguire:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware"
msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client kernel</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client kernel</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In order to support older hardware the package <computeroutput>linux-"
"image-486</computeroutput> is installed by default. If all LTSP client "
"machines support the 686 processor architecture the <computeroutput>linux-"
"image-686</computeroutput> package could be installed in the chroot. Make "
"sure to execute <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</computeroutput> after "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"Per supportare l'hardware più vecchio il pacchetto <computeroutput>linux-"
"image-486</computeroutput> è installato di default. Se tutti i client LTSP "
"supportano l'architettura 686 il pacchetto <computeroutput>linux-image-686</"
"computeroutput> dovrebbe essere installato in chroot. Assicurarsi "
"di eseguire <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</computeroutput> dopo "
"l'installazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP client type selection"
msgstr "Selezione del tipo di client LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Each LTSP server has two ethernet cards: one configured in the main "
"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another "
"forming a local 192.168.0.0/24 subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP "
"server)."
msgstr ""
"Ogni server LTSP ha due schede di rete ethernet, una è configurata nella "
"sottorete 10.0.0.0/8 (condivisa con il server principale) e l'altra che "
"forma una sottorete locale 192.168.0.0/24 (questa sottorete è una sottorete "
"separata per ogni LTSP server)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On the main subnet the complete PXE menu is provided; the separate subnet "
"for each LTSP server allows only diskless and thin LTSP client selection."
msgstr ""
"Nella rete principale si riporta un menu complete PXE; la sottorete "
"separata per ogni server LTSP permette solo la selezione tra diskless e "
"thin client."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could be "
"started as diskless workstation or thin client. By default clients in the "
"separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 will run as diskless workstations if the "
"amount of RAM is sufficient. If all clients in this LTSP client subnet "
"should run as thin clients, the following has to be done."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa il menu di default PXE nella rete principale 10.0.0.0/8, una "
"macchina potrebbe partire come diskless workstation o thin client. Di "
"default i client nella sottorete separata 192.168.0.0/24 funzioneranno come "
"diskless workstations se la quantità di RAM è sufficienet. Se tutti i "
"client nella sottorete LTSP dovranno funzionare come thin clients, "
"bisognerà eseguire ciò che segue."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(1)Open the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf with an editor\n"
"and replace the line\n"
"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet\"\n"
"with\n"
"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False quiet\"\n"
"(2)Execute 'ltsp-update-kernels'"
msgstr ""
"(1)Open the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf with an editor\n"
"and replace the line\n"
"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet\"\n"
"with\n"
"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False quiet\"\n"
"(2)Execute 'ltsp-update-kernels'"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Configuring the PXE menu"
msgstr "Configurare il menu PXE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE configuration is generated using the script <computeroutput>debian-"
"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows some settings to be overridden "
"by adding a file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
"computeroutput> with replacement values."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione PXE è generata usando lo script <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Alcune impostazioni possono essere "
"sovrascritte aggiungendo il file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall."
"conf</computeroutput> con i valori da rimpiazzare."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Configuring the PXE installation"
msgstr "Configurare l'installazione PXE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation option is by default available to anyone able to PXE "
"boot a machine. To password protect the PXE installation options, a file "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</computeroutput> can be "
"created with content similar to this:"
msgstr ""
"L'opzione di installazione PXE è di default disponibile per chiunque faccia "
"il boot da una macchina PXE. Per proteggere con password le opzioni di "
"installazione PXE, un file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword."
"cfg</computeroutput> può essre creato con un contenuto simile a questo:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$"
msgstr "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The password hash should be replaced with an MD5 hash for the desired "
"password."
msgstr ""
"L'hash della password deve essere sostituito con un hash MD5 per la password "
"desiderata. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror "
"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the "
"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon "
"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, "
"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</"
"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf "
"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. "
"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To "
"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-"
"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-"
"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional "
"debconf values."
msgstr ""
"L'installazione PXE erediterà la lingua, il layout della tastiera e il "
"mirror delle impostazioni utilizzate durante l'installazione del server "
"principale, e le domande poste durante l'installazione (profilo, "
"partecipazione popcon, il partizionamento e la password di root). Per "
"evitare queste domande, il file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-"
"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> può essere modificato con i valori di "
"debconf per fornire risposte preselezionate. Alcuni esempi di valori di "
"debconf disponibili sono commentati in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/"
"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. I cambiamenti fatti saranno persi "
"appena <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> si userà per "
"ricreare l'ambiente PXE-installation. Per aggiungere i valori di debconf a "
"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> "
"durante la ricreazione con <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
"computeroutput>, aggiungere il file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/"
"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> con i tuoi valori di debconf."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations"
msgstr "Aggiungere un repository personalizzato per installazioni PXE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/"
"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
"Per aggiungere un repository personalizzato inserire qualcosa come questo in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</"
"computeroutput>:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#add the skole projects local repository\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string
http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc"
msgstr ""
"#add the skole projects local repository\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string
http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
"computeroutput> once."
msgstr ""
"ed eseguire poi <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
"computeroutput> una volta."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Changing the PXE menu on a combined (main and LTSP) server"
msgstr "Cambiare il menu PXE sul server combinato (main e LTSP)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE menu allows network booting of LTSP clients, the installer and other "
"alternatives. The file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/"
"default</computeroutput> is used by default if no other file in that "
"directory matches the client, and out of the box it is set to link to "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Il menu PXE permette il boot dalla rete dei client LTSP , dell'installer e "
"delle altre alternative. Il file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux."
"cfg/default</computeroutput> è usato di default se non ci sono altri file in "
"quella directory che identificano il client, out of the box è configurato di "
"collegarsi a <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</"
"computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If all clients should boot as diskless workstations instead of getting the "
"full PXE menu, this can be implemented by changing the symlink:"
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole che tutti i client facciano il boot come diskless workstation al "
"posto dell'intero menu PXE, occorre cambiare il collegamento simbolico:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg
/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
msgstr "ln -s ../debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg
/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If all clients should boot as thin clients instead, change the symlink like "
"this:"
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole che tutti i client facciano il boot come thin client cambiare il "
"collegamento simbolico così:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-thin.cfg
/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
msgstr "ln -s ../debian-edu/default-thin.cfg
/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"See also the PXELINUX documentation at <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor."
"com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ."
msgstr ""
"Vedi anche la documentazione PXELINUX a<ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor."
"com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Separate main and LTSP server"
msgstr "Server principale e LTSP separati"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For performance and security considerations it might be desired to set up a "
"separate main server which doesn't act as LTSP server."
msgstr ""
"Per ragioni di performance e di sicurezza conviene non configurare un server "
"principale come server LTSP. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To have ltspserver00 serve diskless workstations on the main (10.0.0.0/8) "
"network, when tjener is not a combined server, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Per avere ltspserver00 che controlla le diskless workstation sulla rete "
"principale (10.0.0.0/8), quando tjener non è un server combinato, occorre "
"seguire i seguenti passaggi:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"copy the <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> directory from "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> on ltspserver00 to the "
"same directory on tjener."
msgstr ""
"copiare la directory <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> da "
"<computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> in ltspserver00 alla stessa directory "
"su tjener."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"copy <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
"computeroutput> to the same directory on tjener."
msgstr ""
"copiare <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
"computeroutput> nella stessa directory su tjener."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"edit <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
"computeroutput> to use the IP address of ltspserver00; the following example "
"uses 10.0.2.10 for the IP address of ltspserver00 on the main network:"
msgstr ""
"modificare <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless."
"cfg</computeroutput> per usare l'indirizzo di ltspserver00, l'esempio "
"seguente usa 10.0.2.10 per l'indirizzo IP di ltspserver00 sulla rete "
"principale:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEFAULT ltsp/i386/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/i386/initrd.img
nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/i386 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro
quiet ipappend 2"
msgstr "DEFAULT ltsp/i386/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/i386/initrd.img
nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/i386 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro
quiet ipappend 2"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"set the symlink in <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</"
"computeroutput> on tjener to point to <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/"
"debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"settare il symlink in <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</"
"computeroutput> su tjener che punti a <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/"
"debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As an alternative, you could use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, "
"search for 'next server tjener' and replace tjener with ltspserver00."
msgstr ""
"In alternativa, è possibile utilizzare <computeroutput>ldapvi</"
"computeroutput>, cercare 'next server tjener' e sostituire tjener con "
"ltspserver00."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Changing network settings"
msgstr "Cambiare la configurazione della rete"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the "
"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/"
"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is "
"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP "
"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet."
msgstr ""
"Il pacchetto debian-edu-config ha uno strumento che aiuta a cambiare la rete "
"da 10.0.0.0/8 a qualcos'altro. Dare un'occhiata a <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Il pacchetto va "
"utilizzato subito dopo l'installazione sul server principale, per aggiornare "
"i file LDAP e gli alitri file che devono essere modificati quando si cambia "
"la subnet."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian "
"Edu will not work. 192.168.1.0/24 is already set up as the thin client "
"network. Changing to this subnet will require manual editing of "
"configuration files to remove duplicate entries."
msgstr ""
"Si noti che la modifica di una delle sottoreti già utilizzate in Debian"
"Edu non funzionerà. 192.168.1.0/24 è impostato come la rete per i
thin client. "
"La modifica di questa sottorete richiederà la modifica manuale dei"
"file di configurazione per rimuovere le voci duplicate."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would "
"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main "
"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS "
"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require "
"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In "
"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too."
msgstr ""
"Non vi è un modo semplice per cambiare il nome del dominio DNS. La "
"modificacomporterebbe cambiamenti sia alla struttura LDAP che a diversi file "
"nel file systemdel server principale. Non c'è neanche un modo semplice per "
"modificare l'host e nome DNSdel server principale (tjener.intern). Anche per "
"questo occorrerebbe faremodifiche in LDAP e a file nel server principale e "
"dei client. Inentrambi i casi la configurazione Kerberos dovrebbe essere "
"modificata."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP client configuration in LDAP (and lts.conf)"
msgstr "Configurazione dei client LTSP in LDAP (e lts.conf)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To configure specific thin clients with particular features, you can add "
"settings in LDAP or edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
"conf</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Per configurare specifici thin client con particolari caratteristiche, si "
"può aggiungere i settaggi in LDAP o modificare il file <computeroutput>/opt/"
"ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"We recommend to configure clients in LDAP (and not edit <computeroutput>lts."
"conf</computeroutput> directly--however, configuration webforms for LTSP are "
"currently not available in GOsa², you have to use a plain LDAP browser/"
"explorer or <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>), as this makes it "
"possible to add and/or replace LTSP servers without loosing (or having to "
"redo) configuration."
msgstr ""
"Raccomandiamo di configurare i client in LDAP (e non modificare direttamente "
"<computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput>, la configurazione per LTSP non è "
"disponibile per ora in GOsa², occorre usare un browser LDAP o "
"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>), in quanto ciò rende possibile "
"aggiungere e/o sostituire i server LTSP senza perdere (o di dover rifare) la "
"configurazione"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default values in LDAP are defined in the "
"<computeroutput>cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</"
"computeroutput> LDAP object using the <computeroutput>ltspConfig</"
"computeroutput> attribute. One can also add host specific entries in LDAP."
msgstr ""
"I valori di default in LDAP sono definiti in "
"<computeroutput>cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</"
"computeroutput> LDAP object utilizzando l'attributo "
"<computeroutput>ltspConfig</computeroutput>. Si possono anche aggiungere "
"voci specifiche di host in LDAP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Install the package <computeroutput>ltsp-docs</computeroutput> and run \"man "
"lts.conf\" to have a look at available configuration options (see "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for "
"detailed information about LTSP)."
msgstr ""
"Installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>ltsp-docs</computeroutput> ed "
"eseguire \"man lts.conf\" per avere un'idea delle opzioni di configurazione "
"disponibili (vedere per informazioni dettagliate su LTSP <computeroutput>/"
"usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html</computeroutput>)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default values are defined under <computeroutput>[default]</"
"computeroutput>; to configure one client, specify it in terms of its MAC "
"address or IP address like this: <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Il valore di default è definito in <computeroutput>[default]</"
"computeroutput>, per configurare un client, occorre indicarlo usando "
"l'indirizzo MAC o l'IP del client come questo: "
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thin client ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
"Esempio: Per permettere al thin client ltsp010 di usare una risoluzione "
"1280x1024, aggiungere qualcosa di simile:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\""
msgstr ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "alcune cose da inserire sotto il setting di default."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To force usage of a specific xserver on an LTSP client, set the "
"<computeroutput>XSERVER</computeroutput> variable. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Per forzare l'utilizzo di una specifica xserver su un client LTSP, impostare "
"la variabile <computeroutput>XSERVER</computeroutput>. Per esempio:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.11]\n"
"XSERVER = nvidia"
msgstr ""
"[192.168.0.11]\n"
"XSERVER = nvidia"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart the "
"client."
msgstr ""
"A secondo di quali cambiamenti sono stati fatti, può essere necessario "
"riavviare il client."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To use IP addresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> you need to "
"add the client MAC address to your DHCP server. Otherwise you should use the "
"client MAC address directly in your <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
"computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa l'indirizzo IP in <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> si "
"dovrebbe aggiungere l'indirizzo MAC al server DHCP. Altrimenti si dovrebbe "
"usare l'indirizzo MAC del client direttamente nel file <computeroutput>lts."
"conf</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Force all thin clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment"
msgstr "Forzare tutti i thin client ad usare come ambiente desktop LXDE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure that LXDE is installed on the thin client server; then add a line "
"like this below <computeroutput>[default]</computeroutput> in \"lts.conf\":"
msgstr ""
"Assicurarsi che LXDE sia installato sul server thin client; poi aggiungere "
"una linea come questa sotto <computeroutput>[default]</computeroutput> in "
"\"lts.conf\":"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "LDM_SESSION=/usr/bin/startlxde"
msgstr "LDM_SESSION=/usr/bin/startlxde"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note, that users will still be able to select other installed desktop "
"environments using the \"Settings\" feature of LDM."
msgstr ""
"Si noti che gli utenti saranno ancora in grado di selezionare gli altri "
"desktop installati ambienti utilizzando la funzione \"Settings\" di LDM."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Load-balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "Equilibrio del carico dei server LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Part 1"
msgstr "Prima parte"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several LTSP "
"servers for load-balancing. This is done by providing <computeroutput>/opt/"
"ltsp/i386/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> as a script printing one "
"or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each LTSP chroot "
"needs to include the SSH host key for each of the servers."
msgstr ""
"Si può configurare i client per collegarsi a uno dei diversi server per "
"equilibrare il carico. Per ottenere questo occorre avere in<computeroutput>/"
"opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> uno script che "
"stampa uno o più server LDM a cui connettersi. Poi occorre inserire in ogni "
"chroot LTSP una chiave SSH host per ognuno dei server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the load-balancing "
"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
"later on."
msgstr ""
"Prima di tutto si deve scegliere quale dei server LTSP sarà quello che "
"equilibra il carico. Tutti i client caricheranno attraverso il boot-PXE "
"l'immagine di Skolelinux. Dopo che l'immagine è stata caricata, LDM sceglie "
"a quale server connettersi usando lo script \"get_hosts\". Come questo si "
"farà sarà deciso in seguito."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The load-balancing server must be announced to the clients as the \"next-"
"server\" via DHCP. As DHCP configuration is in LDAP, modifications have to "
"be done there. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'</"
"computeroutput> to edit the appropriate entry in LDAP. (Enter the main "
"server's root password at the prompt; if VISUAL isn't set, the default "
"editor will be nano.) Search for a line reading "
"<computeroutput>dhcpStatements: next-server tjener</computeroutput> Next-"
"server should be the IP address or hostname of the server you chose to be "
"the load-balancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. "
"Remember to restart the DHCP service."
msgstr ""
"Il server che distribuisce il carico deve essere indicato ai client come "
"\"next-server\" via DHCP. La configurazione DHCP si trova in LDAP e questo è "
"il posto dove fare le modifiche. Usare <computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -"
"ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> per modificare le appriopriate linee in "
"LDAP. (Inserire la password di root al prompt; se VISUAL inon è l'editor di "
"default questo sarà nano.) Cercare la linea <computeroutput>dhcpStatements: "
"next-server tjener</computeroutput> Next-server dovrebbe avere l'indirizzo "
"IP o il nome dell'host del server scelto per distribuire il carico. Se si "
"usa il nome dell'host occorre che questo ci sia nel DNS. Ricordarsi di "
"riavviare il servizio DHCP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
"10.0.0.0 network; attach them to the backbone network instead of the network "
"attached to the LTSP server's second network card. This is because when you "
"use load-balancing, the clients need direct access to the server chosen by "
"LDM. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the "
"clients' traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen "
"LDM server."
msgstr ""
"Ora occorre spostare i client dalla rete 192.168.1.0 alla rete 10.0.0.0 : "
"collegarsi alla rete principale della scuola al posto della seconda scheda "
"di rete collegata al server LTSP. Questo perché quando si usa il "
"loadbalancing, i client dovrebbero avere direttamente accesso al server "
"scelto da LDM. Se si lasciano i client nella rete 192.168.1.0, tutto il "
"traffico dei client sarà indirizzato verso quel server prima di raggiungere "
"il server scelto da LDM."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Part 2"
msgstr "Seconda parte"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
"host name, in random order."
msgstr ""
"Ora occorre costruire uno script \"get_hosts\"che stampa un server LDM a cui "
"connettersi. Il parametro LDM_SERVER sovrascrive questo script. Di "
"conseguenza, questo parametro non deve essere definito se si intende usare "
"lo script get_hosts. Lo script get_hosts utilizza per scrivere l'output "
"standard di ogni server indicato con un indirizzo IP o con il nome della "
"macchina, in ordine casuale."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
msgstr "Modificare \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" e aggiungere
qualcosa di simile:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\""
msgstr "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Replace xxxx with either the IP addresses or hostnames of the servers as a "
"space-separated list. Then, put the following script in <computeroutput>/opt/"
"ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> on the server you chose to "
"be the load-balancing server."
msgstr ""
"Occorre sostituire xxxx con l'IP o con il nome della macchina dei server, la "
"lista deve essere separata da spazi. Poi occorre mettere il seguente script "
"in <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> "
"sul server scelto come server loadbalancing."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" # Randomise the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
" TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
" for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
" rank=$RANDOM\n"
" let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
" TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
" done\n"
" TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
" for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
" done\n"
" echo $SHUFFLED_LIST"
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" # Randomise the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
" TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
" for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
" rank=$RANDOM\n"
" let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
" TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
" done\n"
" TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
" for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
" done\n"
" echo $SHUFFLED_LIST"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Part 3"
msgstr "Terza parte"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the SSH "
"host key for the LTSP chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
"the content of <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</"
"computeroutput> from all the LTSP servers that will be load-balanced. Save "
"this file as <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</"
"computeroutput> on all load-balanced servers. The last step is very "
"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
"and <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</computeroutput> is "
"included if it exists."
msgstr ""
"Una volta fatto lo script \"get_hosts\", è il momento di costruire la chiave "
"SSH host per LTSP chroot. Questo si può fare con un file che incorpora il "
"contenuto di <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</"
"computeroutput> di tutti i server ltsp che saranno equilibrati. Occorre "
"salvare questo file come <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</"
"computeroutput> su tutti i server loadbalance. L'ultima cosa da fare è molto "
"importante in quanto ltsp-update-sshkeys viene eseguito ogni volta che un "
"server si avvia e <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</"
"computeroutput> viene inserito se esiste."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you save your new host file as <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/"
"ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput>, it will be erased when you reboot the "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Se si salva il file del nuovo host come <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
"ssh/ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput> , questo sarà cancellato quando si "
"riavvia il server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
"image from the same server, which causes high loads on the server if many "
"clients are booted at the same time. Also, the clients require that server "
"to be always available; without it they cannot boot or get an LDM server. "
"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
msgstr ""
"Vi è una debolezza evidente in questa configurazione. Tutti i client "
"caricano l'immagine dallo stesso server e questo può causare carichi elevati "
"sul server se molti client sono avviati nello stesso tempo. Inoltre i client "
"hanno bisogno che quel server sia sempre disponibile, altrimenti non si "
"possono fare il boot o collegarsi al server LDM. Quindi questa "
"configurazione è esclusivamente dipendente da un solo server e questa non è "
"una buona cosa."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Your clients should now be load-balanced!"
msgstr "Ora i client dovrebbero essere ben equilibrati!"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Suono nei client LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP thin clients support three different audio systems for applications: "
"ESD, PulseAudio and ALSA. ESD and PulseAudio support networked audio and "
"are used to pass audio from the server to the clients. ALSA is configured "
"to redirect its sound via PulseAudio. For selected applications only "
"supporting the OSS audio system, a wrapper is created by <computeroutput>/"
"usr/sbin/debian-edu-ltsp-audiodivert</computeroutput> to redirect their "
"sound to PulseAudio. Run this script without arguments to get a list of "
"applications with such redirection enabled."
msgstr ""
"LTSP thin client supporta tre diversi sistemi audio systems per le "
"applicazioni ESD, PulseAudio e ALSA. ESD e PulseAudio supportano l'audio "
"via rete e sono usati per trasferire l'audio dal server ai client. ALSA è "
"configurato per reindirizzaret il suono via PulseAudio. Per le applicazioni "
"che supportano solo il sistema OSS, un wrapper è creato da <computeroutput>/"
"usr/sbin/debian-edu-ltsp-audiodivert</computeroutput> per reindirizzare il "
"suono a PulseAudio. Eseguire questo script senza argomenti per avere una "
"lista di applicazioni in cui tale reindirizzamento è permesso."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally and have none of the special "
"setup needed for networked audio."
msgstr ""
"LTSP diskless workstation possono gestire l'audio localmente e non c'è "
"bisogno delle configurazioni necessarie per l'audio di rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
msgstr "Aggiornare l'ambiente LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
msgstr ""
"E' utile aggiornare spesso l'ambiente LTSP con i nuovi pacchetti, per "
"assicurarsi che le fix di sicurezza e i miglioramenti siano disponibile "
"nella nostra rete. Per l'aggiornamento occorre eseguire questi comandi come "
"utente root su ogni server LTSP:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more,
ie it also prevents daemons from being started\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"aptitude upgrade\n"
"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
"exit"
msgstr ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more,
ie it also prevents daemons from being started\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"aptitude upgrade\n"
"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
"exit"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installing additional software in the LTSP environment"
msgstr "Installare software addizionale in ambiente LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To install additional software for an LTSP client you must perform the "
"installation inside the chroot of the LTSP server."
msgstr ""
"Per installare software addizionele per client LTSP occorre fare "
"l'installazione dentro la chroot del server LTSP."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386\n"
"## optionally, edit the sources.list:\n"
"#editor /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"aptitude install $new_package\n"
"exit"
msgstr ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386\n"
"## optionally, edit the sources.list:\n"
"#editor /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"aptitude install $new_package\n"
"exit"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Slow login and security"
msgstr "Accesso lento e sicurezza"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network "
"preventing unauthorised superuser access, password sniffing, and other "
"tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security measure is "
"secure login using SSH, which is the default with LDM. This can slow down "
"some client machines which are more than about ten years old, with as little "
"as a 160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Although it's not recommended, you can "
"add the value \"True\" in the <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</"
"computeroutput> file on the server:"
msgstr ""
"Skolelinux ha aggiunto diverse caratteristiche di sicurezza sui client di "
"rete per prevenire l'accesso non autorizzato come superuser, lo sniffing di "
"password e altri trucchi che possono essere utilizzati su una rete locale. "
"Queste misure di sicurezza possono essere attuate con l'accesso tramitte "
"SSH, predefinito con LDM. Questo può rallentarealcune macchine client, di "
"età superiore a 10 anni, con processore a 160 MHz e 32 MB di RAM. Anche se "
"non consigliato, è possibile aggiungere \"True\" nel file <computeroutput>/"
"opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput> del server:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "LDM_DIRECTX=True"
msgstr "LDM_DIRECTX=True"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: The above protects initial "
"login, but all activities after that use unencrypted networked X. Passwords "
"(except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the network, as well "
"as anything else."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione</emphasis>: Le protezioni indicate "
"sopra si riferiscono all'accesso iniziale, ma tutte le attività espletate "
"dopo in X utilizzano password in chiaro. Le passwords (eccetto quella "
"iniziale) viaggeranno in chiaro, così come qualsiasi altra informazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note: Since such ten-year-old thin clients may also have trouble running "
"never versions of OpenOffice.org and Firefox/Iceweasel due to pixmap caching "
"issues, you may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, or "
"upgrade the hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being able to "
"use them as diskless workstations."
msgstr ""
"Nota: I thin client vecchi di 10 anni possono avere problemi quando eseguono "
"nuove versioni di OpenOffice.org e Firefox/Iceweasel dovuti al pixmap "
"caching, si può considerare di dotare i thin clients con almeno 128 MB RAM, "
"o aggiornare l'hardware con il vantaggio di utilizzare diskless "
"workstations."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Since version 3.0 Skolelinux has been running LDM as its login manager, "
"which uses a secure SSH tunnel to log in. Switching to KDM also requires a "
"switch to XDMCP, which uses lower CPU resources on the clients and on the "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Dalla versione Skolelinux 3.0 LDM è usato come login manager. Usa un tunnel "
"sicuro SSH per collegarsi. Quando si usa KDM è necessario uno switch a "
"XDMCP. XDMCP usa meno risorse CPU sui client e sui server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. "
"Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything "
"else."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione</emphasis>: XDMCP non usa la "
"criptazione. Le password viaggiano in chiaro nella rete così come ogni altra "
"cosa."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs</computeroutput> will stop "
"working without LDM."
msgstr ""
"Nota: gli apparati locali con <computeroutput>ltspfs</computeroutput> non "
"funzioneranno senza LDM."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
"Per verificare se XDMCP è funzionante, occorre eseguire questo comando da "
"una workstation:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "X -query ltspserverXX"
msgstr "X -query ltspserverXX"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, run this command:"
msgstr "Se siamo su un thin client nella rete, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "X -query 192.168.0.254"
msgstr "X -query 192.168.0.254"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client contact the xdmcp-server on "
"192.168.0.254 (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
"L'obiettivo è di permettere al thin client \"real\" di contattare il server-"
"xdmcp sulla rete 192.168.0.254 (data la configurazione standard di "
"Skolelinux)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If for some reason XDMCP is accessible on your server which runs KDM, add "
"the following to <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess</computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
"Se per qualche ragione XDMCP è accessibile sul tuo server che esegue KDM , "
"aggiungere a <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess</computeroutput>:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "* # any host can get a login window"
msgstr "* # any host can get a login window"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important; the rest is a comment, of "
"course"
msgstr ""
"La stella prima del commento '#' è importante, quello che segue naturalmente "
"è un commento"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Then turn on XDMCP in KDM with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia XDMCP in KDM con il comando:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true"
msgstr "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Finally, restart KDM by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia KDM eseguendo:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
#| msgid "sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart"
msgid "sudo service kdm restart"
msgstr "sudo service kdm restart"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#| msgid "Joining the domain"
msgid "Joining a domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
"enables Windows clients to store profiles and user data, and also "
"authenticates the users during the login."
msgstr ""
"Per i client Windows il dominio Windows \"SKOLELINUX\" è disponibile per "
"essere usato. Un servizio speciale chiamato Samba, installato sul server "
"principale tjener, permette ai client Windows di archiviare profili e dati "
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "Allowing a Windows client to join the domain requires steps described in "
#| "the <link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Wheezy Samba Howto</link>."
msgid ""
"Joining a domain with a Windows client requires the steps described in the "
"<link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Wheezy Samba Howto</link>."
msgstr ""
"Per collegare i client Windows al dominio sono necessari i passi descritti "
"in <link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Wheezy Samba Howto</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profiles of domain users on every Windows login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data is stored in the profile, this could take "
"some time. To minimise the time needed, deactivate things like local cache "
"in browsers (you can use the Squid proxy cache installed on tjener instead) "
"and save files into the H: volume rather than under \"My Documents\"."
msgstr ""
"Windows sincronizzerà il profilo degli utenti del dominio ogni volta che si "
"fa login e logout. Dalla quantità dei dati presenti nel profilo dipenderà il "
"tempo di collegamento. Per minimizzare il tempo, occorre disattivare alcune "
"cose come la cache locale dei browser (in alternativa si può usare la proxy "
"cache di Squid installata su tjener) e salvare i file nel volume H: invece "
"di \"My Documents\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user group you add through "
"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
"available in Windows, e.g. for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group-"
"aware."
msgstr ""
"Groupmaps dovrebbe anche essere aggiunto per ogni gruppo inserito attraverso "
"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Se si vuole che il gruppo sia "
"disponibile in Windows per esempio per gli script netlogon o per altre "
"azioni dipendenti dai gruppi, si può aggiungerlo adattando il seguente "
"comando. Samba funzionerà anche senza questo comando, ma le macchine "
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
" comment=\"All students in the school\""
msgstr ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
" comment=\"All students in the school\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "FIXME: would it be better to explain user groups in Windows first with "
#| "GOsa², and then with an example for the command line?"
msgid ""
"FIXME: it would be even better to first/also explain user groups for Windows "
"with GOsa² (and then show an example for the command line)"
msgstr ""
"FIXME: it would be even better to first/also explain user groups for Windows "
"with GOsa² (and then show an example for the command line)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE</computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole controllare i gruppi di utenti in Windows, occorre scaricare lo "
"strumento <computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE</computeroutput> dalla Microsoft. Poi "
"si può usarlo per esempio nello script che sta in tjener in <computeroutput>/"
"etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP laptops from home can still connect to tjener "
"using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
"SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the Windows firewall before "
"tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever it's called now)."
msgstr ""
"Gli utenti che usano nel loro laptop XP home possono connettersi a tjener "
"usando le loro credenziali skolelinux se hanno configurato il workgroup come "
"SKOLELINUX. E' necessario disabilitare il firewall Windows prima che tjener "
"(o come si è chiamata la directory da condividere) appaia nelle Risorse di "
"Rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments which include desktop items "
"and settings. Examples include personal files, desktop icons and menus, "
"screen colours, mouse settings, window size and position, application "
"configurations, and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are "
"available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available."
msgstr ""
"I profili roaming contengono l'ambiente di lavoro dell'utente che include il "
"desktop con le sue icone e configurazioni. Alcuni esempi di questo ambiente "
"sono i file personali, le icone del desktop, i colori dello schermo, la "
"configurazione del mouse, grandezza e posizione delle finestre, la "
"configurazione delle applicazioni, della rete e delle stampanti. I profili "
"roaming sono disponibili dal momento in cui l'utente si collega, attraverso "
"il server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make Windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
"but the most common problem is that users save their files on the Windows "
"desktop or in the \"My Documents\" folder instead of in their home "
"directory. Also, some badly designed programs use the profile to store data "
"and as scratch space."
msgstr ""
"Dato che il profilo è copiato dal server quando ci si collega e copiato sul "
"server quando ci si disconnette dalla rete, profili pesanti possono rendere "
"il login/logout di Windows penosamente lento. Ci sono molte ragioni che "
"spiegano la pesantezza del profilo , ma la principale è che gli utenti "
"salvano i loro file nel desktop o nei documenti di windows invece che nella "
"loro directory home. Anche alcuni programmi mal progettati usano il profilo "
"per scrivere dati."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis>The educational approach</emphasis>: one way to deal with "
"overlarge profiles is to explain the situation to the users. Tell them not "
"to store huge files on the desktop, and if they fail to listen, it's their "
"own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Un approccio educativo</emphasis>: un modo per affrontare i "
"profili troppo pesanti è spiegare il problema agli utenti. chiedere loro di "
"non archiviare i loro file nel desktop e se non vogliono ascoltare dire loro "
"di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Tweaking the profile</emphasis>: a different approach to dealing "
"with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts "
"to regular file storage. This moves the workload from the users to the "
"administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Messa a punto dei profili</emphasis>: un modo diverso per "
"affrontare il problema è cancellare parte del profilo e indirizzare altre "
"parti a un archivio regolare. Si trasferisce cioè il lavoro dell'utente "
"all'amministratore, aggiungendo complessità all'installazione. Ci sono "
"almeno tre modi per rimuovere i dati dal profilo dell'utente."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Example smb.conf files for roaming profiles"
msgstr "Esempio di smb.conf per i profili roaming"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You should hopefully find an example smb.conf in your preferred language "
"delivered by the installation on tjener under <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"debian-edu-config/examples/</computeroutput>. The source file is in English "
"and is called <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-en.conf</computeroutput>; "
"look for a file with the appropriate code in the filename (the German "
"translation, for example, will be named <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-"
"de.conf</computeroutput>). Inside the config file are a lot of explanations "
"which you should have a look at."
msgstr ""
"Teoricamente si dovrebbe trovare un esempio smb.conf nella lingua "
"localeinserito dall'installazione su tjener sotto <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"debian-edu-config/examples/</computeroutput>. Il file sorgente è in inglese "
"ed è chiamato <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-en.conf</computeroutput>; "
"se il file è tradotto nel tuo linguaggio, occorre cercare il codice di "
"linguaggio nel nome del file (la traduzione in tedesco, per esempio, si "
"chiama <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-de.conf</computeroutput>). "
"All'interno del file di configurazione ci sono un sacco di spiegazioni, ed è "
"utile darci uno sguardo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Machine policies for roaming profiles"
msgstr "Policy delle macchine per i profili roaming"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr "Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri
computer."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run <computeroutput>gpedit."
"msc</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"Scegliere un computer con Windows appena installato e eseguire "
"<computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Under the selection \"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates"
"\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> \"Exclude directories in "
"roaming profile\", you can enter a semicolon-separated list of directories "
"to exclude from the profile. The directories are internationalised and must "
"be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Examples of "
"directories to exclude are:"
msgstr ""
"Nella selezione \"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -"
"> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> \"Exclude directories in "
"roaming profile\", si può inserire un punto e virgola con le directory da "
"escludere dal profilo. Le directory hanno nomi diversi in base alla lingua "
"usata e devono essere scritte nel linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory "
"da escludere sono:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> to "
"all other Windows machines."
msgstr ""
"Copiare <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> "
"in tutte le altre macchine Windows."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your Windows OS deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
"Buona idea è copiarlo nel tuo sistema operativo Windows per averlo a "
"disposizione durante l'installazione."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Global policies for roaming profiles"
msgstr "Policy globali per i profili roaming"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By using the legacy Windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe</"
"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) and put it "
"in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working almost "
"instantly on all Windows machines."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa il Windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe</"
"computeroutput>), si può creare un file di policy (NTConfig.pol) e metterlo "
"nella directory condivisa su tjener. Questo avrebbe il vantaggio di lavorare "
"quasi immediatamente su tutte le macchine Windows."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For some time, the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
"the Microsoft web site, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
msgstr ""
"Da qualche tempo l'editor policy è stato rimosso dal sito della Microsoft, "
"ma è ancora disponibile come parte dello strumento ORK."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you can create .pol files. "
"If you put such a file on tjener as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/"
"NTLOGON.POL</computeroutput> it will automatically be read by Windows "
"machines and temporarily overwrite the registry, thus applying the changes."
msgstr ""
"Con<computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> si possono creare file .pol. "
"Se si mette uno di questi file in tjener come <computeroutput>/etc/samba/"
"netlogon/NTLOGON.POL</computeroutput> questo sarà letto da tutte le macchine "
"Windows automaticamente e temporaneamente sovrascriverà il registro, "
"applicando così tutti i cambiamenti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To make sensible use of <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you "
"also need to download appropriate .adm files for your operating system and "
"applications; otherwise you cannot define many settings in "
"<computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Per avere un uso ragionevole di <computeroutput>poledit.exe</"
"computeroutput> occorre anche scaricare i file .adm congruenti con il "
"sistema operativo e le applicazioni usati, altrimenti non è possibile "
"definire alcunché in <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be aware that the new group policy tools, <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</"
"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>gpmc.msc</computeroutput>, cannot "
"create .pol files; they either only work for the local machine or need an "
"Active Directory server."
msgstr ""
"Attenzione che il nuovo tool per la politica dei gruppi, "
"<computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>gpmc.msc</"
"computeroutput> non creano file .pol: entrambi possono operare solo sulla "
"macchina locale o hanno bisogno di un server Active Directory."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you understand German, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> is a "
"very good web site on this topic."
msgstr ""
"Se si capisce il tedesco, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> è un "
"ottimo sito su questo argomento."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
"Si può modificare il registro di Windows del computer locale e copiare la "
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"Occorre trovare <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft"
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Use the menu \"Edit menu\" -> \"New\" -> \"String Value\"."
msgstr "Usare il menu \"Edit menu\" -> \"New\" -> \"String Value\"."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon-separated list of paths to exclude (in the same way as for "
"a machine policy)"
msgstr ""
"Digitare un punto e virgola per separare le stringhe dei path da escludere "
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file. Mark a "
"selection, right-click, and select \"Export\"."
msgstr ""
"Si può scegliere, ora, di esportare le chiave di registro come file .reg, "
"Segnare la selezione, click destro e selezionare \"Export\"."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread "
"it to other machines."
msgstr ""
"Salvare il file e fare doppio click su questo, o aggiungere a uno script per "
"diffonderlo sulle altre macchine."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/"
"featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/"
"featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/"
"PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/"
"PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Redirecting profile directories"
msgstr "Reindirizzamento delle directory di profilo"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing directories from the profile is not enough. You may "
"find that users lose files because they mistakenly save things into \"My "
"Documents\" when this is not saved in the profiles. You may also want to "
"redirect the directories used by some badly programmed applications to "
"normal network shares."
msgstr ""
"A volte rimuovere la directory dal profilo non basta. In genere gli utenti "
"perdono i file perché salvano in \"My Documents\", quando questa directory "
"non viene salvata nel profilo. A volte si può volere ridirigere directory "
"usate da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella "
"rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Redirecting using machine policies"
msgstr "Reindirizzamento usando la policy delle macchine"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All the instructions given above about machine policies apply here too. You "
"can use <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput> to edit the policy and "
"copy it to all machines. The redirection should be available under \"User "
"Configuration\" -> \"Windows Settings\" -> \"Folder Redirection\". "
"Directories that it can be useful to redirect include \"Desktop\" and \"My "
"Documents\"."
msgstr ""
"Tutte le instruzioni date prima per la politica delle macchine si possono "
"applicare anche qui. Si può usare <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</"
"computeroutput> per modificare la policy e copiarla su tutte le macchine. Il "
"reindirizzamento dovrebbe essere disponibile in \"User Configuration\" -> "
"\"Windows Settings\" -> \"Folder Redirection\". Le directory che può "
"essere utile reindirizzare includono \"Desktop\" e \"My Documents\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the synchronised folders list. If you do "
"not want this, you should disable it via one of the following routes:"
msgstr ""
"Una cosa da ricordare è che se si attua la ridirezione delle cartelle queste "
"sono automaticamente aggiunte all'elenco delle cartelle da sincronizzare. Se "
"non si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare con "
"uno dei seguenti modi:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"\"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network\" -"
"> \"Offline Files\""
msgstr ""
"\"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network\" -"
"> \"Offline Files\""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"\"Computer Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network"
"\" -> \"Offline Files\""
msgstr ""
"\"Computer Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network"
"\" -> \"Offline Files\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Redirecting using global policies"
msgstr "Reindirizzamento usando una policy globale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"FIXME: explain how to use profiles from global policies for Windows machines "
"in the skolelinux network"
msgstr ""
"FIXME: explain how to use profiles from global policies for Windows machines "
"in the skolelinux network"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Disabling roaming using a local policy"
msgstr "Disabilitare roaming utilizzando una policy locale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using local policies, you can disable the roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines - for instance on "
"dedicated machines, or machines that have lower than usual bandwith."
msgstr ""
"Per avere una policy locale occorre disabilitare i progili roaming su le "
"macchine localmente. Questo lo si fa in genere per macchine particolari - "
"per esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di banda inferiore "
"a quella solita."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can use the machine policy method describe above; the key is in "
"\"Administrative Templates\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> "
"\"Only allow local profiles\"."
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy della macchina descritto sopra; la "
"chiave è in \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"System\" -> \"User "
"Profiles\" -> \"Only allow local profiles\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Disabling roaming using global policies"
msgstr "Disabilitare i profili roaming usiando una policy globale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "FIXME: describe roaming profile key for the global policy editor here"
msgstr "FIXME: describe roaming profile key for the global policy editor here"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Disabling roaming in smb.conf"
msgstr "Disabilitare roaming in smb.conf"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If, perhaps, everyone has their own dedicated machine, and nobody else is "
"allowed to touch it, editing the Samba configuration will let you disable "
"roaming profiles for the entire network. You can alter the "
"<computeroutput>smb.conf</computeroutput> file on tjener, unsetting the "
"\"logon path\" and \"logon home\" variables, then restart samba."
msgstr ""
"Se, qualcuno ha una sua macchina dedicata, e nessun altro può toccarla, la "
"modifica della configurazione di Samba consente di disattivare i profili per "
"l'intera rete. Per disattivare i profili roaming si può modificare il file "
"<computeroutput>smb.conf</computeroutput> su tjener e deselezionare le "
"variabili \"logon path\" e \"logon home\", poi riavviare samba."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
"logon home = \"\""
msgstr ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
"logon home = \"\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Remote Desktop"
msgstr "Desktop Remoto"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Remote Desktop Service"
msgstr "Remote Desktop Service"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Beginning with this release, choosing the thin client server profile or the "
"combined server profile installs xrdp, a package which uses the Remote "
"Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft "
"Windows users can connect to the thin client server running xrdp without "
"installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop "
"Connection on their Windows machine and connect."
msgstr ""
"A partire da questa versione, scegliendo il profilo thin client server o il "
"profilo server combinato, viene installato xrdp, un pacchetto che usa il "
"protocollo Remote Desktop che presenta un login grafico per un client "
"remoto. Gli utenti che usano Microsoft Windows si possono connettere al "
"server thin client eseguendo xrdp senza installare software aggiuntivo - "
"semplicemente avviando una Remote-Desktop-Connection sulla macchina Windows "
"e connettersi."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server."
msgstr "Inoltre, xrdp può connettersi a un server VNC o a un altro server RDP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
"or Linux."
msgstr ""
"Alcune città mettono a disposizione un desktop remoto così che studenti e "
"insegnanti possono accedere a Skolelinux dalle loro abitazioni su computer "
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients"
msgstr "Client disponibili per il Remote Desktop"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is "
"captable of RDP and VNC."
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> è installato di default con RDP "
"e VNC."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative "
"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"RDP - è il modo più facile per accedere a Windows terminal server. Un "
"pacchetto per un client alternativoi è <computeroutput>rdesktop</"
"computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Il clent VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dà l'accesso a Skolelinux da remoto. "
"Un pacchetto per un client alternativoi è <computeroutput>xvncviewer</"
"computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
"provided NX support to all students since 2005. They report that the "
"solution is stable."
msgstr ""
"Il client grafico NX dà la possibilità a studenti e insegnanti di accedere "
"da remoto a Skolelinux con computer Windows, Mac o Linux. Una città in "
"Norvegia ha messo a disposizione il supporto NX a tutti gli studenti dal "
"2005. Hanno detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo</ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
"\"/>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
"\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Samba in Debian Edu"
msgstr "Samba in Debian Edu"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Samba (v3) in Debian Edu Wheezy has been fully prepared for use as an NT4-"
"style domain controller with Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 as "
"clients. After a machine has joined the domain, this machine can be fully "
"managed with GOsa²."
msgstr ""
"Con Debian Edu Wheezy Samba (v3) è stato completamente configurato per "
"l'utilizzo come controller di dominio NT4 per client Windows XP, Windows "
"Vista e Windows 7. Dopo che una macchina si è collegata al dominio, questa "
"macchina può essere completamente gestita con GOsa²."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Partiamo"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This documentation presumes that you have installed the Debian Edu main "
"server and maybe also a Debian Edu workstation to verify that working under "
"Debian Edu/Skolelinux works for you. We presume that you have already "
"created some users that can flawlessly use the Debian Edu workstation. We "
"also presume that you have a Windows XP/Vista/7 workstation at hand, so you "
"can test access to the Debian Edu main server from a Windows machine."
msgstr ""
"Questa documentazione presuppone che si abbia installato il server "
"principale Debian Edu e almeno una workstation Debian Edu per verificare che "
"la rete Debian Edu/Skolelinux funzioni. Occorre creare anche alcuni utenti "
"che possono utilizzare senza problemi la workstation Debian Edu. Si presume "
"inoltre che si abbia una workstation XP/Vista/7 Windows a portata di mano, "
"in modo da poter testare il server principale Debian Edu da una macchina "
"Windows."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After installation of the Debian Edu main server the Samba host \\\\TJENER "
"should be visible in your Windows Network Neighbourhood. Debian Edu's "
"Windows domain is SKOLELINUX. Use a Windows machine (or a Linux system with "
"smbclient) to browse your Windows/Samba network environment."
msgstr ""
"Dopo l'installazione del server principale Debian Edu l'host Samba \\"
"\\TJENER dovrebbe essere visibile in Windows Network Neighbourhood. Il "
"domino Windows di Debian Edu è Skolelinux. Utilizzare una macchina Windows "
"(o un sistema Linux con smbclient) per navigare sull'ambiente condiviso di "
"rete Samba."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "START -> Run command"
msgstr "START -> Run command"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "enter \\\\TJENER and press return"
msgstr "inserire \\\\TJENER e premere invio"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show the netlogon share on \\"
"\\TJENER, and maybe printers you already have configured for printing under "
"Unix/Linux (CUPS queues)."
msgstr ""
"-> una finestra di Windows Explorer dovrebbe aprirsi e mostrare la "
"condivisione netlogon su \\\\TJENER e forse anche le stampanti se sono state "
"già configurate con Unix/Linux (code CUPS)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Accessing files via Samba"
msgstr "L'accesso ai file tramite Samba"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Student and teacher user accounts that have been configured via GOsa² should "
"be able to authenticate against \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<"
"username> and access their home directories with Windows machines "
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> joined to the Windows SKOLELINUX "
"domain."
msgstr ""
"Gli studenti e gli insegnanti che sono stati configurati via Gosa² "
"dovrebbero essere in grado di essere autenticati a \\\\TJENER\\HOMES o \\"
"\\TJENER\\<username> e accedere alla propria home directory con "
"macchine Windows e <emphasis role=\"strong\">non</emphasis> collegati al "
"dominio Windows SKOLELINUX."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "enter \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<username> and press return"
msgstr "inserire \\\\TJENER\\HOMES o \\\\TJENER\\<username> e
premere invio"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"enter your login credentials (username, password) in the authentication "
"dialog window that appears"
msgstr ""
"inserire le credenziali dell'account di login (nome utente, password) nella "
"finestra di dialogo che appare"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show files and folders in "
"your Debian Edu home directory."
msgstr ""
"-> una finestra di Windows Explorer si dovrebbe aprire e visualizzare "
"file e cartelle presenti nella tua home directory di Debian Edu."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default only the [homes] and the [netlogon] shares are exported; further "
"share examples for students and teachers can be found in <computeroutput>/"
"etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on your Debian Edu main "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Per impostazione predefinita solo le cartelle condivise [homes] e [netlogon] "
"sono esportate; altri esempi di condivisione per studenti e insegnanti "
"possono essere trovati in <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</"
"computeroutput> sul server principale Debian Edu."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Domain Membership"
msgstr "Domain Membership"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To use Samba on TJENER as a domain controller, your network's Windows "
"workstations have to join the SKOLELINUX domain provided by the Debian Edu "
"main server."
msgstr ""
"Per utilizzare Samba su TJENER come controller di dominio, le workstation "
"Windows della rete si devono collegarsi al dominio SKOLELINUX che è fornito "
"dal server principale di Debian Edu."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The first thing you have to do is to enable the SKOLELINUX\\Administrator "
"account. This account is not intended for day-to-day usage; its current main "
"purpose is to add Windows machines to the SKOLELINUX domain. To enable this "
"account log on to TJENER as the first user (created during main server "
"installation) and run this command:"
msgstr ""
"La prima cosa da fare è quello di accedere con accountSKOLELINUX"
"\\Administrator. Questo account non deve essere usato per l'utilizzo "
"quotidiano: il suo scopo principale è quello di aggiungere macchine Windows "
"al dominio SKOLELINUX. Per abilitare questo accesso collegarsi a TJENER come "
"primo utente (creato durante l'installazione del server principale) ed "
"eseguire questo comando:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator"
msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The password of SKOLELINUX\\Administrator has been preconfigured during the "
"main server's installation. Please use the system's root account when "
"authenticating as SKOLELINUX\\Administrator."
msgstr ""
"La password di SKOLELINUX\\Administrator è stata preconfigurata durante "
"l'installazione del server principale. Occorreusare l'account di root del "
"sistema quando ci si vuole autenticare come SKOLELINUX\\Administrator."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Once you are done with your administrative work make sure to disable the "
"SKOLELINUX\\Administrator account again:"
msgstr ""
"Una volta finito con il lavoro di amministrazione assicurarsi di "
"disabilitare di nuovo l'account SKOLELINUX\\Administrator:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator"
msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Windows hostname"
msgstr "Windows hostname"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure your Windows machine has the name that you want to use in the "
"SKOLELINUX domain. If not, rename it first (and then reboot). The NetBIOS "
"host name of the Windows machine will later on be used in GOsa² and cannot "
"be changed there (without breaking the domain membership for this machine)."
msgstr ""
"Assicurarsi che la macchina Windows abbia il nome che si desidera utilizzare "
"nel dominio SKOLELINUX. In caso contrario, occorre prima rinominare la "
"macchina (e quindi riavviare). Il nome host NetBIOS della macchina Windows "
"sarà usato in seguito in GOsa² e non può essere cambiato in quella sede "
"(senza rompere l'appartenenza al dominio di questa macchina)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows XP"
msgstr "Collegarsi al Dominio SKOLELINUX con Windows XP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Joining Windows XP machines (tested with Service Pack 3) works out of the "
"box."
msgstr ""
"Il collegamento di macchine Windows XP (testato con Service Pack 3) funziona "
"out of the box."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"NOTE: Windows XP Home does not support domain membership; Windows XP "
"Professional is required here."
msgstr ""
"NOTA: Windows XP Home non supporta il collegamento al dominio, occorre "
"Windows XP Professional."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"log on to the Windows XP machine as Administrator (or any other account with "
"Administrator privileges)"
msgstr ""
"collegarsi a macchine Windows XP come Aministratore (o con altri account "
"con privilegi di amministrazione)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"click on \"Start\" then right-click on \"Computer\" and click on \"Properties"
"\""
msgstr "click su \"Start\" poi click-destro su \"Computer\" e click su
\"Properties\""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "select tab \"Computer Name\" and click on \"Change...\""
msgstr "selezionare la scheda \"Computer Name\" e click su \"Change...\""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"under \"Member of\", select the radio button beside \"Domain:\", type "
"SKOLELINUX and then click \"OK\""
msgstr ""
"alla voce \"Membro di\", selezionare il controllo vicino a \"Dominio:\", "
"digitare SKOLELINUX e poi click su \"OK\""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"a pop up box will request to enter credentials of an account with rights to "
"join the domain. Type username SKOLELINUX\\Administrator and the root "
"password, click \"OK\""
msgstr ""
"una finestra di pop up richiederà di inserire le credenziali di un acconto "
"con i diritti di collegarsi al dominio. Inserire il nome utente SKOLELINUX"
"\\Administrator e la password di root , poi click su \"OK\""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"a confirmation pop up box will welcome you to the SKOLELINUX domain. "
"Clicking on \"OK\", will result in having another message informing that a "
"reboot for the machine is required to apply the changes. Click on \"OK\""
msgstr ""
"una finestra di conferma vi darà il benvenuto al dominio SKOLELINUX. Facendo "
"clic su \"OK\", un altro messaggio avvertirà che è necessario unriavvio "
"della macchina per applicare le modifiche. Fare clic su \"OK\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After the reboot, when you login the first time, click on the \"Options >"
">\" button and select the domain SKOLELINUX instead of the local domain "
"(\"this computer\")"
msgstr ""
"Dopo il riavvio, quando si fa il login per la prima volta, click sul "
"pulsante \"Opzioni >>\" e selezionare il dominio SKOLELINUX al posto "
"del dominio locale (\"questo computer\")"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If joining the domain has been successful you should then be able to view "
"the host details within GOsa² (under the menu section \"Systems\")."
msgstr ""
"se il collegamento al dominio è andato a buon fine si dovrebbero "
"visualizzare i dettagli della macchina all'interno di GOsa² (nella sezione "
"menu: Systems)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows Vista/7"
msgstr "Collegamento al Dominio SKOLELINUX con Windows Vista/7"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Joining Windows Vista/7 machines to the SKOLELINUX domain requires the "
"installation of a registry patch on the Windows Vista/7 client. This patch "
"is provided at this location:"
msgstr ""
"Il collegamento al dominio SKOLELINUX per macchine Windows Vista/7 rrichiede "
"l'installazione di una patch di registro sulle macchine client Windows "
"Vista/7. Questa patch è fornita a questo indirizzo:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"\\\\tjener\\netlogon\\win7+samba_domain-membership\\Win7_Samba3DomainMember."
"reg"
msgstr ""
"\\\\tjener\\netlogon\\win7+samba_domain-membership\\Win7_Samba3DomainMember."
"reg"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For further information please consult the included README_Win7-Domain-"
"Membership.txt in the same folder. Make sure you apply this patch as a local "
"Administrator of the Windows system."
msgstr ""
"Per maggiorir informazioni si consiglia di consultare il file README_Win7-"
"Domain-Membership.txt incluso nella stessa cartella. Occorre essere sicuri "
"di applicare questa patch come Amministratore locale nel sistema Windows."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After applying the above patch and rebooting the client system you should be "
"able to join the SKOLELINUX domain:"
msgstr ""
"Dopo aver applicato la patch precedente e riavviato la macchina si dovrebbe "
"essere in grado di collegarsi al dominio SKOLELINUX:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"the basic system information page will open. Under \"Computer name, domain, "
"and workgroup settings\", click on \"Change Settings\""
msgstr ""
"sui aprirà la pagina delle informazioni di base del sistema. Sotto \"Nome "
"del computer, dominio, e gruppo di lavoro \", cliccare su\" Modifica "
"impostazioni \""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "on the System Properties page, click on \"Change...\""
msgstr "nella pagina delle Proprietà del sistema, click su \"Cambia...\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "First Domain Logon"
msgstr "Primo accesso al Dominio"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu ships some logon scripts that pre-configure the Windows user "
"profile on first logon. When logging on to a Windows workstation that has "
"joined the SKOLELINUX domain for the first time the following tasks are run:"
msgstr ""
"Debian Edu carica alcuni script di accesso che preconfigura il profilo "
"dell'utente di Windows al primo accesso. Quando si accede a una workstation "
"Windows che unita al dominio Skolelinux per la prima volta vengono eseguite "
"le seguenti operazioni:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"copy the user's Firefox profile to a separate location and register that "
"with Mozilla Firefox on Windows"
msgstr ""
"copia il profilo di Firefox dell'utente in una locazione separata e la "
"registra con Mozilla Firefox su Windows"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in Firefox"
msgstr "configurazione il proxy Web e pagina iniziale di Firefox"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in IE"
msgstr "configurazione del proxy Web e della pagina iniziale di IE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"add a MyHome icon to the Desktop that points to drive H: and opens Windows "
"Explorer on double-click"
msgstr ""
"aggiunge l'icona MyHome nel Desktop che punta al drive H: e apre Esplora "
"Risorse con un doppio clic"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Other tasks are run on every logon. For further information on this, please "
"refer to the <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</computeroutput> folder on "
"your Debian Edu main server."
msgstr ""
"Altri task vengono eseguiti a ogni accesso, Per altre indicazioni su questo "
"argomento, riferirsi alla cartella <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</"
"computeroutput> nel server principale Debian Edu."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"All the Debian packages on this page can be installed by running either "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install <package></computeroutput> or "
"<computeroutput>apt-get install <package></computeroutput> (as root)."
msgstr ""
"Tutti i pacchetti Debian di questa pagina possono essre installati eseguendo "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install <package></computeroutput> o "
"<computeroutput>apt-get install <package></computeroutput> (come root)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#\">Moodle</ulink> is a "
"free, Open Source course management system - software designed using sound "
"pedagogical principles to help educators create effective online learning "
"communities. You can download and use it on any computer (including "
"webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a University with "
"200,000 students. Some schools in France use Moodle to keep track of "
"students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#\">Moodle</ulink> è un "
"sistema libero e Open Source per aministrare corsi online - un software "
"progettato usando principi pedagogici, per aiutare gli educatori a creare "
"comunità di apprendimento online. Si può scaricare e usarlo su ogni computer "
"(incluso webhosts), può adatarsi a un singolo insegnante come a una "
"Università con 200.000 studenti. Alcune scuole in Francia usano Moodle per "
"monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">moodle sites</ulink> all "
"over the world, mostly concentrated in Europe and North America. Check the "
"site of an <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">institution</ulink> near "
"you to get an idea about it. More information is available at the <ulink url="
"\"http://moodle.org\">moodle project page,</ulink> including <ulink url="
"\"http://docs.moodle.org/en/Main_Page\">documentation</ulink> and <ulink url="
"\"http://moodle.org/support/\">support</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ci sono <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">siti moodle</ulink> in tutto "
"il mondo, la maggior parte in Europe e nel Nord America. Controlla il sito "
"di una <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">organizzazione</ulink> vicino "
"a te per averne un'idea. Maggiori informazioni sono disponibili a <ulink url="
"\"http://moodle.org\">moodle project page,</ulink> inclusa la <ulink url="
"\"http://docs.moodle.org/en/Main_Page\">documentazione</ulink> e il <ulink "
"url=\"http://moodle.org/support/\">supporto</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Teaching Prolog"
msgstr "Insegnare Prolog"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#\">SWI-Prolog</"
"ulink> is an open source implementation of the programming language Prolog, "
"commonly used for teaching and semantic web applications."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#\">SWI-Prolog</"
"ulink> è una implementazione open source del linguaggio di programmazione "
"Prolog, usato per insegnare e per le applicazioni semantiche del web."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/"
"stable/controlaula#\">Controlaula</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://packages."
"debian.org/stable/italc-master#\">iTALC</ulink> to supervise their "
"students. See also the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/"
"italc/index.php?title=Main_Page\">iTALC Wiki</ulink> (and the documentation "
"in bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/511387#\">511387</ulink>)."
msgstr ""
"Alcune scuole usano strumenti di conrollo come <ulink url=\"http://packages."
"debian.org/stable/controlaula#\">Controlaula</ulink> o <ulink url=\"http://"
"packages.debian.org/stable/italc-master#\">iTALC</ulink> per verificare i "
"propri studenti. Vedere anche <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
"mediawiki/italc/index.php?title=Main_Page\">iTALC Wiki</ulink> (e la "
"documentazione del bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/511387#\">511387</"
"ulink>)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status "
"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in "
"your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione</emphasis>: assicurarsi di conoscere lo "
"stato della legislazone del proprio paese sul controllo delle attività degli "
"utenti di computer."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Restricting pupils' network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some schools use <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#"
"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/"
"dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access."
msgstr ""
"Alcune scuole usano <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/"
"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> o <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/"
"stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> per limitare l'accesso a "
"internet."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Smart-Board integration"
msgstr "Integrazione Smart-Board"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some schools use the products of <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.com"
"\">Smarttech</ulink> for their teaching. You need a workstation with drivers "
"and software for this, Smarttech has published some working non-free "
"Software in a Debian Repository as a download. A local copy of this "
"repository needs to be put inside the school network, so that the smartboard "
"software could be installed on our machines. So teachers and pupils can "
"prepare for class on every computer:"
msgstr ""
"Alcune scuole usano i prodotti <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.com"
"\">Smarttech</ulink> per il loro insegnamento. Occorre dedicare una "
"workstation con driver e software dedicato, Smarttech ha messo a "
"disposizione nel repository Debian non-free alcuni Software per il download. "
"Una copia locale di questo repository deve essere presente nella rete "
"scolastica per installare il software smartboard nelle nostre macchine. "
"Così insegnanti e studenti possonoprepararsi per la lezione su ogni "
"computer: "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Providing the repository on tjener"
msgstr "Fornire il repository su tjener"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Download the repository as a tar.gz file from <ulink url=\"http://smarttech."
"com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/SMART+Notebook"
"+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/SMART+Notebook+10_2+for"
"+Linux\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Scaricare il repository come file tar.gz da <ulink url=\"http://smarttech."
"com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/SMART+Notebook"
"+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/SMART+Notebook+10_2+for"
"+Linux\"/>."
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# move the tar.gz file to a repository directory on the school
network's webroot (by default located on tjener):\n"
"root@tjener:~# \n"
"mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"# change into the new directory\n"
"root@tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"# extract the file\n"
"root@tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz"
msgstr ""
"# move the tar.gz file to a repository directory on the school
network's webroot (by default located on tjener):\n"
"root@tjener:~# \n"
"mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"# change into the new directory\n"
"root@tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"# extract the file\n"
"root@tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Add the needed packages to the PXE installation image"
msgstr "Aggiungere i pacchetti necessari per l'mmagine d'installazione PXE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
"install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere le seguenti linee a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-"
"edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-free\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
"d-i pkgsel/include string
smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
msgstr ""
"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-free\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
"d-i pkgsel/include string
smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Update the preseed file:"
msgstr "Aggiornare il file di preconfigurazione:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall"
msgstr "/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After this, new installations via PXE will have the <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/SmartBoard#\">SmartBoard</ulink> software installed."
msgstr ""
"Fatto questo, con le nuove installazioni via PXE avremo il software per la "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/SmartBoard#\">SmartBoard</ulink> "
"installato."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Adding the SmartBoard software manually after installation"
msgstr "Aggiungere il software per la SmartBoard manualmente dopo
l'installazione"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "The following instructions are for updating LTSP chroots."
msgstr "Le istruzioni che seguono sono per l'aggiornamento di chroot di LTSP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using an editor add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
"list</computeroutput> in the chroot:"
msgstr ""
"Usare un editor per aggiungere le linee seguenti a <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
"sources.list</computeroutput> nella chroot:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"### SMART Repo\n"
"deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free"
msgstr ""
"### SMART Repo\n"
"deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Start the editor like this:"
msgstr "Avviare l'editor in questo modo:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr "ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Add the repository key and install the software:"
msgstr "Aggiungere la chiave del repository e installare il software:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc\n"
"# update the dpkg database and install the wanted packages\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install
smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
msgstr ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc\n"
"# update the dpkg database and install the wanted packages\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install
smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors if they are "
"happy with moving them and putting them under the GPL - see the page "
"histories to find them.)"
msgstr ""
"Gli HowTo a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> sono "
"per utenti o sviluppatori. Spostiamo in questa sezione gli HowTo specifici "
"per gli utenti (e li cancelliamo dove erano)! (Prima occorre chiedere agli "
"autori se sono d'accordo con lo spostamento e di metterli sotto licenza GPL "
"- vedere la storia di quelle pagine per rintracciarli.)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - "
"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - "
"incompleto, ma interessante"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for users"
msgstr "HowTo per gli utenti"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Changing passwords"
msgstr "Cambiare password"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just "
"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Ogni utente dovrebbe cambiare la sua password utilizzando GOsa². Per fare "
"questo, basta usare un browser e collegarsi a <computeroutput>https://www/"
"gosa/</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), "
"LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword and sambaLMPassword) "
"passwords are the same."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa GOsa² per cambiare la password, assicurarsi che le password di "
"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) e di Samba (sabmaNTPassword "
"e smbaLMPassword) siano le stesse."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Changing passwords using PAM is working (ie at the KDM/GDM login prompt), "
"but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² "
"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you "
"really should also change it using GOsa²."
msgstr ""
"Il cambio delle password con l'uso di PAM funziona (vale a dire al prompt di "
"login KDM/GDM), ma questo aggiornerà solo la password di Kerberos e non "
"quelle di Samba e GOsa² (LDAP). Così dopo aver cambiato al prompt di login "
"la password, si deve cambiarla anche utilizzando GOsa²."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using email"
msgstr "Usare email"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network. To allow "
"mail outside the internal network, the adminstrator needs to configure the "
"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local "
"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Tutti gli utenti possono mandare e ricevere posta all'interno della rete. "
"Per poter inviare e ricevere posta elettronica al di fuori della rete "
"interna, l'amministratore deve configurare il server di posta "
"<computeroutput> exim4</computeroutput> in base alla situazione locale, "
"eseguendo <computeroutput> dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Every user who wants to use KMail needs to configure it as follows."
msgstr ""
"Ogni utente che vuole usare KMail bisogna che lo configuri come indicato "
"sotto."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Start KMail, click \"Next\" in the Account Wizard, select "
"<computeroutput>IMAP</computeroutput> as account type, click \"Next\". Enter "
"real name and e-mail address <computeroutput>username@postoffice.intern</"
"computeroutput>, click \"Next\". Check if the username is correct, don't "
"enter the password, click \"Next\". (Kerberos provides single sign on "
"concerning SMTP and IMAP, so you don't have to enter your password.) Enter "
"<computeroutput>postoffice.intern</computeroutput> twice as server name, "
"click \"Finish\". Close the tip of the day. Click \"Settings\" in the KMail "
"menu, select \"Configure KMail...\", then click on \"Accounts\". Click "
"\"Modify...\", then \"Continue\" to accept the certificate problem and "
"\"Forever\", \"OK\", \"Apply\" and once more \"OK\". That's it!"
msgstr ""
"Avviare KMail, click su \"Next\" nella procedura guidata, selezionare "
"<computeroutput>IMAP</computeroutput> come tipèo di acconto, click su \"Next"
"\". Introdurre nome e cognome e l'indirizzo e-mail "
"<computeroutput>username@postoffice.intern</computeroutput>, click su \"Next"
"\". Controllare se l'username è corretto, non inserire la password, click su "
"\"Next\". (Kerberos consente una singola registrazione per SMTP e IMAP, così "
"da non dover reinserire la password.) Scrivere <computeroutput>postoffice."
"intern</computeroutput> due volte come nome del server, click su \"Finish\". "
"Chiudere il suggerimento del giorno. Click su \"Settings\" nel menu di "
"KMail, selezionare \"Configure KMail...\", poi click su \"Accounts\". Click "
"su \"Modify...\", poi \"Continue\" per accettare il problema del certificato "
"e \"Forever\", \"OK\", \"Apply\" e ancora una volta \"OK\". Questo è tutto!"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now send a test email to yourself. (This will create the IMAP folders on the "
"server.) Wait a little bit, then click \"Check Mail\" in the KMail menu. "
"There should be your recently sent email in the inbox below of \"intern\"."
msgstr ""
"Ora manda una email di prova a te stesso. (Questo creerà una cartella IMAP "
"sul server.) Aspetta un po', poi click su \"Check Mail\" nel menu di KMail. "
"Ci dovrebbe essere la tua e-mail inviata di recente nella casella di posta "
"al di sotto di \"intern\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Obtaining a Kerberos ticket to read email on diskless workstations"
msgstr "Ottenere un ticket Kerberos per leggere e-mail sulle
workstation diskless"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If working on a diskless workstation, you don't have a Kerberos TGT by "
"default. To get one, click the credentials button in the system tray. Enter "
"your password and the ticket will be granted."
msgstr ""
"Se si lavora su una diskless workstation, non si dispone di default
di un TGT Kerberos. "
"Per ottenerne uno, fare clic sul pulsante credenziali nella barra di
sistema. Inserisci"
"la password e il ticket sarà concesso."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Volume control"
msgstr "Volume control"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On thin clients, <computeroutput>pavucontrol</computeroutput> or "
"<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> (but not <computeroutput>kmix</"
"computeroutput>) can be used to change audio volume."
msgstr ""
"Sui thin client possono essere usati per cambiare il volume "
"<computeroutput>pavucontrol</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>alsamixer</"
"computeroutput>, (ma non <computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput>)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On other machines (workstations, LTSP servers, and diskless workstations), "
"<computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>alsamixer</"
"computeroutput> can be used."
msgstr ""
"Nelle macchine locali (workstation, server LTSP e diskless workstation), "
"<computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> o <computeroutput>alsamixer</"
"computeroutput> possono essere usati."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/worldmap.png"
msgstr "./images/worldmap.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ""
"http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&image=worldmap."
"png"
msgstr ""
"http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&image=worldmap."
"png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution."
msgstr ""
"Ci sono utenti Debian Edu in tutto il mondo. Un modo semplice per "
"contribuire è avvertirci che esisti e che usi Debian Edu - questo ci motiva "
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
"this web form</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Il progetto Debian Edu mette a disposizione un database di scuole e utenti "
"del sistema per aiutare gli utenti a incontrarsi, e anche di avere un'idea "
"dove gli utenti sono localizzati. Per favore facci sapere della tua "
"installazione registrandoti in questo database. Per registrare la tua "
"scuola <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">usa "
"questa scheda</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of "
"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users "
"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
msgstr ""
"A oggi ci sono team in Norvegia, Germania, nella regione di Extremadura in "
"Spagna, Taiwan e Francia. Partecipanti e utenti \"Isolati\" sono presenti in "
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and "
"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
msgstr ""
"La sezione di <link linkend=\"Support\">supporto</link> spiega e fornisce "
"collegamenti a risorse localizzate: <emphasis>contribuire</emphasis> e "
"<emphasis>supportare</emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
"A livello internazionale siamo organizzati in differenti <ulink url=\"http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">team</ulink> che lavorano in diversi "
"ambiti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu"
"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, "
"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and "
"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New "
"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>."
msgstr ""
"La mailing list <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer "
"</ulink> è lo strumento principale per la comunicazione, anche se si hanno "
"mensilmente incontri su IRC #debian-edu o irc.debian.org e meno "
"frequentemente incontri in presenza. <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/NewContributor\">I nuovi contributori</ulink> dovrebbero leggere "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un buon modo per imparare è coinvolgersi nello sviluppo di Debian Edu e "
"iscriversi alla mailing list <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider "
"sharing your knowledge with us."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento ha bisogno del tuo aiuto! Prima di tutto non è ancora "
"finito: se lo hai letto hai visto numerosi FIXME all'interno del testo. Se "
"conosci cosa occorre, prova a scriverlo dove è indicato, considera di "
"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Wheezy/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to "
"edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Il sorgente del testo è un wiki e può essere modificato con il browser web, "
"occorre collegarsi a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Documentation/Wheezy/\"/> e si può contribuire facilmente. Nota: Per prima "
"cosa è necessario un acconto per modificare le pagine con <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">crea un nuovo utente wiki</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document "
"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</"
"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this "
"book!"
msgstr ""
"Un altro modo per contribuire e aiutare gli utenti è tradurre il software e "
"la documentazione. Informazioni su come tradurre questo documentopossono "
"essere trovate nella <link linkend=\"Translations\">sezione traduzione</"
"link> di questo libro. Cerca di aiutarci nello sforzo di traduzione di "
"questo libro!"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss\"/> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss\"/> - mailing list di supporto"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens"
msgstr ""
"#debian-edu su irc.debian.org - canale IRC, quasi sempre relativo allo "
"sviluppo: non aspettarti un supporto in tempo reale anche se spesso questo "
"accade"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\"/"
"> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\"/"
"> - mailing list di supporto"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen\"/> - mailing list for the development member organisation in "
"Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen\"/> - mailinglist dell'organizzazione degli sviluppatori in "
"Norvegia (FRISK)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux su irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti
norvegesi"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\"/> - support "
"mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\"/> - mailing "
"list di supporto"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of
HowTos etc."
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de su irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing "
"list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - mailing list di "
"supporto"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\"/> - Spanish portal"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\"/> - portale spagnolo"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
msgstr ""
"L'elenco delle ditte che offrono un supporto professionale è disponibile a "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "New features in Debian Edu Wheezy"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu Wheezy"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#| msgid ""
#| "New features for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename \"Wheezy\" released "
#| "2013-??-??"
msgid "New features for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-??-??"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy
released 2013-??-??"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "User visible changes"
msgstr "Cambiamenti evidenti per gli utenti"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Updated artwork and new Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visible during "
"installation, in the login screen and as desktop wallpaper."
msgstr ""
"Aggiornati artwork e il nuovo logo di Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visibile "
"durante la installazione, nella schermata di login e come sfondo del desktop."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installation changes"
msgstr "Cambiamenti nell'installazione"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New version of debian-installer from Debian Wheezy, see <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
"Per le nuove versioni di debian-installer da Debian Wheezy, vedere per "
"maggiori dettagli <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/"
"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The DVD image was dropped, instead we added a USB flash drive / Blue-ray "
"disc image, which behaves like the DVD image, but is too big to fit on a DVD."
msgstr ""
"L'immagine del DVD è stata abbandonata, invece è stata aggiunta
un'immagine per flash drive USB / Blu-ray, "
"che si comporta come l'immagine del DVD, ma che è troppo grande per
stare dentro un DVD."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Software updates"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti software"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Wheezy 7.1, eg:"
msgstr "Tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian Wheezy 7.1, ad esempio:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel 3.2.x"
msgstr "Linux kernel 3.2.x"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, and LXDE "
"0.5.5 (KDE is installed by default; to choose GNOME, Xfce or LXDE: see "
"manual.)"
msgstr ""
"Ambienti desktop KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, e LXDE 0.5.5 "
"(KDE è installati di default; per scegliere GNOME, Xfce o LXDE: vedere il "
"manuale.)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 17 ESR"
msgstr "Browser web Iceweasel 17 ESR"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LibreOffice 3.5.4"
msgstr "LibreOffice 3.5.4"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LTSP 5.4.2"
msgstr "LTSP 5.4.2"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "GOsa 2.7.4"
msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "CUPS print system 1.5.3"
msgstr "Sistema di stampa CUPS 1.5.3"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 12.01"
msgstr "Software educativo GCompris 12.01"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 12.04"
msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 12.04"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.8.2"
msgstr "Editor per le immagini Gimp 2.8.2"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.1"
msgstr "Universo virtuale Celestia 1.6.1"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.11.3"
msgstr "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.11.3"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Scratch visual programming environment 1.4.0.6"
msgstr "Scratch 1.4.0.6, ambiente di programmazione visuale"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Debian Wheezy includes about 37000 packages available for installation."
msgstr ""
"Debian Wheezy comprende circa 37000 pacchetti disponibili per "
"l'installazione."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More information about Debian Wheezy 7.1 is provided in the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> "
"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual"
"\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Altre informazioni su Debian Wheezy 7.1 sono disponibili nelle <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> "
"e nell'<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual"
"\">installation manual</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Documentation and translation updates"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti della documentazione e delle traduzioni"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates "
"are now available in 29 languages."
msgstr ""
"Aggionate le traduzioni per i template usati dall'installer. Questi template "
"sono disponibili in 29 lingue."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu Wheezy Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian "
"and Danish. Partly translated versions exist for Norwegian Bokmal and "
"Spanish."
msgstr ""
"Il Manuale Debian Edu Wheezy è completamente tradotto in tedesco, francese, "
"italiano e danese. Versioni parzialmente tradotte esistono in norvegese "
"Bokmal e spagnolo."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LDAP related changes"
msgstr "Modifiche relative a LDAP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Slight changes to some objects and acls to have more types to choose from "
"when adding systems in GOsa. Now systems can be of type server, workstation, "
"printer, terminal or netdevice."
msgstr ""
"Lievi modifiche ad alcuni oggetti e ACL per avere più tipi tra cui scegliere "
"quando si aggiungono i sistemi in GOsa. Ora i sistemi possono essere di tipo "
"server, workstation, stampante, terminale o netdevice."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Other changes"
msgstr "Altre modifiche"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "New Xfce desktop task."
msgstr "Nuovo Desktop Xfce"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LTSP diskless workstations run without any configuration."
msgstr "Le diskless workstation con LTSP vengono eseguite senza alcuna
configurazione."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa gui: Now some options that seemed to be available, but are non "
"functional, are greyed out (or are not clickable). Some tabs are completely "
"hidden to the end user, others even to the GOsa admin."
msgstr ""
"GOsa gui: ora alcune opzioni che sembravano essere disponibili, ma "
"nonfunzionale, sono in grigio (o non sono cliccabili). Alcune schede sono "
"completamentenascoste all'utente finale, altre anche per l'amministratore "
"GOsa."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009, "
"2010, 2011, 2012, 2013), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, "
"2008, 2009, 2010, 2012), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen "
"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, "
"2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian "
"(2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), "
"Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013) and Bernhard Hammes (2012) and is released "
"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è scritto e sotto copyright da Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, "
"2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, "
"2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), "
"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten "
"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), "
"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), "
"Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner "
"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant "
"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot "
"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013) e Bernhard Hammes (2012) ed è "
"rilasciato sotto licenza GPL2 o versioni successive. Buon divertimento!"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! "
"Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version."
msgstr ""
"Se si aggiungono contenuti a questo documento, <emphasis role=\"strong"
"\">fallo solo se sei l'autore. Occorre rilascialarlo alle stesse condizioni "
"</emphasis>! Poi inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o "
"successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), "
"Rafael Rivas (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012) and Norman Garcia (2010, 2012) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione spagnola è protetta da copyright di José L. Redrejo Rodríguez "
"(2007), Rafael Rivas (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012), e Norman Garcia (2010,2012) "
"rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Håvard "
"Korsvoll (2007, 2008), Tore Skogly (2008), Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010) and "
"Jan Roar Rød (2010) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione norvegese Bokmål è protetta da copyright di Petter "
"Reinholdtsen (2007), Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) e, Tore Skogly (2008) e "
"Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
"2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011), Ludger Sicking (2008, 2010), "
"Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), Franziska Teichert (2009), Philipp "
"Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, 2010) and Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione tedesca è protetta da copyright di Holger Levsen (2007), "
"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. "
"Teichert (2007, 2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011), Ludger "
"Sicking (2008, 2010), Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), Franziska "
"Teichert (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, 2010) e "
"Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013), rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, "
"2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013) and is released under the GPL2 or any later "
"version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione italiana è protetta da copyright di Claudio Carboncini (2007, "
"2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o "
"successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008), Olivier "
"Vitrat (2010), Cédric Boutillier (2012, 2013), Jean-Paul Guilloneau (2012), "
"David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent (2012) and the French l10n team (2009, "
"2010, 2012) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione francese è protetta da copyright di Christophe Masson (2008), "
"Olivier Vitrat (2010) Cédric Boutillier (2012, 2013), Jean-Paul Guilloneau "
"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent (2012) e il French l10n team "
"(2009, 2010, 2012), rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Traditional Chinese translation is copyrighted by Andrew Lee (李健秋) "
"(2009) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione in Cinese tradizionale è protetta da copyright da Andrew Lee "
"(李健秋) (2009) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Danish translation is copyrighted by Joe Hansen (2012, 2013) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione in Danese è protetta da copyright da Joe Hansen (2012, 2013) "
"e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Versions of this document fully translated into German, Italian, French and "
"Danish are available. Incomplete translations exist for Norwegian Bokmål and "
"Spanish. This is an <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-"
"doc/\">online overview of all languages</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzioni complete di questo documento in Tedesco, Italiano, "
"Francese e Danese. Esistono traduzioni incomplete in Norvegese Bokmål e "
"Spagnolo . Questa è una <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-"
"edu-doc/\">presentazione di tutte le lingue</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in "
"PO files. More information about the process can be found in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-wheezy-"
"manual-translations</computeroutput>. The Git repository (see below) "
"contains this file too. Take a look there and at the <ulink url=\"http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Contribute/Translation/Conventions#\">language "
"specific conventions</ulink> if you want to help translating this document."
msgstr ""
"Le traduzioni di questo documento sono in file PO come la maggioranza dei "
"progetti di software libero, Maggiori informazioni sul processo di "
"traduzione possono essere trovate in <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-"
"edu-doc/README.debian-edu-wheezy-manual-translations</computeroutput>. Anche "
"il Git repository (vedi sotto) contiene questo file. Se vuoi aiutare a "
"tradurre questo documento dai uno sguardo <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Contribute/Translation/Conventions#\">per specifiche "
"convenzioni di linguaggio</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. If your Alioth username differs "
"from your local one, create or edit <computeroutput>~/.ssh/config</"
"computeroutput>. There should be an entry like:"
msgstr ""
"Per inviare la propria traduzione è necessario essere membro del
progetto Alioth "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. Se il tuo username
Alioth è diverso "
"da quello locale, creare o modificare <computeroutput>~/.ssh/config</"
"computeroutput>. Ci dovrebbe essere una voce del tipo:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Host git.debian.org\n"
"User <your-alioth-username>"
msgstr ""
"Host git.debian.org\n"
"User <your-alioth-username>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "<computeroutput>git clone git://anonscm.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-"
#| "doc.git</computeroutput>"
msgid ""
"Then check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
"using ssh access: <computeroutput>git clone git+ssh://git.debian.org/git/"
"debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"Controllare poi i sorgenti <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> "
"usando l'accesso ssh: <computeroutput>git clone git+ssh://git.debian.org/git/"
"debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project "
#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. To translate, you just need "
#| "to check out some files from from Git (which can be done anonymously) and "
#| "create patches. Please file a bug against the debian-edu-doc package and "
#| "attach the PO file to the <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-"
#| "doc\">bugreport</ulink>. You can find some <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
#| "debian.org\">instructions on how to submit bugs</ulink> here."
msgid ""
"If you only want to translate, you just need to check out some files from "
"from Git (which can be done anonymously) and create patches. Please file a "
"bug against the debian-edu-doc package and attach the PO file to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc\">bugreport</ulink>. You can "
"find some <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org\">instructions on how to "
"submit bugs</ulink> here."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole solo tradurre occorre verificare la presenza di alcuni
file attraverso "
"Git (dove ci si può collegare anonimamente) per creare patch. Si
prega di inviare il bug relativo al "
"pacchetto debian-edu-doc e allegare il file PO a <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
"debian.org/debian-edu-doc\">bugreport</ulink>. Si possono trovare istruzioni "
"<ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org\">su come si sottopongoni i bug</ulink> "
"qui."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
"<computeroutput>git</computeroutput> package installed for this to work):"
msgstr ""
"Puoi esaminare la sorgente di <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> da anonimo con il comando seguente (occorre avere il "
"pacchetto <computeroutput>git</computeroutput> istallato):"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>git clone git://anonscm.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc."
"git</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>git clone git://anonscm.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc."
"git</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Then edit the file <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-wheezy/debian-"
"edu-wheezy-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (replacing $CC with your language "
"code). There are many tools for translating available; we suggest using "
"<computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Modificare poi <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-wheezy/debian-edu-"
"squeeze-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (dove occorre rimpiazzare $CC con il "
"codice del vostro linguaggio). Ci sono molto strumenti disponibili per la "
"traduzione, suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the bugreport."
msgstr ""
"In seguito occorre inviare il file direttamente al Git (se si ha i permessi "
"per fare questo) o mandare il file attraverso bugreport."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
"Per aggiornare la copia locale del repository usa il seguente comando "
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-wheezy-manual-"
"translations to find information how to create a new PO file for your "
"language if there isn't one yet, and how to update translations."
msgstr ""
"Leggere /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-wheezy-manual-"
"translations per trovare informazioni su come creare un nuovo file PO per la "
"lingua se ancora non esiste una e come aggiornare le traduzioni."
#. <remark>
#. status ignore</remark>
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Please keep in mind that this manual is still under development, so don't "
"translate any string which contains \" FIXME\"."
msgstr ""
"Occorre tenere presente che questo manuale è ancora in fase di sviluppo, "
"quindi non bisogna tradurre ogni stringa che contiene \"FIXME\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Basic information about Alioth (the host where our Git repository is "
"located) and Git is available at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/Alioth/"
"Git\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Informazioni di base su Alioth (l'host dove è localizzato il nostro Git "
"repository) e il Git è disponibile a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"Alioth/Git\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you are new to Git, look at the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm.com/book"
"\">Pro Git</ulink> book; it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm."
"com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository\">recording "
"changes to the repository</ulink>. Also you might want to look at the "
"<computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput> package that provides a GUI for Git."
msgstr ""
"Se non hai mai usato Git, dai uno sguardo al libro <ulink url=\"http://git-"
"scm.com/book\">Pro Git</ulink> che ha un capitolo su <ulink url=\"http://git-"
"scm.com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository\">come "
"registrare i cambiamenti nel repository</ulink>. Se preferisci "
"un'interfaccia grafica per Git invece di usare la linea di comando, puoi "
"provare il pacchetto <computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text."
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL
license text."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename \"Wheezy\""
msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-"
"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link "
"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of "
"copyright owners."
msgstr ""
"Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-"
"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link "
"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of "
"copyright owners."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
"any later version."
msgstr ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
"any later version."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for "
"more details."
msgstr ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for "
"more details."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
msgstr ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
"allowed."
msgstr ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
"allowed."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
"Program does."
msgstr ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
"Program does."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
"the Program."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
"the Program."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
"any change."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
"any change."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. "
"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
"print an announcement.)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. "
"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
"print an announcement.)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same "
"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
msgstr ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same "
"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
"based on the Program."
msgstr ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
"based on the Program."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
"License."
msgstr ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
"License."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source "
"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
"component itself accompanies the executable."
msgstr ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source "
"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
"component itself accompanies the executable."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
"the object code."
msgstr ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
"the object code."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
"or works based on it."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
"or works based on it."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
"this License."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
"this License."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you "
"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license "
"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
"distribution of the Program."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you "
"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license "
"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
"distribution of the Program."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
msgstr ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
msgstr ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates "
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates "
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of "
"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
"Foundation."
msgstr ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of "
"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
"Foundation."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
"generally."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
"generally."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
"PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
"PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Wheezy yet"
msgstr "Appendix B - non c'è ancora Debian Edu Live CD/DVD per Wheezy"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Wheezy are not available at the moment."
msgstr "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs per Wheezy non è disponibile al momento."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the "
"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired "
"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live CD build script "
"documentation</ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
msgstr ""
"Per attivare una traduzione specifica, al boot usare "
"l'opzione<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>, dove ll_CC."
"UTF-8 è il nome locale desiderato. Per rendere disponibile una tastiera "
"specifica occorre inserire l'opzione <computeroutput>keyb=KB</"
"computeroutput> dove KB il layout desiderato di tastiera. Maggiori "
"informazioni su questa caratteristica <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianLive/l10n\">è disponibile nella documentazione del live</ulink>. "
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Valore locale</emphasis>:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by "
"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The "
"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
msgstr ""
"L'elenco completo è disponibile in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED "
"</computeroutput>, ma solo UTF-8 locales sono supportati nell'immagine live. "
"Ancora non tutti i linguaggi specifici hanno traduzioni. Il layout della "
"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no passwd set."
msgstr "La password per l'utente è \"user\", root non ha una password
selezionata."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "There are no wheezy images yet"
msgstr "Non ci sono ancora immagini per wheezy"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/sad.png"
msgstr "./images/sad.png"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ":("
msgstr ":("
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and would be (but currently isn't) available via <ulink "
"url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-wheezy-live/\">FTP</ulink>, <ulink url="
"\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-wheezy-live/\">HTTP</ulink> or rsync from "
"<computeroutput>ftp.skolelinux.org</computeroutput> under <computeroutput>cd-"
"wheezy-live/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"L'immagine è 1.2 GiB e al momento NON è disponibile usando <ulink url="
"\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-wheezy-live/\">FTP</ulink>, <ulink url="
"\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-wheezy-live/\">HTTP</ulink> o rsync da "
"<computeroutput>ftp.skolelinux.org</computeroutput> sotto <computeroutput>cd-"
"wheezy-live/</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases"
msgstr "Appendice C - Caratteristiche delle release più vecchie"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Changes for Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2013-03-03"
msgstr "Cambiamenti in Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\"
released 2013-03-03"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" is an incremental update to Debian "
"Edu 6.0.4+r0, containing all the changes between Debian 6.0.4 and 6.0.7 as "
"well as the following changes:"
msgstr ""
"Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" è un aggiornamento incrementale di "
"Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, che contiene tutte le modifiche tra Debian 6.0.4 e "
"6.0.7 nonché le seguenti modifiche: "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "sitesummary was updated from 0.1.3 to 0.1.8"
msgstr "sitesummary è stato aggiornato da 0.1.3 a 0.1.8"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Make Nagios configuration more robust and efficient"
msgstr "la configurazione di Nagios è è più robusta ed efficiente"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Comply with 3.X kernel"
msgstr "Adattato al kernel 3.X"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "debian-edu-doc from 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 to 1.4~20130228~6.0.7+r1"
msgstr "debian-edu-doc da 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 a 1.4~20130228~6.0.7+r1"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Minor updates from the wiki"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti minori dal wiki "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Danish translation now complete"
msgstr "Traduzione danese ora completa"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "debian-edu-config from 1.453 to 1.455"
msgstr "debian-edu-config da 1.453 a 1.455"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fix /etc/hosts for LTSP diskless workstations. Closes: #699880"
msgstr "Corretto /etc/hosts per LTSP diskless workstations. Closes: #699880"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Make ltsp_local_mount script work for multiple devices."
msgstr "Far funzionare lo script ltsp_local_mount per più dispositivi."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Correct Kerberos user policy: don't expire password after 2 days. Closes: "
"#664596"
msgstr ""
"Corretta la policy utente di Kerberos che non scade dopo 2 giorni. Chiuso: "
"#664596"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Handle '#' characters in the root or first users password.
Closes: #664976"
msgstr ""
"I caratteri '#' nella password della root o del primo utente password sono "
"gestibili. Chiuso: #664976"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fixes for gosa-sync:"
msgstr "Correzioni per gosa-sync:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Don't fail if password contains \""
msgstr "Non fallisce se la password contiene \""
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Don't disclose new password string in syslog"
msgstr "Non rivela la striga della nuova password in syslog"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fixes for gosa-create:"
msgstr "Correzioni per gosa-create:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Invalidate libnss cache before applying changes"
msgstr "Invalida la cache di libnss prima di applicare i canbiamenti"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Multiple failures during mass user import into GOsa²"
msgstr "Molti errori durante l'inserimento massivo di utenti in GOsa²"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"gosa-netgroups plugin: don't erase entries of attribute type "
"\"memberNisNetgroup\". Closes: #687256"
msgstr ""
"plugin gosa-netgroups: non cancella le voci del tipo di attributo "
"\"memberNisNetgroup\". Chiuso: #687256"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "First user now uses the same Kerberos policy as all other users"
msgstr ""
"Il primo utente ora usa la stessa politica di Kerberos come tutti gli altri "
"utenti"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Add Danish web page"
msgstr "Aggiunta la pagina web danese"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "debian-edu-install from 1.528 to 1.530"
msgstr "debian-edu-install da 1.528 a 1.530"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improve preseeding support and documentation"
msgstr "Migliorato il supporto per la preconfigurazione e documentazione"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features for Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\"
released 2012-03-11"
msgstr ""
"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\" released "
"11-03-2012"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Replace LWAT with GOsa² as the LDAP administration interface. See below and "
"the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
"GettingStarted#\">Getting started chapter</ulink> of the manual for more "
"information on GOsa²."
msgstr ""
"Sostituire LWAT con GOsa² come interfaccia di amministrazione di LDAP. "
"Vedere sotto e la sezione <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted#\">Getting started chapter</ulink> del "
"manuale per maggiori informazioni su GOsa²."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "See below for a list of updated software."
msgstr "Vedere sotto per un elenco del software aggiornato."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Show welcome page to users when they first log in. This default start page "
"for Iceweasel is fetched from LDAP at installation and boot time for "
"networked profiles. Set to <ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org/\"/> for "
"Standalone installations."
msgstr ""
"Mostra la pagina di benvenuto quando questi effettuano il primo accesso. La "
"pagina iniziale predefinita di Iceweasel è ora impostata da LDAP durante "
"l'installazione e all'avvio dei profili di rete. Per le installazioni "
"Standalone è configurata per <ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org/\"/>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New LXDE desktop option, in addition to KDE (default) and Gnome. As the "
"Gnome option, the LXDE desktop option is only supported by the CD "
"installation method."
msgstr ""
"Nuova opzione per l'ambiente desktop LXDE, in aggiunta a KDE (default) e "
"Gnome. Come l'opzione per Gnome, l'opzione di LXDE è supportata solamente "
"dal metodo di installazione da CD."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Speed up LTSP client boot."
msgstr "Velocizzare l'avvio del client LTSP."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Provide a KDE menu entry for changing the password in GOsa²."
msgstr "Si fornisce una voce al menu KDE per cambiare la password in GOsa²."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For more information on how to change passwords (including expired passwords "
"at the KDM/GDM login prompt), please see the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/Users#\">HowTos for users</ulink> "
"chapter of the manual."
msgstr ""
"Per maggiori informazioni su come cambiare le password (comprese anche le "
"password scadute al login prompt di KDM/GDM), vedere la sezione del manuale "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
"Users#\">HowTos for users</ulink>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add link to <ulink url=\"http://linuxsignpost.org/\"/> on the start page "
"shown to new users."
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere il collegamento a <ulink url=\"http://linuxsignpost.org/\"/> "
"sulla pagina iniziale che si presenta ai nuovi utenti."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"All LTSP servers are also <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients#Remote_Desktop_Service\">RDP "
"servers</ulink> by default."
msgstr ""
"Tutti i server LTSP sono anche <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients#Remote_Desktop_Service\">RDP "
"server</ulink> di default."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Improve handing of removable media on thin clients. Show desktop "
"notification longer when inserting new media and provide an option to start "
"dolphin when such media is inserted."
msgstr ""
"Migliorare la gestione dei mesia rimovibili sui thin clients. La notifica "
"sul desktop quando si inserisce un nuovo media è mostrata più a lungo e "
"fornisce un'opzione per far partire dolphin qiando un media è inserito."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New version of debian-installer from Debian Squeeze, see <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
"Per le nuove versioni di debian-installer da Debian Wheezy, vedere per "
"maggiori dettagli <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/"
"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Since root logins are no longer allowed when using gdm/kdm, a user in LDAP "
"is set up during installation of the Main Server. This user is up as GOsa² "
"administrator and is also granted sudo access. The Debian Edu menu "
"reordering has been enabled as well, by adding the user also to the "
"<computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> group."
msgstr ""
"Da quando non si concede più a root di effettuare l'accesso usando gdm/kdm, "
"un utente in LDAP è impostato durante l'installazione del Server Principale. "
"Questo utente è l'amministratore di GOsa² ed ha anche l'accesso sudo. Il "
"riordino del menu di Debian Edu viene attivato, aggiungendo l'utente anche "
"al gruppo <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#| msgid ""
#| "The <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images can directly be copied "
#| "onto USB sticks, for example by using <computeroutput>dd</computeroutput> "
#| "or even <computeroutput>cat</computeroutput>.."
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images can directly be copied onto "
"USB flash drives, for example by using <computeroutput>dd</computeroutput> "
"or even <computeroutput>cat</computeroutput>.."
msgstr ""
"L'immagine <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> può essere direttamente "
"copiata su USB flash drive, per esempio usando
<computeroutput>dd</computeroutput> o anche "
"<computeroutput>cat</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "New roaming workstation profile for laptops."
msgstr "Nuovo profilo roaming workstation per i portatili."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Device access for all users is handled by <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/PolicyKit#\">PolicyKit</ulink>, and no extra group memberships are "
"needed to get access to devices."
msgstr ""
"L'accesso al dispositivo per tutti gli utenti è ora gestito da <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/PolicyKit#\">PolicyKit</ulink> e non è necessario "
"essere membri di gruppi extra per accedere ai dispositivi."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A warning will be issued when installing on too small disks for the selected "
"profile."
msgstr ""
"Verrà dato un avvertimento quando si cerca di installare su dischi troppo "
"piccoli per il profilo selezionato."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Simplify partitioning for Standalone installs to only have a separate /home/ "
"but no seperate /usr anymore."
msgstr ""
"Semplificato il partizionamento per l'installazione Standalone, si ha una "
"partizione separata solo per /home/ e non più per /usr. "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More tests in the test suite, and correct some of the tests that failed "
"earlier."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori test nella suite di prova, e correzione per alcuni test che hanno "
"fallito."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure to report an error and abort the installation when trying to use "
"the netinst images without a working Internet connection, instead of "
"silently installing a broken system."
msgstr ""
"Assicurarsi di segnalare un errore e annullare l'installazione quando si "
"cerca di utilizzare l'immagine netinst senza una connessione a Internet, "
"invece di continuare a installare un sistema danneggiato. "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Squeeze:"
msgstr "Tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian Squeeze"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"compatibility with the FHS v2.3 and software developed for version 3.2 of "
"the LSB."
msgstr ""
"compatibilità con FHS v2.3 e per il software sviluppato per la versione 3.2 "
"di LSB."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel 2.6.32"
msgstr "Linux kernel 2.6.32"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.4 and GNOME 2.30"
msgstr "Ambienti di desktop KDE \"Plasma\" 4.4 e GNOME 2.30"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 3.5"
msgstr "Browser web Iceweasel 3.5"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "OpenOffice.org 3.2.1"
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 3.2.1"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 9.3"
msgstr "Software educativo GCompris 9.3"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 10.04.2"
msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 10.04.2"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.6.10"
msgstr "Editor per le immagini Gimp 2.6.10"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.0"
msgstr "Universo virtuale Celestia 1.6.0"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.10.4"
msgstr "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.10.4"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Squeeze includes over 10,000 new packages available for installation, "
"including the browser Chromium"
msgstr ""
"Debian Squeeze include più di 10,000 nuovi pacchetti disponibili per "
"l'installazione, compreso il browser Chromium"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More information about Debian Squeeze 6.0 is provided in the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/releasenotes\">release notes</"
"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/"
"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Altre informazioni su Debian Squeeze 6.0 sono disponibili nelle <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/releasenotes\">release notes</"
"ulink> e nell'<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/"
"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Infrastructural changes"
msgstr "Modifiche infrastrutturali"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The 10.0.0.0/8 network is used instead of 10.0.2.0/23, and the default "
"gateway is 10.0.0.1/8, not 10.0.2.1/8 as used in the past."
msgstr ""
"La rete 10.0.0.0/8 è usata al posto di 10.0.2.0/23 e il gateway di default "
"è 10.0.0.1/8, non 10.0.2.1/8 come si è usato in passato."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP range was extended on the backbone network to around 4k IP "
"addresses, and around 200 IP addresses for the thin client network."
msgstr ""
"L'intervallo dinamico di DHCP è stato esteso nella rete principale di circa "
"4k di indirizzi IP e di circa 200 indirizzi IP per la rete dei thin client. "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The DHCP network for 10.0.0.0/8 has been renamed from "
"<computeroutput>barebone</computeroutput> to <computeroutput>intern</"
"computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"la rete DHCP per 10.0.0.0/8 è stata rinominata da <computeroutput>barebone</"
"computeroutput> a <computeroutput>intern</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"There are no pre-defined host entries for client systems in DNS anymore "
"(staticXX, ..., dhcpYY...)"
msgstr ""
"Non ci sono voci di host predefiniti per i client nel DNS in più "
"(staticXX, ..., dhcpYY...)"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "MIT Kerberos5 used for user authentication, enabled for:"
msgstr "MIT Kerberos5 è usato per l'autenticazione degli utenti, attivato per:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "PAM"
msgstr "PAM"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "IMAP"
msgstr "IMAP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "SMTP"
msgstr "SMTP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"NFSv4, but without added Kerberos privacy/integrity/authentication. The "
"machines still have to be added to the <computeroutput>workstation</"
"computeroutput> netgroup to be able to mount the home directories"
msgstr ""
"NFSv4, ma senza aggiungere privacy/integrity/authentication di kerberos. Le "
"macchine devono essere aggiunte a <computeroutput>workstation</"
"computeroutput> netgroup per essere in grado di montare le home directory"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Full Samba NT4 domain support for Windows XP/Vista/7"
msgstr "Supporto completo per il dominio Samba NT4 per Windows XP/Vista/7 "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A complete PXE boot environment is setup when installing from the DVD, so "
"that further installations can be done using PXE network installs only. A "
"new script pxe-addfirmware is provided to support more hardware models "
"needing firmware."
msgstr ""
"Un completo ambiente di boot PXE è configurato quando si installa da DVD, in "
"modo tale che ulteriori installazioni possono essere fatte solamente "
"attraverso la rete con PXE. Un nuovo script pxe-addfirmware viene fornito "
"per supportare maggiori modelli di hardware che hanno bisogno di firmware."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Remove all hard coded settings on workstations, and configure workstations "
"and roaming workstations using settings detected from the environment using "
"DNS, DHCP and LDAP. See this <ulink url=\"http://people.skolelinux.org/pere/"
"blog/No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients.html\">blog post with more "
"information on the changes</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Rimuovere tutti gli hard coded settati sulle workstation e configurare "
"workstation and roaming workstation utilizzando le impostazioni rilevate "
"dall'ambiente usando DNS, DHCP e LDAP. Vedere questo <ulink url=\"http://"
"people.skolelinux.org/pere/blog/No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients."
"html\">blog post per maggiori informazioni sui cambiamenti</ulink>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates "
"are now available in 28 languages."
msgstr ""
"Aggionate le traduzioni per i template usati dall'installer. Questi template "
"sono disponibili in 28 lingue."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual has generally been cleaned up and improved. A "
"proof-read with corrections was done by a native English linguist."
msgstr ""
"Il manuale Debian Edu Squeeze è stato ripulito e migliorato. La versione "
"inglese è stata verificata e corretta da un linguista di lingua madre."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual is fully translated to German, French and "
"Italian. Partly translated versions exist for Danish (new), Norwegian Bokmal "
"and Spanish."
msgstr ""
"Il Manuale Debian Edu Squeeze è completamente tradotto in tedesco, francese "
"e italiano. Versioni parzialmente tradotte esistono in danese (nuovo), "
"norvegese Bokmal e spagnolo."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improvements to many language tasks, especially French and Danish."
msgstr "Miglioramenti per molti tasks di lingua, specialmente Francese
e Danese."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improvements to the welcome web page shown at first logins."
msgstr "Miglioramenti alla pagina web di benvenuto visualizzata al
primo login."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add new Japanese, Portuguese and Catalan translations of the welcome web "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Aggiunta una nuova traduzione in giapponese, portoghese e catalano nella "
"pagina web di benvenuto."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Regressions"
msgstr "Regressioni"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/20100810061204.GD7929@login2.uio.no"
"\">CD and DVD installs are different</ulink> - the DVD is only suitable for "
"installing a KDE environemnt."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/20100810061204.GD7929@login2.uio.no"
"\">Le installazioni del CD e del DVD isono diverse</ulink> - il DVD installa "
"solamente l'ambiente KDE."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop support for <computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput> architecture from "
"netinst installation CDs. It is still possible to run Debian Edu on "
"<computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput>, but installation is less automated."
msgstr ""
"Eliminato il supporto per l'architettura <computeroutput>powerpc</"
"computeroutput> dal CD di installazione netinst. E' ancora possibile "
"eseguire Debian Edu su <computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput> anche se "
"l'installazionè è meno automatica."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop gtick in the default installation, because it doesn't work on thin "
"clients (BTS #566335)."
msgstr ""
"Cancellato gtick nella installazione di default, perché non funziona sui "
"thin client (BTS #566335)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "New administration tool: GOsa²"
msgstr "Nuovo strumento di amministrazione: GOsa²"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"gosa (2.6.11-3+squeeze1~edu+1) from the upcoming 6.0.5 Debian point release, "
"with:"
msgstr "gosa (2.6.11-3+squeeze1~edu+1) dal prossimo 6.0.5 Debian point
release, con:"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fix DHCP host removal. Closes: #650258"
msgstr "Corretto DHCP host removal. Closes: #650258"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Backport user generator unicode character transliteration.
Closes: #657086"
msgstr "Backport user generator unicode character transliteration.
Closes: #657086"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Customized GOsa² configuration to better suit the Debian Edu network "
"architecture."
msgstr ""
"Personalizzata la configurazione di GOsa² per meglio adattarla "
"all'architettura di rete di Debian Edu."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa² updates DNS and NFS exports immediately when a system is updated in "
"LDAP, making diskless workstations work right after they are added to the "
"required netgroup."
msgstr ""
"GOsa² aggiorna DNS e le esportazioni di NFS immediatamente quando un sistema "
"viene aggiornato in LDAP e le diskless workstation funzionano bene dopo che "
"sono state aggiunte al netgroup richiesto."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Provide script sitesummary2ldapdhcp to update or populate GOsa² with system "
"objects using information gathered by sitesummary, to make it easier to add "
"new computers to the network."
msgstr ""
"E' disponibile lo script sitesummary2ldapdhcp per aggiornare o popolare "
"GOsa² utilizzando le informazioni raccolte da sitesummary, per rendere più "
"facile aggiungere nuovi computer alla rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "More software changes"
msgstr "Altri cambiamenti software"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Add video editor Kdenlive 0.7.7 and interactive geometry tool
Geogebra 3.2.42"
msgstr ""
"Aggiunto il video editor Kdenlive 0.7.7 lo strumento interattivo geometrico "
"Geogebra 3.2.42"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change default package manager from adept to synaptic, to avoid getting two "
"graphical package managers installed by default."
msgstr ""
"Cambiare il gestore dei pacchetti predefinito da adept a synaptic, per "
"evitare di avere due gestori di pacchetti grafici installati di default."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Install openoffice.org-kde by default ensure OOo uses KDE file dialogs in "
"KDE."
msgstr ""
"Installare openoffice.org-kde di default per garantire che OOo utilizzi file "
"di dialogo KDE in KDE."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change video player setup to install different players in KDE "
"(dragonplayer), Gnome (totem) and LXDE (totem)."
msgstr ""
"Cambiare la configurazione dei player video per installare i diversi player "
"in KDE (dragonplayer), Gnome (totem) e LXDE (totem)."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add KDE tools freespacenotifier, kinfocenter, update-notifier-kde to the "
"default KDE installation."
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere gli strumenti KDE come freespacenotifier, kinfocenter, update-"
"notifier-kde alla installazione di default di KDE."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Replace network-manager-kde with plasma-widget-networkmanagement in the "
"standalone KDE profile"
msgstr ""
"Sostituire network-manager-kde con plasma-widget-networkmanagement nel "
"profilo standalone di KDE"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Install usb-modeswitch on laptops to handle dual mode USB devices."
msgstr ""
"Installare usb-modeswitch sui portatili per gestire in dual mode i "
"dispositivi USB."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add cifs-utils to the default installation to ensure SMB mounting can work "
"in any profile."
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere cifs-utils alla installazione di default per assicurarsi che i "
"montaggi SMB possano lavorare con qualsiasi profilo."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop octave, gpscorrelate, qlandkartegt, viking, starplot, kig, kseg, luma, "
"and valgrind from the default installation and the DVD to make room for "
"higher priority packages."
msgstr ""
"Cancellati octave, gpscorrelate, qlandkartegt, viking, starplot, kig, kseg, "
"luma, e valgrind dall'installazione di default e dal DVD per fare spazio a "
"pacchetti con priorità maggiore."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop libnss-mdns from stationary profiles, to make sure DNS is the "
"authoritive source of host names."
msgstr ""
"Cancellato libnss-mdns dai profili stationary, per assicurarsi che il DNS "
"siafonte autorevole per i nomi degli host."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default as RDP "
"and VNC client. (Previously <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput> was "
"installed instead.)"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> è installato di default come "
"client RDP e VNC. (Precedentemente era invece <computeroutput>rdesktop</"
"computeroutput>.)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Other LDAP related changes"
msgstr "Altre modifiche relative a LDAP"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Make the LDAP server handle more clients after increasing the server's file "
"descriptor limit from 1024 to 32768."
msgstr ""
"Il server LDAP gestisce più client dopo aver aumentato il limite del file "
"descrittore del server da 1024 a 32768."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add code to re-enable stopped CUPS queues every hour on the Main Server, and "
"flush all CUPS queues every night. Both can be disabled in LDAP."
msgstr ""
"Aggiungere codice per riavviare le code di stampa CUPS fermate nel server "
"principale ogni ora e ripulire tutte le code di stampa ogni notte. Entrambi "
"si possono disabilitare in LDAP."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Provide network blocking / exam mode by default, controlled by LDAP. In "
"addition to network blocking, changes to the Squid proxy configuration is "
"needed."
msgstr ""
"Per impostazione predefinita si ha network blocking / exam, controllato da "
"LDAP. In aggiunta al blocco della rete, è necessario cambiare la "
"configurazione del proxy Squid."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Enable automatic extending of full file systems on the Main Server by "
"default. This can be disabled in LDAP."
msgstr "L'estensione è di default. Questo può essere disabilitato in LDAP. "
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change SSL certificate name used by the LDAP server and adjust clients to "
"use the new name to be able to enable certificate checking on clients."
msgstr ""
"Cambiare il nome del certificato SSL utilizzato dal server LDAP e far sì che "
"i clienti utilizzino il nuovo nome per poter attivare il controllo del "
"certificato sui client."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Switch PowerDNS to use strict LDAP mode, to allow us to simplify the LDAP "
"setup used for DNS."
msgstr ""
"Passaggio a PowerDNS per usare la modalità strict di LDAP e semplificare la "
"configurazione di LDAP per il DNS."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Simplify autofs LDAP rules to make sure they work with extra home directory "
"partitions exported from the main-server without any changes."
msgstr ""
"Semplificare le regole dell'autofs di LDAP per assicurarsi che funzionino "
"con partizioni di directory diverse dalla home esportate dal server "
"principale senza cambiamenti."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Make backup system more robust in handling LDAP database dump
and restart."
msgstr ""
"Fare un backup più robusto del sistema quando si gestisce la struttura del "
"database LDAP e riavviare."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Root logins are denied for both KDM and GDM - see above and <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted#"
"\">Getting started</ulink> for details."
msgstr ""
"La login di root non è permessa in KDM e GDM - vedere sopra e in <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted#"
"\">Getting started</ulink> per i dettagli."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Clients set up to shut down at night will stay up for at least an hour if "
"they are turned on manually between 16:00 and 07:00."
msgstr ""
"I client configurati per spegnersi durante la notte ora ritarderanno lo "
"spegnimento per almeno un'ora se sono stati accesi manualmente tra le 16:00 "
"e le 07:00."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Additionally use local NTP clock on the main-server to ensure clients and "
"server sync clocks also when disconnected from the Internet."
msgstr ""
"Inoltre usare l'orologio locale NTP sul server principale per assicurare che "
"client e server abbiano gli orologi sincronizzati anche quando disconnessi "
"da Internet."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Access to Debian repositories is always done via a proxy on the main server "
"- read more about the implementation details <ulink url=\"http://lists."
"debian.org/20100704221022.GC30542@login1.uio.no\">using DHCP and WPAD</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Gli accessi ai repository Debian è sempre fatto via proxy sul server "
"principale. Per saperne di più sui dettagli dell'implementazione<ulink url="
"\"http://lists.debian.org/20100704221022.GC30542@login1.uio.no\">usare DHCP "
"e WPAD</ulink>."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The home0 partition is mounted nosuid, to increase security."
msgstr "La partizione home0 è montata nosuid per aumentare la sicurezza"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change KDE/Akonadi configuration to reduce the disk footprint of every user "
"from 144 to 24 MiB."
msgstr ""
"Cambia la configurazione di KDE/Akonadi per ridurre il disco di ogni "
"utenteda 144 a 24 MiB."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New tool notify-local-users to send desktop notification to all logged in "
"users on a machine. Useful for thin client servers."
msgstr ""
"Nuovo strumento notify-local-users per mandare una notifica sul desktop a "
"tutti gli uutenti connessi su una macchina. Utile per i server thin client."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New in Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\" released 2010-10-05"
msgstr ""
"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\" released "
"2010-10-05"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Everything that is new in Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
"News/2010/20100626\">5.0.5</ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
"News/2010/20100904\">5.0.6</ulink>, which includes support for some new "
"hardware. 5.0.5 and 5.0.6 are maintenance releases and generally don't add "
"new features"
msgstr ""
"Tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
"News/2010/20100626\">5.0.5</ulink> e <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
"News/2010/20100904\">5.0.6</ulink>, che include supporto per nuovo "
"hardware. 5.0.5 and 5.0.6 sono versioni di matenimento e in genere non "
"aggiungono nuove caratteristiche."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Several bugfixes, including fixes for Skolelinux bugs #1436, #1427, #1441, "
"#1413, #1450 and Debian bugs #585966, #585772, #585968, #586035 and #585966 "
"plus several which were not filed"
msgstr ""
"Diverse correzioni di bug, incluse le correzioni per i bug di Skolelinux "
"#1436, #1427, #1441, #1413, #1450 e di Debian #585966, #585772, #585968, "
"#586035 e #585966 accanto a altre correzioni non archiviate."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Merge new web pages from Squeeze - the text is the same, but it provides a "
"new translation for <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>, compete "
"translations for all included languages (<computeroutput>de</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>es</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>fr</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>it</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nb</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nl</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ru</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>), and a rename of the "
"<computeroutput>.no</computeroutput> page to <computeroutput>.nb</"
"computeroutput> to reflect the language used"
msgstr ""
"Nuove pagine web da Squeeze - il testo è lo stesso, ma sono presenti nuove "
"traduzioni per <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>, complete traduzioni per "
"tutte le lingue incluse (<computeroutput>de</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>es</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>fr</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>it</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nb</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>nl</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ru</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>), e modifica delle pagine "
"<computeroutput>.no</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>.nb</computeroutput> "
"per adattarsi alla lingua usata"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian-edu-install: Slovak translation added, updates to German, Basque, "
"Italian, Bokmal, Vietnamese and Chinese translations."
msgstr ""
"Debian-edu-install: aggiunta la traduzione in Slovacco, aggiornate le "
"traduzioni in tedesco, basco, italiano, bokmal, vietnamita e cinese."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian-edu-doc: improvements to Italian, Bokmal and German translations as "
"well as overall content and layout"
msgstr ""
"Debian-edu-doc: miglioramenti nelle traduzioni in Italiano, bokmal e tedesco "
"così come al contenuto complessivo e al layout"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Sitesummary: various improvements; most notably, several Nagios checks were "
"added to monitor system health"
msgstr ""
"Sitesummary: vari miglioramenti, in particolare dove sono stati aggiunti "
"diversi controlli in Nagios tra cui il monitoraggio della salute del "
"sistema. "
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Shutdown-at-night: fix #1435 (did not work with the LDAP host groups "
"populated by lwat)."
msgstr ""
"Shutdown-at-night: fix #1435 (non lavora con i gruppi di host LDAP popolati "
"da lwat)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features in Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\"
released 2010-02-08"
msgstr ""
"Nuove caratteristiche in the Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\" "
"release 2010-02-08"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Everything that is new in Debian 5.0.4; see the <link linkend=\"AppendixC--"
"New_features_in_Debian_5.0.4_upon_which_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_is_based"
"\">following paragraph</link> for details."
msgstr ""
"Per tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian 5.0.4, vedi <link linkend=\"AppendixC--"
"New_features_in_Debian_5.0.4_upon_which_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_is_based"
"\">seguendo il paragrafo</link> per i dettagli."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More than 80 applications relevant for education are included based on user "
"feedback and user statistics (through <ulink url=\"http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/\">Debian Edu popularity contest</ulink>). The full list of packages is "
"given in the <ulink url=\"http://blends.alioth.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">task "
"overview page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Più di 80 applicazioni importanti per l'educazione sono state inserite "
"basandosi sul feedback e le statistiche degli utenti (attraverso <ulink url="
"\"http://popcon.skolelinux.org/\">Debian Edu popularity contest</ulink>). "
"L'intera lista dei pacchetti è nella <ulink url=\"http://blends.alioth."
"debian.org/edu/tasks/\">task overview page</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Improved student desktop with educational software shortcuts to GCompris, "
"Kalzium, KGeography, KMplot, KStars, Stopmotion and OpenOffice Write and "
"Impress."
msgstr ""
"Migliorato il desktop degli studenti con collegamenti al software educativo "
"come GCompris, Kalzium, KGeography, KMplot, KStars, Stopmotion, OpenOffice "
"Write e Impress."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Dynamic desktop icons and menu options that adjust based on user group."
msgstr ""
"Adattate le icone del desktop e le opzioni dei menu sulla base del gruppo "
"degli utenti."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Gnome added as a supported desktop; see the <link linkend=\"Installation"
"\">Installation chapter</link> to learn how to install with GNOME instead of "
"KDE as desktop."
msgstr ""
"Aggiunto GNOME come desktop supportato, vedi la<link linkend=\"Installation"
"\">sezione installazione</link> per come installare GNOME al posto di KDE "
"come desktop."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Support for more than 50 languages."
msgstr "Supporto a più di 50 lingue."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improved system for user administration and machine identification."
msgstr ""
"Migliorato il sistema per l'amministrazione degli utenti e per "
"l'identificazione delle macchine."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improved diskless and thin client setup."
msgstr "MIgliorato il setup per diskless e thin client."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New startup menu letting users choose diskless workstation, thin client or "
"workstation."
msgstr ""
"Il nuovo menu di avvio permette agli utenti di scegliere tra diskless "
"workstation, thin client or workstation."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation option is installed but not activated by default on "
"all servers with the thin-client-server profile."
msgstr ""
"L'opzione diskless workstation è installata ma non attivata di default su "
"tutti i server con il profilo thin-client-server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Main-server is set up as a PXE server for booting thin clients and diskless "
"workstations, and for installing to clients' hard or flash drives."
msgstr ""
"Il Main-server è configurato come server PXE per l'avvio dei thin client, "
"diskless workstation e per installare hard e flash drive dei client."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The configuration for DNS and DHCP is stored in LDAP and can be edited using "
"<computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>. The DNS server has been switched from "
"<computeroutput>bind9</computeroutput> to <computeroutput>powerdns</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"La configurazione per il DNS e DHCP è archiviata in LDAP e può essere "
"modificata usando <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>. Il server DNS è "
"cambiato da <computeroutput>bind9</computeroutput> a "
"<computeroutput>powerdns</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"LDAP server for directory services (NSS) is located using a SRV record in "
"DNS instead of hardcoding the 'ldap' DNS name. LDAP server for password "
"checks (PAM) is still using the hardcoded 'ldap' DNS name."
msgstr ""
"I servizi di directory (NSS) del server LDAP si trovano usando un record SRV "
"nel DNS al posto dell'hardcoding di 'ldap' DNS name. Il server LDAP per il "
"controllo delle password (PAM) è ancora usato con l'hardcoded 'ldap' DNS "
"name."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Multi-architecture (amd64/i386/powerpc) net installer CD."
msgstr "Multi-architecture (amd64/i386/powerpc) net installer CD."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "(Most) Packages are downloaded over the Internet."
msgstr "(La maggioranza) dei pacchetti sono scaricati da Internet."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Multi-architecture (amd64/i386) installer DVD capable of installing without "
"network."
msgstr ""
"Il DVD di installazione Multi-architecture (amd64/i386) può installare senza "
"la rete."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"PulseAudio is provided in addition to ALSA and OSS for sound on workstations "
"and diskless workstation machines."
msgstr ""
"PulseAudio viene fornito in aggiunta a ALSA e OSS per l'audio nelle "
"workstation e nelle macchine diskless."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Barebone</emphasis> profile has been renamed to "
"<emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>, to better reflect what it is."
msgstr ""
"il profilo <emphasis>Barebone</emphasis> è stato rinominato come "
"<emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>, per indicare meglio ciò che è."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The Nagios3 configuration is now automatically created by sitesummary."
msgstr "La configurazione di Nagios3 è creata automaticamente da sitesummary."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The per-user file <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors</computeroutput> is now "
"truncated automatically when the user logs in to avoid filling up the home "
"directory partition with a log that grows indefinitely. The user can "
"disable this by creating <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors-enable</"
"computeroutput>. The system administrator can configure the system to "
"redirect the file to /dev/null by editing <computeroutput>/etc/X11/Xsession."
"d/05debian-edu-truncate-xerrorlog</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Il file di ogni utente <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors</computeroutput> è "
"ora troncato automaticamente quando l'utente si connette, per evitare di "
"riempire la home directory con un file log che cresce indefinitivamente. "
"L'utente può disattivare questa caratteristica creando <computeroutput>~/."
"xsession-errors-enable</computeroutput>. L'amministratore di sistema può "
"configurare il sistema per reindirizzare il file a /dev/null modificando "
"<computeroutput>/etc/X11/Xsession.d/05debian-edu-truncate-xerrorlog</"
"computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To ease installation of Debian Edu on hardware needing non-free firmware, "
"the CD and DVD include the following firmware packages: firmware-bnx2, "
"firmware-bnx2x, firmware-ipw2x00, firmware-iwlwifi, firmware-qlogic and "
"firmware-ralink."
msgstr ""
"Per facilitare l'installazione di Debian Edu su hardware che ha bisogno di "
"firmware non-free, il CD e il DVD includono i seguenti pacchetti firmware: "
"firmware-bnx2, firmware-bnx2x, firmware-ipw2x00, firmware-iwlwifi, firmware-"
"qlogic and firmware-ralink."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features in Debian 5.0.4 upon which Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 is based"
msgstr ""
"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian 5.0.4 sulle quali si basa Debian Edu "
"5.0.4+edu0"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "New Linux kernel 2.6.26 supports more hardware"
msgstr "Il nuovo kernel Linux 2.6.26 supporta più hardware."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"With this release, Debian GNU/Linux updates from X.Org 7.1 to X.Org 7.3 "
"(which includes support of newer hardware) and now includes the desktop "
"environments KDE 3.5.10 and GNOME 2.22. Updates of other desktop "
"applications include Iceweasel (version 3.0.6, which is the unbranded "
"Firefox web browser) and Icedove (version 2.0.0.19, which is the unbranded "
"Thunderbird mail client) as well as upgrades to Evolution 2.22.3, <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice</ulink>.org 2.4.1, and "
"Pidgin 2.4.3 (formerly known as Gaim). SWI-prolog is back."
msgstr ""
"Con questa release, Debian GNU/Linux si aggiorna da X.Org 7.1 a X.Org 7.3 "
"(che include il supporto per il nuovo hardware) e inserisce l'ambiente "
"desktop KDE 3.5.10 e GNOME 2.22. L'aggiornamento di altre applicazioni "
"desktop include iceweasel (versione 3.0.6, che è un fork del browser "
"Firefox) e icedove (version 2.0.0.19, che è un fork del client per email "
"Thunderbird mail client) come Evolution 2.22.3,<ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice</ulink>.org 2.4.1 e Pidgin 2.4.3 (in "
"passato conosciuto come Gaim). SWI-prolog è tornato."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Installation from CD/DVD from within Windows"
msgstr "Installazione da CD/DVD da Windows"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Switched from sysklogd to rsyslog as the syslog collector."
msgstr "Passare da sysklogd a rsyslog come syslog collector."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For more information see the page <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"NewInLenny\">New in Lenny</ulink> on wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
"Per maggiori informazioni vedere la pagina <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/NewInLenny\">New in Lenny</ulink> su wiki.debian.org"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 5-12-2007 \"3.0r1 Terra\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
"la documentazione è migliorata con traduzioni aggiornate in Tedesco, "
"Norvegese, Bokmal e Italiano"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
"Sono stati corretti più di 40 bug, con migliorie e aggiornamenti di "
"sicurezza dopo il rilascio della versione 3.0r0"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 22-07-2007 \"3.0r0 Terra\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basata su Debian 4.0 Etch rilasciata l'8-04-2007."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Installazione grafica con il supporto del mouse"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Boot splash con usplash"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "LSB 3.1 compatibile"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.18"
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Supporto per i controller e hard disk SATA"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org version 7.1."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "KDE ambiente desktop versione 3.5.5"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org versione 2.0."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Il tracciamento automatico delle macchine installate con Sitesummary."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr "Configurazione automatica di munin usando i dati da Sitesummary."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
"Controllo automatico della versione dei file di configurazione in /etc/ con "
"l'uso di svk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "File systems can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr "Il file system può essere esteso mentre è montato."
#. type: Content of:
<article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Support for automatically extending file systems based on
predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Supporto automatico nell'estendere il file system basato su regole "
"predefinite."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Supporto dei dispositivi locali sui thin clients."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
"subarchitecture)"
msgstr ""
"Nuova architettura di processori: amd64 (pienamente supportata) e powerpc "
"(supporto sperimentale, la installazione da supporto parte solo nella "
"newworld subarchitecture)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD multi-architettura per i386, amd64 e powerpc"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
msgstr ""
"Regressione: l'installazione con il CD richiede l'accesso a Internet durante "
"l'installazione. Le precedenti versioni potevano essere installate da un CD "
"senza l'accesso Internet."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
"administration tool named <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>, which "
"doesn't has the same functionality as <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>, "
"the old user administration tool. But <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput> "
"requires <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Regressione: <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput> è stato rimosso da "
"Debian per problemi di supporto. Abbiamo aggiunto un nuovo tool di "
"amministrazione via web chiamato <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>, che "
"non ha le stesse funzionalità di <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>, il "
"vecchio tool di amministrazione. Ma <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput> "
"richiede <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of Etch, but was part of Sarge. The "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
"TeachAndLearn#\">HowTo teach and learn</ulink> Chapter describes how to "
"install swi-prolog on Etch."
msgstr ""
"Regressione: swi-prolog non è in Etch, ma in Sarge. Il capitolo dell'<ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/"
"TeachAndLearn#\">HowTo teach and learn</ulink> descrive come installare swi-"
"prolog in Etch."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Caratteristiche di 2.0 versione 14-03-2006"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basato su Debian 3.1 Sarge rilasciata il 06-06-2005."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.8."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.3."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE versione 3.3."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Caratteristiche di \"1.0 Venus\" versione 20-06-2004"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basata su Debian 3.0 Woody rilasciata il 19-07-2002."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.4.26."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.1."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE versione 2.2."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "More information on even older releases"
msgstr "Maggiori informazioni sulle versioni ancora più vecchie"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"More information on even older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sulle vecchie versioni possono essere trovate a <ulink "
"url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
#~ msgid "The DVD installation works without access to the Internet."
#~ msgstr "L'installazione da DVD non richiede l'accesso a Internet."
#~ msgid "DVD for i386, amd64"
#~ msgstr "DVD per i386 e amd64"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: only the CD download links work currently - the DVD and source DVD "
#~ "download URLs currently don't work, the usbstick image is not mentioned "
#~ "at all."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: the DVD and source DVD download URLs need to be adapted for wheezy "
#~ "still... They currently don't work. CD download URL (debian-"
#~ "edu~7.0+edu0~a0-CD.iso) should work."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
#~ "DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
#~ "DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
#~ "DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-"
#~ "DVD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
#~ "edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
#~ "edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso debian-edu-7.1+edu0~b0-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "A note on DVD installs"
#~ msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione da DVD"
#~ msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
#~ msgstr "CD/DVD personalizzati"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: one screenshot still missing (28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE."
#~ "png)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: one screenshot still missing (28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE."
#~ "png)."
#~ msgid "(with thanks to Finn-Arne Johansen)"
#~ msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD "
#~ "provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the "
#~ "net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to "
#~ "profile:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'installazione netinst (che è l'installazione prevista da CD) prenderà "
#~ "alcuni pacchetti dal CD e il resto dalla rete. Il totale dei pacchetti da "
#~ "prendere dalla rete cambia in base al profilo scelto:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: Check these numbers for Wheezy. They are 2012-01-22 for Lenny."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: Check these numbers for Wheezy. They are 2012-01-22 for Lenny."
#~ msgid "Main server: 8 out of 115 MiB downloaded."
#~ msgstr "Main server: 8 di 115 MiB da scaricare."
#~ msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
#~ msgstr "Main server e Thin client server: 618 di 1082 MiB da scaricare."
#~ msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
#~ msgstr "Main server e Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB da scaricare."
#~ msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
#~ msgstr "Thin client server: 618 di 1052 MiB da scaricare."
#~ msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
#~ msgstr "Workstation: 618 di 1051 MiB da scaricare."
#~ msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
#~ msgstr "Standalone: 618 di 1020 MiB da scaricare."
#~ msgid "Minimal: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
#~ msgstr "Minimal: 12 of 83 MiB da scaricare."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "FIXME: these screenshots need to be redone once we have wheezy artwork"
#~ msgid "FIXME: One PXE screenshot (with wheezy artwork) is missing here"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: these screenshots need to be redone once we have wheezy artwork"
#~ msgid "[attachment:pxe-tjener.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:pxe-tjener.png]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No mass import of user account data in GOsa (ldif or csv) available yet."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nessuna importazione di massa di dati di account utente in GOsa (ldif o "
#~ "csv) è ancora disponibile."
#~ msgid "[attachment:24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:29-Diskless-WS-KDM_Login.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:29-Diskless-WS-KDM_Login.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png]"
#~ msgid "31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
#~ msgstr "31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FIXME: screenshots done without 608195"
#~ msgid "FIXME: add screenshots for group management with GOSA2"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: screenshots done without 608195"
#~ msgid "[attachment:create_group.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:create_group.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:list_groups.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:list_groups.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:gosa_systems_list.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:gosa_systems_list.png]"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FIXME: add an updated english squeeze screenshot here."
#~ msgid "FIXME: show slbackup-php maintainance wheezy screenshot here"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: add an updated english squeeze screenshot here."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make sure to execute <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</computeroutput> "
#~ "after installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Assicurarsi di eseguire <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</"
#~ "computeroutput> dopo l'installazione."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "LTSP clients start as diskless workstation / thin client can be "
#~| "configured via command line argument -- or individually adding an entry "
#~| "in lts.conf or LDAP."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The start of LTSP clients as diskless workstation / thin client can be "
#~ "configured via command line argument (DEFAULT_DISPLAY_MANAGER=/path/to/"
#~ "dm) -- or individually adding an entry in lts.conf or LDAP."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I client LTSP vengono eseguiti come diskless workstation / thin client "
#~ "possono essere configurativia riga di comando -- o individualmente con "
#~ "l'aggiunta di una voce in lts.conf o LDAP."
#~ msgid "[attachment:19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:20-Finish_the_Installation.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:20-Finish_the_Installation.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png]"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FIXME: add an updated english squeeze screenshot here."
#~ msgid "FIXME: add wheezy kde desktop screenshot here"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: add an updated english squeeze screenshot here."
#~ msgid "[attachment:getting-started-desktop.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:getting-started-desktop.png]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: this section is \"obsolete\" + non-working as the plugin feature "
#~ "is still missing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: this section is \"obsolete\" + non-working as the plugin feature "
#~ "is still missing."
#~ msgid "[attachment:18-Build LTSP chroot.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:18-Build LTSP chroot.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "[attachment:23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png] FIXME: we need a wheezy login shot "
#~ "here once we have new artwork"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "[attachment:23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png] FIXME: we need a wheezy login shot "
#~ "here once we have new artwork"
#~ msgid "[attachment:02-select_a_language.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:02-select_a_language.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:03-select_your_location.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:03-select_your_location.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:04-Configure_the_keyboard.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:04-Configure_the_keyboard.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:07-Detect_network_hardware.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:07-Detect_network_hardware.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:13-Install the base system.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:13-Install the base system.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:14-Select_and_install_software.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:14-Select_and_install_software.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:17-Select_and_install_software.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:17-Select_and_install_software.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:01-Installer_boot_menu.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:01-Installer_boot_menu.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:Installer_help.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:Installer_help.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:gosa2_overview.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:gosa2_overview.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:filterbox.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:filterbox.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:edit_user.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:edit_user.png]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: this paragraph is work in progress and not yet to be translated. "
#~ "Please help writing it instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: this paragraph is work in progress and not yet to be translated. "
#~ "Please help writing it instead."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FIXME: hopefully. h01ger is one it to ask gismo."
#~ msgid "FIXME: hopefully. h01ger is asking around."
#~ msgstr "FIXME: hopefully. h01ger is one it to ask gismo."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: this needs to be updated for squeeze2wheezy. afaik not much changed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: this needs to be updated for squeeze2wheezy. afaik not much changed"
#~ msgid "Machine type selection based on the network"
#~ msgstr "Selezione del tipo di macchina basata sulla rete"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Diskless workstations get IP addresses assigned in the private subnet "
#~ "10.0.0.0/8, while thin clients are connected in the separate subnet "
#~ "192.168.0.0/24."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le Diskless workstation hanno indirizzi IP della rete privata 10.0.0.0/8, "
#~ "mentre i thin-client sono connessi al loro thin-client-server con una "
#~ "sottorete separata 192.168.0.0/24"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If clients on the 192.168.x.x interface of a thin client server should "
#~ "boot as diskless workstations instead of thin clients, edit"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si vuole che i client sulla scheda 192.168.x.x di un server thin "
#~ "client server facciano il boot come diskless workstations invece che thin "
#~ "client, modificare"
#~ msgid "/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.cfg/default"
#~ msgstr "/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.cfg/default"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and add a '3' (no quotes) to the end of the kernel argument line, to "
#~ "specify runlevel 3."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "e aggiungere un '3' (senza virgolette) alla fine della linea che ha come "
#~ "argomento il kernel e specificare runlevel 3."
#~ msgid "The file should then look like this:"
#~ msgstr "Il file dovrebbe assomigliare a questo:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "default ltsp\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "label ltsp\n"
#~ "kernel vmlinuz\n"
#~ "append ro initrd=initrd.img boot=nfs quiet 3"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "default ltsp\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "label ltsp\n"
#~ "kernel vmlinuz\n"
#~ "append ro initrd=initrd.img boot=nfs quiet 3"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When adding such a workstation in GOsa², use an IP address matching the "
#~ "LTSP server interface IP address on the thin client net (by default "
#~ "192.168.0.254, dynamic dhcp range starting at 192.168.0.20)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quando si aggiunge una workstation in Gosa², utilizzare un indirizzo IP "
#~ "che appartenga alla rete gestita dal server LTSP (di default "
#~ "192.168.0.254, l'intervallo del dhcp dinamico inizia da 192.168.0.20)."
#~ msgid "Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4 and GNOME 3.4"
#~ msgstr "Ambienti di desktop KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4 e GNOME 3.4"
#~ msgid "FIXME: to be documented, if any"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: to be documented, if any"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These "
#~ "templates are now available in FIXME languages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aggionate le traduzioni per i template usati dall'installer. Questi "
#~ "template sono disponibili in FIXME lingue."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Changes for Debian Edu 6.0.6+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" *UN*released "
#~ "2013-0?-??"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.6+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "*UN*released as of 2013-0?-??"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: this paragraph is work in progress and will be copied from "
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Features once its ready"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: this paragraph is work in progress and will be copied from "
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Features once its ready"
#~ msgid "debian-edu-doc from 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 to 1.4~20120925~6.0.6+r0"
#~ msgstr "debian-edu-doc da 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 a 1.4~20120925~6.0.6+r0"
#~ msgid "debian-edu-config from 1.453 to 1.454"
#~ msgstr "debian-edu-config da 1.453 a 1.454"
#~ msgid "debian-edu-install from 1.528 to 1.529"
#~ msgstr "debian-edu-install da 1.528 a 1.529"
#~ msgid "A note on some RAID controllers"
#~ msgstr "Una nota su alcuni controller RAID"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When using a USB drive to add missing firmware during install, with some "
#~ "RAID-controllers GRUB is installed to the USB drive. So a reboot after "
#~ "installation results in a GRUB error. A workaround for this problem is to "
#~ "remove the USB drive after the firmware is loaded, and preferably before "
#~ "partitioning starts."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quando si usa un chiavetta USB per aggiungere firmware mancanti durante "
#~ "l'installazione, con alcuni RAID-controllers GRUB si installa sulla penna "
#~ "USB. Così al reboot dopo l'installazione GRUB dà un errore. Un modo per "
#~ "aggirare questo problema è di rimuovere la penna USB dopo aver caricato "
#~ "il firmware e preferibilmente prima di iniziare il partizionamento."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "More information is available in <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux.org/"
#~ "show_bug.cgi?id=1395\">Debian-Edu bug #1395</ulink> and Debian bug <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/516280#\">516280</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Maggiori informazioni sono disponibili in <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
#~ "skolelinux.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1395\">Debian-Edu bug #1395</ulink> e "
#~ "Debian bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/516280#\">516280</ulink>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> If Wheezy/r0 was used "
#~ "to install the main server, all user passwords exept that one for the "
#~ "first user will expire in only 2 days. To fix this, please execute the "
#~ "following script in a terminal. This script is included in r1."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione:</emphasis> Se Wheezy/r0 è stato "
#~ "utilizzato per installare il server principale, tutte le password degli "
#~ "utenti tranne quella del primo utente scadranno in soli 2 giorni. Per "
#~ "risolvere questo problema, si prega di eseguire il seguente script in un "
#~ "terminale. Questo script è incluso in r1. "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "#!/bin/bash\n"
#~ " #\n"
#~ " # /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/password-fix-wheezy-r0\n"
#~ " #\n"
#~ " # Fix password expiring after 2 days (#664596) incorrectly introduced\n"
#~ " # in Debian Edu Wheezy up to r0; for new users the password will\n"
#~ " # never expire. For existing users this will be the case after they've\n"
#~ " # changed their password. Give old users the chance to change the\n"
#~ " # password, exclude not affected accounts: templates and first user.\n"
#~ " #\n"
#~ " for i in $(getent passwd | grep home0 | egrep -v 'newteacher|"
#~ "newstudent|:1000:1000:' | cut -d: -f1) ; do\n"
#~ " kadmin.local -q \"modprinc -pwexpire 7000days $i\"\n"
#~ " done\n"
#~ " kadmin.local -q \"modpol -maxlife 0secs users\""
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#!/bin/bash\n"
#~ " #\n"
#~ " # /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/password-fix-wheezy-r0\n"
#~ " #\n"
#~ " # Fix password expiring after 2 days (#664596) incorrectly introduced\n"
#~ " # in Debian Edu Wheezy up to r0; for new users the password will\n"
#~ " # never expire. For existing users this will be the case after they've\n"
#~ " # changed their password. Give old users the chance to change the\n"
#~ " # password, exclude not affected accounts: templates and first user.\n"
#~ " #\n"
#~ " for i in $(getent passwd | grep home0 | egrep -v 'newteacher|"
#~ "newstudent|:1000:1000:' | cut -d: -f1) ; do\n"
#~ " kadmin.local -q \"modprinc -pwexpire 7000days $i\"\n"
#~ " done\n"
#~ " kadmin.local -q \"modpol -maxlife 0secs users\""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Debian Edu Wheezy Manual has generally been cleaned up and improved. "
#~ "A proof-read with corrections was done by a native English linguist."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il manuale Debian Edu Wheezy è stato ripulito e migliorato. La versione "
#~ "inglese è stata verificata e corretta da un linguista di lingua madre."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "gosa (2.6.11-3+wheezy1~edu+1) from the upcoming 6.0.5 Debian point "
#~ "release, with:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "gosa (2.6.11-3+wheezy1~edu+1) dal prossimo 6.0.5 Debian point release, "
#~ "con:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
#~ "existing)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Allowing a machine to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain requires "
#~ "authorisation from a member of the admins group, so a user with that "
#~ "status must be present (for more information see the documentation for "
#~ "<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>). The user <computeroutput>root</"
#~ "computeroutput> will <emphasis>not</emphasis> work, because there is no "
#~ "password for root in Samba."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per collegare uma macchina al dominio \"SKOLELINUX\" è necessaria "
#~ "l'autorizzazione di un membro del gruppo admins e un utente di questo "
#~ "gruppo deve essere presente (per maggiori informazioni vedere la "
#~ "documentazione per <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>). L'utente "
#~ "<computeroutput>root</computeroutput> <emphasis>non</emphasis> "
#~ "funzionerà, perché non c'è la password per root in Samba."
#~ msgid "Configure it as a static host"
#~ msgstr "Configurarla come macchina statica"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When a machine joins a Samba domain, some special data is stored on the "
#~ "domain controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognise the Windows "
#~ "client later as being allowed to authenticate users. In order for Samba "
#~ "to be able to store this data, it requires the machine to have a static "
#~ "host configuration. This can be added via the <computeroutput>GOsa²</"
#~ "computeroutput> web interface. While configuring this it is important to "
#~ "check the \"Samba host\" option, since otherwise it will lack the "
#~ "required data to be able to join the domain."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quando ci si collega a un dominio samba alcuni dati particolari vengono "
#~ "archiviati sul controller del dominio (tjener). Questi dati sono "
#~ "necessari per riconoscere i client Windows, dopo saranno autenticati gli "
#~ "utenti. Per permettere a Samba di archiviare questi dati, Samba ha "
#~ "bisogno di un indirizzo statico della macchina. Questo potrebbe essere "
#~ "aggiunto usando l'interfaccia web <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput> "
#~ "(vedere anche <link to GOsa>). Quando si aggiunge un indirizzo "
#~ "statico alla configurazione dell'host è importante selezionare l'opzione "
#~ "\"Samba host\", altrimenti non sarà possibile passare i dati per "
#~ "l'autenticazione al dominio."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make sure the client's hostname and IP address configuration match the "
#~ "data stored on tjener"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Assicurarsi che la configurazione del nome della macchina e degli "
#~ "indirizzi IP corrispondano ai dati archiviati in tjener"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It's really important that the Windows hosts have the same data; "
#~ "otherwise Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "E' importante che i client Windows abbiano gli stessi dati, altrimenti "
#~ "Samba non troverà la macchina aggiunta nel passo 2."
#~ msgid "Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente aggiunto al passo 1."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Depending on the version and language of your Windows installation, you "
#~ "should find the configuration for the domain or workgroup of your system "
#~ "somewhere in the system properties. A freshly installed Windows system "
#~ "should belong to a default workgroup. You can join the domain by "
#~ "selecting \"Domain\" instead of \"Workgroup\" and entering SKOLELINUX as "
#~ "the new domain. Pressing <computeroutput>enter</computeroutput> will then "
#~ "open a new window where the login data of the user created in step 1 can "
#~ "be entered. After some time the Windows client should open a popup window "
#~ "with a welcome message. After the obligatory reboot the login screen will "
#~ "offer the option of logging in to the domain."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "In relazione alla versione e al linguaggio di Windows si dovrebbe trovare "
#~ "la configurazione del dominio o del workgroup del tuo sistema nelle "
#~ "proprietà del sistema. Un sistema Windows appena installato dovrebbe "
#~ "avere un workgroup di default. Ci si può colegare al dominio selezionando "
#~ "\"Domain\" al posto di \"Workgroup\" e digitando SKOLELINUX come nuovo "
#~ "dominio. Se si preme <computeroutput>enter</computeroutput> si aprirà una "
#~ "nuova finestra, dove i dati di login dell'utente creato al passo 1 "
#~ "possono essere inseriti. Dopo un po' di tempo il client Windows dovrebbe "
#~ "aprire una finestra di popup con un messaggio di benvenuto. Dopo il "
#~ "riavvio obbligatorio lo schermo di login offrirà l'opzione di collegarsi "
#~ "al dominio."
#~ msgid "open Windows Explorer"
#~ msgstr "aprire Windows Explorer"
#~ msgid "right-click on \"Computer\" in the navigation tree"
#~ msgstr "tasto desto mouse su \"Computer\" nel menu di navigazione"
#~ msgid "select \"Properties\" in the context menu that appears"
#~ msgstr "selezionare \"Proprietà\" nel menu contestuale che appare"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: ... from here it needs someone with an English-language install of "
#~ "MS Windows XP to provide the necessary steps ... same as for \"Joining "
#~ "the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows Vista/7\" below"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: ... from here it needs someone with an English-language install of "
#~ "MS Windows XP to provide the necessary steps ... same as for \"Joining "
#~ "the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows Vista/7\" below"
#~ msgid "FI><ME: (see above)"
#~ msgstr "FI><ME: (vedi sopra)"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>"
#~ msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"SmartBoard\">Smart-Board</link>"
#~ msgstr "HowTos per <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations"
#~ msgid "Add the software in your thin-clients / diskless-workstations"
#~ msgstr "Introduzione ai Thin Clients e alle Diskless workstations"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "ltsp-chroot -a i386 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more, ie "
#~| "it also prevents daemons from being started\n"
#~| "aptitude update\n"
#~| "aptitude upgrade\n"
#~| "aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
#~| "exit"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more, ie "
#~ "it also prevents daemons from being started\n"
#~ "editor /etc/apt/sources.list"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more, ie "
#~ "it also prevents daemons from being started\n"
#~ "aptitude update\n"
#~ "aptitude upgrade\n"
#~ "aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
#~ "exit"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/"
#~| "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to add a personal repository you would just have add to "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</"
#~ "computeroutput> :"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Bisogna aggiungere una linea come la seguente a <computeroutput>tjener:/"
#~ "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Then do:"
#~ msgid "and then do"
#~ msgstr "Poi eseguire:"
#~ msgid "Improved French and Danish language tasks."
#~ msgstr "Migliorati language tasks in francese e danese."
#~ msgid "Updated default web page content."
#~ msgstr "Aggiornamento dei contenuti della pagina web predefinita."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Add code in the installer to select suggested profile combinations by "
#~ "default based on the detected environment."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aggiungere codice al programma di installazione per selezionare le "
#~ "combinazioni dei profili predefiniti in base all'ambiente rilevato."
#~ msgid "New profile: roaming workstation"
#~ msgstr "Nuovo profilo: roaming workstation"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Disable the idle job and user killer for roaming workstation profiles."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Disattivare i processi inattivi e i killer dell'utente per i profili "
#~ "roaming workstation."
#~ msgid "All Nagios checks work properly after installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tutti i controlli di Nagios ora funzionano correttamente dopo "
#~ "l'installazione."
#~ msgid "lts.conf"
#~ msgstr "lts.conf"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "FIXME This section still needs quite some work. ie link to debian "
#~| "release notes and manual"
#~ msgid "FIXME This section still needs some more work"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME This section still needs quite some work. ie link to debian release "
#~ "notes and manual"
#~ msgid "New version of debian-installer"
#~ msgstr "Nuova versione del debian-installer"
#~ msgid "Features"
#~ msgstr "Caratteristiche"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "First, start KMail and skip the wizard (\"Cancel\"). Open the "
#~ "configuration window and enter your identity (username and mail-address: "
#~ "<computeroutput>username@postoffice.intern</computeroutput>). Now move on "
#~ "to \"Accounts\" and there choose the \"Sending\" tab. Add SMTP, with the "
#~ "host set to \"postoffice\", and default port \"25\". Do not forget to "
#~ "enter \"postoffice.intern\" as the default domain and click \"Apply\". "
#~ "Send a mail to yourself (<computeroutput>username@postoffice.intern</"
#~ "computeroutput>) now to make sure your directory on the IMAP server is "
#~ "created."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Primo, eseguire KMail e saltare la procedura guidata (\"Cancel\"). Aprire "
#~ "la finestra di configurazione e inserire la propria identità (username e "
#~ "mail-address: <computeroutput>username@postoffice.intern</"
#~ "computeroutput>). Spostarsi su \"Accounts\" e scegliere la scheda "
#~ "\"Sending\". Aggiungere a SMTP l'host è \"postoffice\". e la porta di "
#~ "default è la 25. Non dimenticare di inserire \"postoffice.intern\" come "
#~ "dominio di default e cliccare su \"Apply\". Mandarsi una mail a "
#~ "(<computeroutput>username@postoffice.intern</computeroutput>) per "
#~ "assicurarsi che la directory sul server IMAP venga creata. "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After that, add a new IMAP account under the \"Receiving\" tab. Enter "
#~ "your username and password; the host is again \"postoffice\". Switch to "
#~ "the \"Security\" tab and click on \"Check What the Server Supports\". "
#~ "Click \"Continue\" in the warning about the missing server certificate "
#~ "and accept that \"forever\". Go back to the \"General\" tab. The \"Port\" "
#~ "should now be set to \"993\". Click \"Ok\" and check if the mail to "
#~ "yourself is there."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dopo di che, aggiungere un account IMAP di nuovo nella scheda \"Receiving"
#~ "\". Inserire username e password, l'host è di nuovo \"postoffice\". "
#~ "Passare alla scheda \"Security\" e cliccare su \"Check What the Server "
#~ "Supports\". Click su \"Continue\" se un avvertimento ci dice che manca il "
#~ "certificato del server e accettarlo per sempre. Ritornare alla scheda "
#~ "\"General\". La porta dovrebbe essere ora la 993. Click \"Ok\" e "
#~ "controlla se la lettera inviata prima è presente."
#~ msgid "LDAP"
#~ msgstr "LDAP"
#~ msgid "SMTP (sender verification)"
#~ msgstr "SMTP (verifica del mittente)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: continue description of slbackup-php usage, maybe with screenshots"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: continue description of slbackup-php usage, maybe with screenshots"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which "
#~ "can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example "
#~ "<computeroutput>oocalc</computeroutput>)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "E' possibile inserire una quantità notevole di utenti con GOsa² usando un "
#~ "file CSV , che può essere creato con qualsiasi foglio elettronico (per "
#~ "esempio <computeroutput>oocalc</computeroutput>)."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Desktop environment KDE 4.4 => the new KDE desktop in combination "
#~| "with some new artwork"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Desktop environment KDE 4.4 => the new KDE desktop in combination with "
#~ "some new art work"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ambirntr desktop KDE 4.4 => il nuovo desktop KDE in combinazione con "
#~ "qualche nuovo artwork"
#~ msgid "New LXDE desktop option, in addition to KDE (default) and Gnome."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuova opzione per l'ambiente desktop LXDE, in aggiunta a KDE (default) e "
#~ "Gnome."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Now we disable (at least some of the) non-working features in GOsa² to "
#~| "avoid confusing system administrators."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "We disabled some non-working features in GOsa² to avoid confusing system "
#~ "administrators."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si sono disabilitati (almeno alcuni) alcune funzioni non funzionanti di "
#~ "GOsa² per evitare di confondere gli amministratori di sistema. "
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Add new script pxe-addfirmware to insert hardware firmware in PXE images "
#~| "to support more hardware models."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "PXE boot setup now work when installing from the DVD. Provide new script "
#~ "pxe-addfirmware to insert hardware firmware in PXE images to support more "
#~ "hardware models."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aggiungere il nuovo script pxe-addfirmware per inserire immagini firmware "
#~ "PXE per supportare più modelli di hardware. "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is now possible to directly copy the <computeroutput>.iso</"
#~ "computeroutput> images onto USB sticks"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ora è possibile copiare direttamente le immagini <computeroutput>.iso</"
#~ "computeroutput> su penne usb"
#~ msgid "Video editor Kdenlive 0.7.7 (new application)"
#~ msgstr "Video editor Kdenlive 0.7.7 (nuova applicazione)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Show welcome page to users when they first log in. The URL is fetched "
#~ "from LDAP."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mostra la pagina di benvenuto per gli utenti che accedono la prima volta. "
#~ "La URL è catturata da LDAP."
#~ msgid "Package changes"
#~ msgstr "Cambiamenti nei pacchetti"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Add RDP server to the thin client server profile to provide a Linux "
#~ "desktop for Windows clients."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aggiungere un server RDP al profilo server thin client per fornire un "
#~ "desktop Linux per i client Windows."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Now using Kerberos for password checking (migration not finished). "
#~| "Enabled for:"
#~ msgid "Now using Kerberos for password checking. Enabled for:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ora si usa Kerberos per il controllo delle password (la migrazione non è "
#~ "terminata). Disponibile per:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Correct the boot sequence settings on a main-server to ensure a more "
#~ "robust and correct boot."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Correggere le impostazioni della sequenza di boot su un server principale "
#~ "per garantire un avvio più robusto e corretto."
#~ msgid "Replace LWAT with GOsa as the LDAP administration interface."
#~ msgstr "Sostituire LWAT con Gosa come interfaccia di amministrazione LDAP."
#~ msgid "New admin tool: GOsa<superscript>2</superscript>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuovo strumento di amministrazione, GOsa<superscript>2</superscript>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://people.skolelinux.org/pere/blog/"
#~ "No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients.html\">no more hardcoded "
#~ "configuration files on workstations</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://people.skolelinux.org/pere/blog/"
#~ "No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients.html\">non più file di "
#~ "configurazioni sulle workstation</ulink>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Package changes"
#~ msgid "Unclassified changes"
#~ msgstr "Cambiamenti nei pacchetti"
#~ msgid "3D modeler Blender 2.49.2 (new application)"
#~ msgstr "Modellazione in 3D Blender 2.49.2 (nuova applicazione)"
#~ msgid "PXE boot setup now work when installing from the DVD."
#~ msgstr "PXE boot setup ora funziona durante l'installazione da DVD."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FIXME: image for the Filter Box"
#~ msgid "FIXME: make more awesome!"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: image for the Filter Box"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "./images/smile.png"
#~ msgid "./images/smile4.png"
#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ":-)"
#~ msgid ";-)"
#~ msgstr ":-)"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
#~ msgid "Documentation updates in the manual."
#~ msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
#~ msgid "General cleanup (not finished)"
#~ msgstr "Pulizia generale (non terminato)"
#~ msgid "A new account is created on all machines with disks: localadmin"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un nuovo account è stato creato su tutte le macchine con dischi: "
#~ "localadmin"
#~ msgid "Quicker shutdown of LTSP clients."
#~ msgstr "Spegnimento più rapido del client LTSP."
#~ msgid "The default gateway is now 10.0.0.1/8, not 10.0.2.1/8."
#~ msgstr "Il gateway di default è ora 10.0.0.1/8, non 10.0.2.1/8."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Drop the 'localadmin' user, and ask during installation of the Main-"
#~| "Server for user name and password for the first user (the admin user). "
#~| "This user is set up as GOsa² administrator, and the 'super-admin' user "
#~| "is no longer created, either."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ask during installation of the Main-Server for user name and password for "
#~ "the first user (the admin user). This user is set up as GOsa² "
#~ "administrator, and the 'super-admin' user is no longer created, either."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Eliminato l'utente 'localadmin'. L'amministratore di GOsa² è il primo "
#~ "utente con il suo nome utente e password che esegue la prima "
#~ "installazione del server principale (utente amministratore) e non esiste "
#~ "più l'utente \"super-admin\"."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also the Debian Edu menu reordering is enabled for this initial user."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Anche il riordino del menu Debian Edu è consentito all'utente iniziale."
#~ msgid "Give first user on Standalone installs sudo access."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per le installazioni Standalone dare il primo utente come accesso sudo."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "including images, as BTS <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/656846#"
#~| "\">656846</ulink> has been fixed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Added missing last entries in PXE boot menu. (BTS <ulink url=\"http://"
#~ "bugs.debian.org/661392#\">661392</ulink>)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "including images, as BTS <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/656846#"
#~ "\">656846</ulink> has been fixed."
#~ msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
#~ msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Nagios no longer reports a problem with the kernel version after boot."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nagios non segnala più un problema con la versione del kernel dopo il "
#~ "boot."
#~ msgid "The Kerberos KDC setup is now working again."
#~ msgstr "Il setup del KDC di Kerberos ora funziona. "
#~ msgid "Samba configuration is now working again."
#~ msgstr "La configurazione di Samba ora funziona."
#~ msgid "Manual down from 31 FIXMEs to 29 (currently)"
#~ msgstr "I FIXME del manuale sono scesi da 31 a 29 (attualmente)"
#~ msgid "The Roaming Workstation profile is now working again."
#~ msgstr "Il profilo Roaming Workstation ora funziona."
#~ msgid "Correct PXE installation setup and improve PXE menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Corretta l'installazione e la configurazione PXE e migliorato il menu PXE"
#~ msgid "Updated documentation and translations"
#~ msgstr "Documentazione e traduzioni aggiornate"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "including images, as BTS <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/656846#"
#~ "\">656846</ulink> has been fixed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "including images, as BTS <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/656846#"
#~ "\">656846</ulink> has been fixed."
#~ msgid "tasks/lang-fr."
#~ msgstr "tasks/lang-fr."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: the detailed info from the beta releases should be wrapped up into "
#~ "one big block for the final release. until then, this shouldn't be "
#~ "translated. And we need a new page, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
#~ "NewInSqueeze#\">NewInSqueeze</ulink> or just News"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: the detailed info from the beta releases should be wrapped up into "
#~ "one big block for the final release. until then, this shouldn't be "
#~ "translated. And we need a new page, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
#~ "NewInSqueeze#\">NewInSqueeze</ulink> or just News"
#~ msgid "New in Debian Edu 6.0.4 rc2 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2012-02-26"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.4 rc2 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "released 26-02-2012"
#~ msgid "New in Debian Edu 6.0.4 rc1 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2012-02-19"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.4 rc1 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "released 19-02-2012"
#~ msgid "The following features are not working as they should"
#~ msgstr "Le seguenti caratteristiche non funzionano come dovrebbero"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The RDP server set up on thin-client-servers gives distorted KDE desktop "
#~ "at least when logging in using rdesktop (#<ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian."
#~ "org/608195#\">608195</ulink>). This is a bug in the VNC server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il server RDP configurato sui thin-client-server dà un desktopKDE "
#~ "distorto almeno quando ci si collega usando rdesktop (#<ulink url="
#~ "\"http://bugs.debian.org/608195#\">608195</ulink>). Si tratta di un bug "
#~ "nel server VNC."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "New in Debian Edu 6.0.4 beta3 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2012-01-29"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.4 beta3 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "released 2012-01-29"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "New in Debian Edu 6.0.3 beta2 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2012-01-07"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.3 beta2 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "released 2012-01-07"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "New in Debian Edu 6.0.3 beta1 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2011-12-24"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.3 beta1 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "released 2011-12-24"
#~ msgid "FIXME: describe new features in squeeze here"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: descrivere le nuove caratteristiche in squeeze qui"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "New in Debian Edu 6.0.3 alpha1 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2010-10-24"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.3 alpha1 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "released 2010-10-24"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "New in Debian Edu 6.0.3 alpha0 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2010-07-27"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 6.0.3 alpha0 Codename \"Squeeze\" "
#~ "released 2010-07-27"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: describe changes compared to rc3 here. and see previous FI><"
#~ "ME..!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: describe changes compared to rc3 here. and see previous FI><"
#~ "ME..!"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: Compare with <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients</link> and get rid of "
#~ "redundant information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: Compare with <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients</link> and get rid of "
#~ "redundant information."
#~ msgid "FIXME mention unattended-upgrades as an alternative to cron-apt."
#~ msgstr "FIXME mention unattended-upgrades as an alternative to cron-apt."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog "
#~ "entries to you."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> invia il log dei "
#~ "cambiamenti effettuati."
#~ msgid "FIXME kde-update-notifier is no longer installed"
#~ msgstr "FIXME kde-update-notifier is no longer installed"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
#~ "FIXME: Explain how to use kde-update-notifier, best with screenshots."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Al posto del'uso della linea di comando si può utilizzare kde-update-"
#~ "notifier. FIXME: Explain how to use kde-update-notifier, best with "
#~ "screenshots."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: describe how to install and use them in parallel and how to use "
#~ "$desktop_environment on \"normal logins\" and lxde on thin-client-logins. "
#~ "Probably describe that in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients\"/>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: describe how to install and use them in parallel and how to use "
#~ "$desktop_environment on \"normal logins\" and lxde on thin-client-logins. "
#~ "Probably describe that in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients\"/>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
#~ "computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-"
#~ "edu-doc</computeroutput> il <computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr "</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid "FIXME: described required changes to LDAP"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: described required changes to LDAP"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This text was originally taken from this <ulink url=\"http://svn.debian."
#~ "org/wsvn/debian-edu/trunk/src/shutdown-at-night/README\">README</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questo testo è stato preso da <ulink url=\"http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/"
#~ "debian-edu/trunk/src/shutdown-at-night/README\">README</ulink>."
#~ msgid "FIXME: what else is new in rc1?"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: what else is new in rc1?"
#~ msgid "usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp"
#~ msgstr "uso di sitesummary2ldapdhcp"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> boot-option "
#~ "switches to manual partitioning. You can also get manual partitioning by "
#~ "saying \"no\" when asked if automatic partitioning should be used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La opzione di boot <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> "
#~ "passa al partizionamento manuale. È inoltre possibile ottenere il "
#~ "partizionamento manuale dicendo \"no\" quando si domanda di usare il "
#~ "partizionamento automatico."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you "
#~ "can use its HTTP proxy service to speed up subsequent installations from "
#~ "CD. Add <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</"
#~ "computeroutput> as an additional boot parameter. FIXME: this should be "
#~ "reworded: after the mainserver is installed, further installations should "
#~ "be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy. The above boot "
#~ "parameter is more suitable for initial mainserver installations using an "
#~ "existing proxy in the network..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si è già installato il profilo mainserver su una macchina, si può "
#~ "usare il suo servizio HTTP proxy per velocizzare l'installazione da CD. "
#~ "Occorre aggiungere <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/"
#~ "</computeroutput> come parametro addizionale di boot. FIXME: this should "
#~ "be reworded: after the mainserver is installed, further installations "
#~ "should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy. The "
#~ "above boot parameter is more suitable for initial mainserver "
#~ "installations using an existing proxy in the network..."
#~ msgid "Choose a time-zone"
#~ msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
#~ msgid "Choose a <emphasis role=\"strong\">profile</emphasis>:"
#~ msgstr "Scegliere un <emphasis role=\"strong\">profilo</emphasis>:"
#~ msgid "Main-Server"
#~ msgstr "Main-Server"
#~ msgid "Workstation"
#~ msgstr "Workstation"
#~ msgid "Roaming workstation"
#~ msgstr "Roaming workstation"
#~ msgid "Thin-Client-Server"
#~ msgstr "Thin-Client- Server"
#~ msgid "Standalone"
#~ msgstr "Standalone"
#~ msgid "Minimal"
#~ msgstr "Minimal"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first three profiles above can all be installed on the same machine. "
#~ "This means the main server can be a thin client server and also be used "
#~ "as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people "
#~ "will install <link linkend=\"Installation--"
#~ "Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients"
#~ "\">via PXE</link> afterwards."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I primi tre profili possono essere installati sulla stessa macchina. "
#~ "Questo vuol dire che il server principale può essere un server thin "
#~ "client e una workstation. Questa è la scelta di default se si prevede "
#~ "che la maggioranza degli utenti sarà installata in seguito<link linkend="
#~ "\"Installation--"
#~ "Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients"
#~ "\">via PXE</link>."
#~ msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
#~ msgstr "Una nota sul partizionamento manuale"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "As a piece of general advice: if you choose manual partitioning and your "
#~ "system fails to boot, try automatic partitioning first."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Come consiglio generale: se si sceglie il partizionamento manuale e il "
#~ "sistema non si avvia, provare per prima cosa il partizionamento "
#~ "automatico. "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you should "
#~ "bear the following in mind:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si decide di fare il partizionamento manuale per il server principale, "
#~ "si dovrebbe prestare attenzione a questo: "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make sure the directory <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</"
#~ "computeroutput> exists; usually you will also be mounting a partition "
#~ "there. If you don't create this directory you will only be able to log in "
#~ "as root. The reason is that the user creation system requires this "
#~ "directory to exist to be able to create users' home directories, and a "
#~ "user without a home directory cannot log in."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Occorre essere sicuri che la directory <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/"
#~ "home0</computeroutput> esista, montando una partizione apposita. Se la "
#~ "directory non viene creata ci si può collegare solo come root. La "
#~ "ragione è che la creazione degli utenti presuppone che la directory "
#~ "esista per rendere possibile creare le home directory degli utenti e "
#~ "senza la sua home un utente non può collegarsi alla rete."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid</computeroutput> is on a separate "
#~ "partition, 3GiB free space is a good recommendation. Squid's cache size "
#~ "will be set to 80% of the partition size."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid</computeroutput> è in una partizione "
#~ "separata, 3GiB di spazio è una buona raccomandazione. La cache di Squid "
#~ "sarà configurata all'80% della grandezza della partizione."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>/boot</computeroutput> should have its own partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>/boot</computeroutput> dovrebbe avere una sua propria "
#~ "partizione."
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> FIXME: Give a good "
#~| "content into the Table of services"
#~ msgid "FIXME: Give a good content into the Table of services"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: Give a good content into the Table of services"
#~ msgid "ltspserver\\#"
#~ msgstr "ltspserver\\#"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "FIXME: this yet to be written chapter needs to include the info about "
#~| "the cronjob updating dns running every hour and \"su -c ldap2bind - bind"
#~| "\" to trigger this manually"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: Machine Management is a yet to be written chapter needs to include "
#~ "the info about the cronjob updating dns running every hour and \"su -c "
#~ "ldap2bind - bind\" to trigger this manually"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: Machine Management is a yet to be written chapter needs to include "
#~ "the info about the cronjob updating dns running every hour and \"su -c "
#~ "ldap2bind - bind\" to trigger this manually"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME This section needs to mention the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script, "
#~ "which automatically adds machines to GOsa² if the machines have booted as "
#~ "thin clients/diskless workstations or been installed using any of the "
#~ "networked profiles."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME This section needs to mention the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script, "
#~ "which automatically adds machines to GOsa² if the machines have booted as "
#~ "thin clients/diskless workstations or been installed using any of the "
#~ "networked profiles."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you add a machine, you can use an IP address/hostname from the "
#~ "preconfigured address space. The following IP address ranges are "
#~ "predefined:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si aggiunge una macchina, si può usare un ip/hostname da uno spazio di "
#~ "indirizzi prefigurato. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Primo indirizzo</emphasis>"
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ultimo indirizzo</emphasis>"
#~ msgid "10.0.2.10"
#~ msgstr "10.0.2.10"
#~ msgid "10.0.2.29"
#~ msgstr "10.0.2.29"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx</emphasis></emphasis>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx</emphasis></emphasis>"
#~ msgid "10.0.2.30"
#~ msgstr "10.0.2.30"
#~ msgid "10.0.2.49"
#~ msgstr "10.0.2.49"
#~ msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx</emphasis></emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx</emphasis></emphasis>"
#~ msgid "10.0.2.50"
#~ msgstr "10.0.2.50"
#~ msgid "10.0.2.99"
#~ msgstr "10.0.2.99"
#~ msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx</emphasis></emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx</emphasis></emphasis>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or "
#~ "4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Gli indirizzi da 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (approssimativamente "
#~ "10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) sono riservati per il DHCP e assegnati "
#~ "dinamicamente."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
#~ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/smile.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/smile.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/pxe-tjener.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/pxe-tjener.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-"
#~ "PXE.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-"
#~ "PXE.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/02-select_a_language.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/02-select_a_language.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/03-select_your_location.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/03-select_your_location.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/06-"
#~ "Load_installer_components_from_CD.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/06-"
#~ "Load_installer_components_from_CD.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/09-"
#~ "Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/09-"
#~ "Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/10-"
#~ "Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/10-"
#~ "Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/11-"
#~ "Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/11-"
#~ "Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/14-Select_and_install_software."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/14-Select_and_install_software."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/17-Select_and_install_software."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/17-Select_and_install_software."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/19-"
#~ "Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/19-"
#~ "Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-"
#~ "Installation_complete.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-"
#~ "Installation_complete.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/29-Diskless-WS-KDM_Login.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/29-Diskless-WS-KDM_Login.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-started_squeeze.png\"/"
#~| "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-started-desktop.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-started_squeeze.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/gosa2_overview.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/gosa2_overview.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/filterbox.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/edit_user.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/create_group.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/list_groups.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/alert.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png\"/></imageobject>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/sad.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> There are no squeeze "
#~ "images yet <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Non ci sono ancora "
#~ "immagini per squeeze <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/debian-"
#~| "edu-6.0.4+edub3-DVD.iso\">debian-edu-6.0.4+edub3-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/debian-"
#~ "edu-6.0.4+edub3-DVD.iso\">debian-edu-6.0.4+edu_rc1-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/debian-"
#~ "edu-6.0.4+edub3-DVD.iso\">debian-edu-6.0.4+edub3-DVD.iso</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. You "
#~ "can enter a name and a description per group. When searching for groups "
#~ "you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the "
#~ "modification page you can access all the users of that group."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'amministrazione dei gruppi è simile a quella degli utenti. Si può "
#~ "inserire un nome e una descrizione per il gruppo. Quando si fa la ricerca "
#~ "per i gruppi si può cancellare o disabilitare tutti gli utenti del gruppo "
#~ "trovato. Nella pagina di modifica si può avere accesso a tutti gli utenti "
#~ "del gruppo."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "FIXME: the change from documenting lwat to GOsa2 still needs to be "
#~| "completed"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: the change from documenting lwat to GOsa² still needs to be "
#~ "completed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: the change from documenting lwat to GOsa2 still needs to be "
#~ "completed"
#~ msgid "Group Management with lwat [ FIXME: obsolete?]"
#~ msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con lwat [ FIXME: obsolete?]"
#~ msgid "Advanced group management [ FIXME: obsolete?]"
#~ msgstr "Gestione avanzata dei gruppi [ FIXME: obsolete?]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specific group (for example named "
#~ "after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
#~ "directories in a dedicated directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Con lwat è facile inserire gli utenti in un gruppo specifico (per esempio "
#~ "chiamato con l'anno in cui entrano o finiscono la scuola) e creare tutte "
#~ "le home directory in una directory dedicata."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To achieve this, add a stanza like the following to the file "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini</computeroutput>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per avere questo occorre creare una stanza come la seguente nel file "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini</computeroutput>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "[2009]\n"
#~ "ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
#~ "objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
#~ "homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
#~ "groups = none students 2009\n"
#~ "loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
#~ "mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "[2009]\n"
#~ "ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
#~ "objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
#~ "homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
#~ "groups = none students 2009\n"
#~ "loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
#~ "mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make this work, the 2009 group has to be created before adding the "
#~ "users."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Perché questo funzioni occorre creare il gruppo 2009 prima di aggiungere "
#~ "gli utenti."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The above stanza simply adds them on top of home0. If you want them "
#~ "somewhere else, using another automount, then you should use lwat to add "
#~ "that automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini "
#~ "correspondingly."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La stanza è aggiunta sopra home0, se si vuole in un'altra posizione, "
#~ "occorre usare un altro automount, con lwat aggiungendo l'automount "
#~ "desiderato e cambiare la stringa homeDirectory in admini.ini."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">This chapter was initially copied and pasted "
#~ "from <ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur."
#~ "html.en\"/> (at that time it was Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 "
#~ "Petter Reinholdtsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:pere@hungry.com"
#~ "\">pere@hungry.com</ulink> >, released under the GPL) and has since "
#~ "then been edited.</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Questo capitolo è stato copiato e incollato da "
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en"
#~ "\"/> ( a quel tempo era Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter "
#~ "Reinholdtsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:pere@hungry.com\">pere@hungry.com</"
#~ "ulink> >, rilasciato sotto GPL) e da allora è stato modificato.</"
#~ "emphasis>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.4+edub3-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.4+edub3-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.4+edub3-CD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.4+edub3-CD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/16-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/16-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid "16-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#~ msgstr "16-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#~ msgid "FIXME: image for Editing a User"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: image for Editing a User"
#~ msgid "FIXME: add GOsa² password dialog image here"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: add GOsa² password dialog image here"
#~ msgid "FIXME: update information about Java in the web browser in Squeeze"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: update information about Java in the web browser in Squeeze"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The version of the OpenJDK Java runtime available in Debian Edu Lenny "
#~ "does not support running Java applications in the web browser; this will "
#~ "be fixed in the next release. On Lenny, the non-free (but freely "
#~ "available) Java from Sun needs to be installed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La versione di OpenJDK Java runtime inserita in Debian Lenny Edu non "
#~ "supporta le applicazioni Java nei browser web, questo verrà risolto nella "
#~ "prossima versione. Per questo su Lenny, la versione Java di Sun non-free "
#~ "(ma disponibile gratuitamente) ha bisogno di essere installata. "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To install Java from Sun you need to edit the /etc/apt/sources.list first "
#~ "to make sure it will install packages from <computeroutput>non-free</"
#~ "computeroutput>. There needs to be a line like this:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per installare JAVA da Sun occorre modificare prima /etc/apt/sources.list "
#~ "per essere sicuri che sia presente la linea <computeroutput>non-free</"
#~ "computeroutput> come in questo esempio:"
#~ msgid "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ lenny main contrib non-free"
#~ msgstr "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ lenny main contrib non-free"
#~ msgid "# apt-get update"
#~ msgstr "# apt-get update"
#~ msgid "Now you are ready to run this command:"
#~ msgstr "Ora siamo pronti per eseguire questo comando:"
#~ msgid "# apt-get install sun-java6-plugin sun-java6-jre sun-java6-fonts"
#~ msgstr "# apt-get install sun-java6-plugin sun-java6-jre sun-java6-fonts"
#~ msgid "Using stable-updates"
#~ msgstr "Usare stable-updates"
#~ msgid "FIXME: add more info about stable-updates here"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: add more info about stable-updates here"
#~ msgid "FIXME: this is so generic it's almost useless"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: this is so generic it's almost useless"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user "
#~ "must be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this "
#~ "private group should be identical to the username. (<ulink url=\"http://"
#~ "docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/5/html/"
#~ "Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html\">More info on "
#~ "private groups, default mask and file sharing</ulink> is available from "
#~ "Redhat.) This allows for all new files created by the user to be set with "
#~ "full access for the file's group. Together with the setgid bit on "
#~ "directories and inheritance of rights, this enables controlled file "
#~ "sharing between the members of a file group. Therefore, the users' umask "
#~ "should be 00X. (If all users initially should be able to read newly "
#~ "created files, then X=2. If only the relevant group should be given "
#~ "initial read access then X=7.) The Debian default umask 022 is changed by "
#~ "Debian Edu to 002 to enable file sharing using file groups as explained "
#~ "above. If one wants the umask to be 007 instead of 002, <computeroutput>/"
#~ "etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput> should be modified "
#~ "appropriately."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per permettere l'accesso a file condivisi usando l'identificatore di "
#~ "gruppo, ogni utente deve avere un gruppo primario senza altri membri. Il "
#~ "nome di questo gruppo privato dovrebbe essere identico all'username "
#~ "dell'utente. (<ulink url=\"http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/"
#~ "Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/5/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-private-"
#~ "groups.html\">Maggiori informazioni sui gruppi privati</ulink> sono "
#~ "disponibili da Redhat.) Questo permette che tutti i nuovi file creati "
#~ "dall'utente siano inizializzati per avere pieno accesso per il gruppo. "
#~ "Settare il gid bit su directory e ereditarietà di diritti permette il "
#~ "controllo di file condivisi tra i membri di un gruppo. Perciò l'umask "
#~ "degli utenti dovrebbe essere 00X. (Se tutti gli utenti avessero il "
#~ "permesso di leggere tutti i nuovi file creati, allora X=2. Se solo il "
#~ "gruppo dovesse avere l'iniziale accesso alla lettura allora X=7.) La "
#~ "Debian default umask 022 è cambiata da Debian Edu in 002 per permettere "
#~ "la condivisione dei file usando i file groups come spiegato sopra. Se si "
#~ "vuole la umask a 007 al posto di 002, <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-"
#~ "session</computeroutput> dovrebbe essere modificato."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: this page name is a misspelling (uncorrected because it's "
#~ "referenced from other pages)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: this page name is a misspelling (uncorrected because it's "
#~ "referenced from other pages)"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~| "HowTo/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/CategoryPermalink#"
#~ "\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
#~ msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: kiosktool is no longer in Debian post-Lenny; new content needed "
#~ "for whatever replaces it"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: kiosktool is no longer in Debian post-Lenny; new content needed "
#~ "for whatever replaces it"
#~ msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
#~ msgstr "Ci sono due profili di default:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils</emphasis> (enabled for users "
#~ "who are members of the group <computeroutput>students</computeroutput>)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils</emphasis> (per i membri del "
#~ "gruppo studenti <computeroutput>students</computeroutput>)"
#~ msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "una serie di icone personalizzate appaiono nei desktop degli studenti"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
#~ "kde panel"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "si assicura che i programmi che sono visualizzati nel desktop siano "
#~ "attivabili anche dal pannello di kde"
#~ msgid "adept is not started"
#~ msgstr "adept non parte"
#~ msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another KDE session"
#~ msgstr "assicurarsi che gli studenti non avviino un'altra sessione di KDE"
#~ msgid "prevents students gaining root access"
#~ msgstr "impedire agli studenti di ottenere accesso come root "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root</emphasis> (enabled for the "
#~ "root user and members of the group <computeroutput>admins</"
#~ "computeroutput>)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root</emphasis> (per l'utente root e "
#~ "per i membri del gruppo admin <computeroutput>admins</computeroutput>)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local web server on tjener to "
#~ "provide easy access to all the administration programs"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "aggiunge un'icona al desktop per connettersi al server web locale in "
#~ "tjener e mette a disposizione un facile accesso a tutti i programmi di "
#~ "amministrazione"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
#~ "can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. However, "
#~ "changes will be overwritten by upgrades unless you follow the following "
#~ "procedure."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nota:</emphasis>: modifiche ai profili possono "
#~ "essere fatte usando <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. Tuttavia, "
#~ "a meno di seguire le indicazioni date sotto, i cambiamenti fatti saranno "
#~ "sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/</computeroutput> and "
#~ "enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile</computeroutput>. "
#~ "The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" "
#~ "and browse to a new folder."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si vogliono modificare i profili di kiosk profiles, si può copiare uno "
#~ "esistente e modificarlo, o creare un nuovo profilo kiosk in (per esempio) "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/</computeroutput> e metterlo a "
#~ "disposizione in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile</computeroutput>. "
#~ "Lo strumento kiosk si incaricherà di fare questo per noi se si fa click "
#~ "su \"profile properties\" e scegliere un nuovo folder."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool as "
#~ "described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used "
#~ "by the diskless workstation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dopo aver effettuato i cambiamenti nel settaggio del modo kiosk secondo "
#~ "quanto è stato descritto sopra, occorre copiare alcuni file all'interno "
#~ "della chroot usata dalle workstation diskless."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386</"
#~ "computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
#~ "workstation server(s):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Assumendo che le workstation diskless viaggino con l'architettura "
#~ "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput>, occorre eseguire i seguenti "
#~ "comandi nel server delle workstation:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/\n"
#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/\n"
#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Otherwise replace <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> with "
#~ "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> as applicable."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Occorre cambiare <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> con "
#~ "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> secondo il caso."
#~ msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
#~ msgstr "Disattivare il kiosk mode"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you don't want to use kioskmode, either remove the file "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/kderc</computeroutput> or (to disable it "
#~ "temporarily) comment out all its entries."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se non si vuole usare kiosk mode, occorre cancellare il file "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/kderc</computeroutput>. Se si vuole disabilitarlo "
#~ "temporaneamente occorre commentare tutte le linee del file."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~| "Squeeze/HowTo/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/Samba#\">Samba</"
#~| "ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~ "Squeeze/HowTo/Samba#\">Samba</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "HowTo per <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~ "Squeeze/HowTo/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/Samba#\">Samba</ulink>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~| "Squeeze/HowTo/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/Users#\">users</"
#~| "ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "HowTos for <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~ "Squeeze/HowTo/Users#\">users</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "HowTos per gli <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/Users#"
#~ "\">Utenti</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "AboutDebianEdu/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "AboutDebianEdu/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "htdocs/debwiki/img/alert.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "htdocs/debwiki/img/alert.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Architecture/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Architecture/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Features/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Features/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "htdocs/debwiki/img/smile.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "htdocs/debwiki/img/smile.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Requirements/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Requirements/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Installation/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Installation/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "GettingStarted/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "GettingStarted/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Maintainance/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Maintainance/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Upgrades/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Upgrades/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "Administration/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "Administration/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "Desktop/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "Desktop/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "NetworkClients/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "NetworkClients/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "TeachAndLearn/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "TeachAndLearn/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Contribute/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Contribute/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Support/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Support/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "CopyRight/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "CopyRight/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Translations/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "Translations/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "AppendixA/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "AppendixA/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "htdocs/debwiki/img/sad.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "htdocs/debwiki/img/sad.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "AppendixB/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/"
#~ "AppendixB/CategoryPermalink#\">CategoryPermalink</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> It might take some "
#~ "minutes before the newly added user's home directory is created. Until "
#~ "that is done the user won't be able to log in on any server, workstation "
#~ "or thin client."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Potrebbero occorrere "
#~ "alcuni minuti per creare la home directory dell'utente aggiunto. Fino a "
#~ "che questa non è creata l'utente non può collegarsi al server da alcuna "
#~ "workstation o thin client."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"600\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/AboutDebianEdu?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"600\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/AboutDebianEdu?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"1024\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Architecture?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=Debian_Edu_Network_Squeeze_EN.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"1024\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Architecture?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=Debian_Edu_Network_Squeeze_EN.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"600\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=getting-started_squeeze.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"600\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=getting-started_squeeze.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"600\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=gosa2_overview.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata width=\"600\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=gosa2_overview.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=pxe-tjener.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=pxe-tjener.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=01-Installer_boot_menu.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=01-Installer_boot_menu.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=02-select_a_language.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=02-select_a_language.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=03-select_your_location.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=03-select_your_location.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=04-Configure_the_keyboard.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=04-Configure_the_keyboard.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=07-Detect_network_hardware.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=07-Detect_network_hardware.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=13-Install+the+base+system.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=13-Install+the+base+system.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=14-Select_and_install_software.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=14-Select_and_install_software.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=16-Configure_the_keyboard.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=16-Configure_the_keyboard.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=17-Select_and_install_software.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=17-Select_and_install_software.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=20-Finish_the_Installation.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=20-Finish_the_Installation.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png\"/"
#~ "></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=29-Diskless-WS-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=29-Diskless-WS-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=30-ThinClient-LDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid "Remote Desktops clients with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
#~ msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
#~ msgid "FIXME: describe whats new in beta2"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: describe whats new in beta2"
#~ msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
#~ "chiave si trova in"
#~ msgid "altering samba config"
#~ msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "ldapvi --host ldap -ZZ --bind simple --tls allow -D 'cn=admin,ou=People,"
#~| "dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no'"
#~ msgid "ldapvi -ZD 'uid=super-admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no'"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ldapvi --host ldap -ZZ --bind simple --tls allow -D 'cn=admin,ou=People,"
#~ "dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no'"
#~ msgid "FIXME: install swi-prolog by default?"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: install swi-prolog by default?"
#~ msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
#~ msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio (NTP) [ntp]"
#~ msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
#~ msgstr "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
#~ msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
#~ msgstr "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
#~ msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
#~ msgstr "Stampa (CUPS) [ipp]"
#~ msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
#~ msgstr "Login remoto (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
#~ msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
#~ msgstr "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Every student should use the shorcut on their Desktop, which should "
#~| "point to something like <computeroutput>https://ldap/lwat/chguserpw.php?"
#~| "username=$(id -un)</computeroutput>. (On Windows they have to manually "
#~| "put in their username.)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Every student should use the shortcut on their desktop, which should "
#~ "point to something like <computeroutput>https://ldap/lwat/chguserpw.php?"
#~ "username=$(id -un)</computeroutput>. (On Windows they have to manually "
#~ "put in their username.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ogni studente potrebbe usare un collegamento sul Desktop, che dovrebbe "
#~ "puntare a qualcosa come <computeroutput>https://ldap/lwat/chguserpw.php?"
#~ "username=$(id -un)</computeroutput>. (In Windows occorre farlo "
#~ "manualmente nell'username.)"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FIXME: changing passwords for users needs to be upated for squeeze"
#~ msgid "FIXME: changing passwords for users needs to be upated for Squeeze"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: changing passwords for users needs to be upated for squeeze"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "FIXME: check if our umask differs from Debians default and possible "
#~| "describe it here. this chapter needs a bit cleanup"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: check if our umask differs from Debian's default and possible "
#~ "describe it here. This chapter needs a bit of cleanup. The Debian "
#~ "default umask is 022, while Debian Edu change this to 002 by adding /usr/"
#~ "share/pam-configs/edu-umask."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: check if our umask differs from Debians default and possible "
#~ "describe it here. this chapter needs a bit cleanup"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
#~| "this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP "
#~| "server you must disable the DHCP server on the main server and you will "
#~| "loose some features and certain documented procedures will work "
#~| "differently. So better disable the DHCP server on the router.)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
#~ "this is not needed and will not be used. (If the router runs a DHCP "
#~ "server you must disable the DHCP server on the main server and you will "
#~ "lose some features and certain documented procedures will work "
#~ "differently. So better disable the DHCP server on the router.) ( FIXME: "
#~ "contradictory)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il router non deve essere un server DHCP, può funzionare come server DNS "
#~ "anche se non è necessario e non sarà usato. (Se il router funziona come "
#~ "server DHCP si deve disabilitare il server DHCP sul server principale, ma "
#~ "si perderanno alcune funzionalità e alcune procedure documentate "
#~ "funzioneranno in maniera diversa. Così è meglio disabilitare il server "
#~ "DHCP nel router.)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To get the clients working on the 10.0.0.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
#~ "dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per permettere ai client di connettersi alla rete 10.0.0.0 si deve "
#~ "modificare /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf sul server principale (tjener). Dove è "
#~ "scritto:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "subnet 10.0.0.0 netmask 255.0.0.0 {\n"
#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
#~ " }"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "subnet 10.0.0.0 netmask 255.0.0.0 {\n"
#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
#~ " }"
#~ msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
#~ msgstr "occorre aggiungere sotto \"range\":"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
#~ "use-host-decl-names on;"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
#~ "use-host-decl-names on;"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose "
#~ "to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
#~ "working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Next-server dovrebbe essere l'indirizzo IP-o il nome dell'host del server "
#~ "scelto per fare il loadbalancing. Se si usa l'hostname occorre lavorare "
#~ "un po' sul DNS. Occorre riavviare il servizio dhcp."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Right-click on Computer in navigation tree: Select Properties in the "
#~ "appearing context menu"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fare clic destro su Computer nella navigazione ad albero: Selezionare "
#~ "Proprietà nel menu contestuale che appare"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle</computeroutput> as root to "
#~ "install moodle."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Eseguire <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle</computeroutput> come "
#~ "root per installare moodle."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise "
#~ "their students."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Alcune scuole usano strumenti di controllo come Controlaula o Italc per "
#~ "monitorare i loro studenti."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
#~ "index.php?title=Main_Page\"/>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Prova a visitare il loro wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/"
#~ "wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page\"/>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: explain how to install and use italc - <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
#~ "debian.org/511387#\">511387</ulink> explains this quite well actually."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: explain how to install and use italc - <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
#~ "debian.org/511387#\">511387</ulink> explains this quite well actually."
#~ msgid "apt-get install italc-client italc-master"
#~ msgstr "apt-get install italc-client italc-master"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"strong"
#~ "\">Warning</emphasis>: restricting access to information or freedom of "
#~ "speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"strong"
#~ "\">Attenzione</emphasis>: limitare l'accesso alle informazioni o alla "
#~ "libertà di parola può essere non etico e illegale nella vostra "
#~ "giurisdizione."
#~ msgid "Installing swi-prolog"
#~ msgstr "Installare swi-prolog"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Just as in Lenny, <computeroutput>swi-prolog</computeroutput> is provided "
#~ "by Squeeze. Just <computeroutput>apt-get install swi-prolog</"
#~ "computeroutput> and be done <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
#~ "\"0\"/>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Come in Lenny, <computeroutput>swi-prolog</computeroutput> è disponibile "
#~ "in Squeeze. Basta dare <computeroutput>apt-get install swi-prolog</"
#~ "computeroutput> e sarà installato <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
#~ "id=\"0\"/>"
#~ msgid "Changing the sound volume"
#~ msgstr "Cabiare il volume del suono"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Every user can send and receive mails within the internal network. The "
#~ "following paragraphs describe how to configure kmail for each user."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ogni utente può inviare e ricevere messaggi all'interno della rete. I "
#~ "paragrafi seguenti descrivono come configurare KMail per ciascun utente. "
#~ msgid "Configuring KMail as a mail client"
#~ msgstr "Configurare KMail come mail client"
#~ msgid "This needs to be done once by every user who wants to use email."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questo deve essere fatto una volta da ogni utente che vuole utilizzare la "
#~ "posta elettronica."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Architecture?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=network-arch.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/http://wiki.debian.org//"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Architecture?action=AttachFile&"
#~ "do=get&target=network-arch.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid "network-arch.png"
#~ msgstr "network-arch.png"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
#~ msgid "Machine Management with lwat [ FIXME: obsolete?]"
#~ msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con lwat"
#~ msgid "[attachment:lwat-addmachine_static_lenny.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:lwat-addmachine_static_lenny.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:lwat-editmachine_lenny.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:lwat-editmachine_lenny.png]"
#~ msgid "More lwat documentation"
#~ msgstr "Altra documentazione lwat"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/"
#~ "share/doc/lwat/</computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url="
#~ "\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'intera documentazione per lwat può essere trovata in <computeroutput>/"
#~ "usr/share/doc/lwat/</computeroutput> del server principale o <ulink url="
#~ "\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online</ulink>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For this installation method it is required that you have a running main "
#~ "server. When clients boot via the main network, a new PXE menu with "
#~ "installer and boot selection options is displayed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per questo metodo di installazione è richiesto che sia attivo il server "
#~ "principale. Quando i client si avviano attraverso la rete, si visualizza "
#~ "un menu PXE con installer e le selezioni di avvio."
#~ msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
#~ msgstr "L'installazione è possibile sia con il CD che il DVD."
#~ msgid "FIXME: maybe move to a page of its own or further up."
#~ msgstr "FIXME: maybe move to a page of its own or further up."
#~ msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
#~ msgstr "disabilita la possibilità di fare accessi da root per gli studenti"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> FIXME: there is a bug "
#~ "here, new files are not automatically tracked. Please file a bug in the "
#~ "Debian BTS!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> FIXME: there is a bug "
#~ "here, new files are not automatically tracked. Please file a bug in the "
#~ "Debian BTS!"
#~ msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
#~ msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t squeeze-backports "
#~ "install <packagename></computeroutput> to install or update "
#~ "packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from "
#~ "backports.debian.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences</"
#~ "computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si può usare <computeroutput>aptitude -t squeeze-backports install <"
#~ "packagename></computeroutput> per installare o aggiornare un pacchetto "
#~ "alla volta, o si può configurare un pacchetto per essere sempre "
#~ "installato da backports.debian.org attraverso <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
#~ "preferences</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The latter is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/"
#~ "dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org</ulink> "
#~ "and has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed "
#~ "automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to "
#~ "update manually."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quest'ultimo è descritto nelle <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/"
#~ "dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instruzioni su backports.org</ulink> "
#~ "e ha il vantaggio che gli aggiornamenti vengono installati "
#~ "automaticamente quando sono disponibili. Con il primo modo è necessario "
#~ "aggiornare manualmente."
#~ msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from apt-cdrom(8) man page:</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Dalla pagina di manuale apt-cdrom(8):</emphasis>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Make sure to also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/"
#~ "stable/installmanual\">information about the Debian lenny release</ulink> "
#~ "from its installation manual."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Occorre leggere le <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
#~ "installmanual\">informazioni sulla versione Debian lenny</ulink> sono "
#~ "disponibili nel manuale d'installazione."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Merge new web pages from Squeeze. The text is the same, but it provides "
#~ "new translation for zh, compete translations for all included langauges "
#~ "(de es fr it nb nl ru zh), and a rename of the .no page to .nb to reflect "
#~ "the langauge used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Incorporate nuove pagine web da Squeeze. Il testo è lo stesso, ma si "
#~ "mettono a disposizione nuove traduzioni per zh, traduzioni complete per "
#~ "tutti le lingue incluse (de es fr it nb nl ru zh), rinominate anche le "
#~ "pagine .no a .nb per adeguarsi alla lingua usata."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Even more <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/"
#~ "installmanual\">information about the Debian Squeeze release</ulink> is "
#~ "available in its installation manual."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Altre <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/installmanual"
#~ "\">informazioni sulla versione Debian Squeeze</ulink> sono disponibili "
#~ "nel suo manuale di installazione."
#~ msgid "Say yes or no to automatic partitioning"
#~ msgstr "Scegliere tra yes o no per il partizionamento automatico"
#~ msgid "Wait"
#~ msgstr "Aspettare"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the "
#~ "installation to get started."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questo capitolo descrive il primo passo da fare dopo l'installazione per "
#~ "partire."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: gosa needs to be documented properly here, following the structure "
#~ "of the existing lwat instructions. _Then_ the lwat text should be deleted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: gosa needs to be documented properly here, following the structure "
#~ "of the existing lwat instructions. _Then_ the lwat text should be deleted."
#~ msgid "The minimum you need to do is:"
#~ msgstr "Il minimo che occorre fare è:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Teachers have special privileges in GOsa². They can change the password "
#~ "for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. Let the "
#~ "teacher log in with his/her username and then a more privileged view of "
#~ "GOsa² is shown to the teacher."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Gli insegnanti hanno privilegi speciali in GOsa². Possono cambiare le "
#~ "password a tutti gli studenti. Questo può essere molto utile durante le "
#~ "lezioni. Quando l'insegnante accede con il suo username si presenta la "
#~ "vista con i maggiori privilegi di GOsa²."
#~ msgid "on the following page, you can set a new self-chosen password"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "nella pagina seguente, si può configurare una password generata a caso."
#~ msgid "Here's how:"
#~ msgstr "Ecco come:"
#~ msgid "Web browser based management, using GOsa2"
#~ msgstr "Amministrare con un browser web, usando GOsa2"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a client system "
#~| "with a web browser installed. Alternatively, as user localadmin you can "
#~| "install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence "
#~| "in a (non-graphical) shell:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Alternatively, as user localadmin you can install a minimal desktop on "
#~ "the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per avere accesso a GOsa² è necessario un server principale Skolelinux e "
#~ "un sistema di client con un browser web installato. In alternativa, come "
#~ "utente localadmin si può installare un desktop minimale sul server "
#~ "principale usando questa sequenza di comandi in una shell non grafica:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To access GOsa² point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/"
#~ ">."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per accedere a GOsa² scrivere l'indirizzo sul browser <ulink url="
#~ "\"https://www/gosa\"/>."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://"
#~| "oss.gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>, GOsa² has lately been "
#~| "forked as the new directory administation tool <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
#~| "debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted/"
#~| "FusionDirectory#\">FusionDirectory</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
#~| "debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted/"
#~| "FusionDirectory#\">FusionDirectory</ulink> documentation is (intended to "
#~| "be) far better than the GOsa² documentation, everything you read about "
#~| "FD 1.0 also applies to GOsa² 2.6, the version in Debian squeeze."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://oss."
#~ "gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>, GOsa² has lately been forked "
#~ "as the new directory administation tool <ulink url=\"http://www."
#~ "fusiondirectory.org/\">FusionDirectory</ulink> . The <ulink url=\"http://"
#~ "www.fusiondirectory.org/\">FusionDirectory</ulink> documentation is "
#~ "(intended to be) far better than the GOsa² documentation, everything you "
#~ "read about FD 1.0 also applies to GOsa² 2.6, the version in Debian "
#~ "squeeze."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per informazioni generali su GOsa² consultare: <ulink url=\"https://oss."
#~ "gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>, GOsa² ultimamente è il nuovo "
#~ "strumento di amministrazione dllle nuove <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
#~ "org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted/FusionDirectory#"
#~ "\">FusionDirectory</ulink>. La <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted/FusionDirectory#"
#~ "\">FusionDirectory</ulink> documentazione è (vorrebbe essere) meglio "
#~ "della documentazione di GOsa², ogni cosa letta su FD 1.0 si applica anche "
#~ "a GOsa² 2.6, la versione in Debian squeeze."
#~ msgid "FIXME: add a GOsa² overview screen here!!!"
#~ msgstr "FIXME: add a GOsa² overview screen here!!!"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: NICE FEATURE, DOES GOsa² HAVE SOMETHING EQUIVALENT???? If a "
#~ "password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceable password "
#~ "will be created."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: NICE FEATURE, DOES GOsa² HAVE SOMETHING EQUIVALENT???? If a "
#~ "password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceable password "
#~ "will be created."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-DVD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-CD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-CD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-CD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/squeeze-beta/"
#~ "debian-edu-6.0.2+edub1-CD.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
#~ msgstr "Amministrare via web con lwat"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
#~ "important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
#~ "groups (add, modify, delete):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lwat è uno strumento di amministrazione basato su un'interfaccia web che "
#~ "aiuterà ad amministrare alcune parti importanti della configurazione di "
#~ "Debian Edu. Si possono amministrare questi quattro gruppi principali "
#~ "(aggiungere, modificare, cancellare):"
#~ msgid "Automount Informations"
#~ msgstr "Informazioni Automount"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To access lwat point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/lwat\"/"
#~ ">."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per accedere a lwat scrivere l'indirizzo sul browser <ulink url=\"https://"
#~ "www/lwat\"/>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You will then see the login page of LWAT. If you visit this site the "
#~ "first time after installation, the login name there is: "
#~ "<computeroutput>admin</computeroutput> and the password is the password "
#~ "you entered during the installation for the root account."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si vedrà, quindi, la pagina di login di LWAT. Se si va a questa pagina la "
#~ "prima volta dopo l'installazione, il nome di login è: <computeroutput> "
#~ "admin </computeroutput> e la password è la password che si è inserito "
#~ "durante l'installazione per l'account root. "
#~ msgid "[attachment:lwat-login_lenny.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:lwat-login_lenny.png]"
#~ msgid "After login the you can choose a task in the menu."
#~ msgstr "Dopo il login si può scegliere tra le varie voci nel menu."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your "
#~ "user's data entered to the LDAP directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lwat aiuterà a fare un lavoro ben fatto quando si inseriscono i dati "
#~ "degli utenti nella directory LDAP."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
#~ "members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. By "
#~ "pointing the mouse onto the menu entries \"Users\" or \"Groups\" you can "
#~ "choose the action: Add any, or search for existing users or groups to "
#~ "modify or delete them."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si possono aggiungere utenti, collegarli a gruppi di utenti (per esempio "
#~ "riferirsi agli elementi di una classe facilmente), aggiornarli e "
#~ "cancellarli di nuovo. Puntando il mouse sul voci del menu \"Utenti\" o "
#~ "\"gruppi\" si può scegliere cosa fare: aggiungere, cercare utenti o "
#~ "gruppi esistenti per modificarli o cancellarli."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of "
#~ "the menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can "
#~ "enter the data of the user you want to add. The most important thing to "
#~ "add is the full name of your user (see image). As you enter you will see, "
#~ "that lwat will generate a user name automatically based on the real name. "
#~ "It automatically chooses a user name that doesn't exist yet, so multiple "
#~ "users with the same full name are not a problem. If you don't like the "
#~ "generated user name you can change it in the corresponding field. Second "
#~ "you need to choose the role of your account, which is used by lwat to "
#~ "determine the privileges the user has for system administration. "
#~ "Currently lwat knows the following roles:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per aggiungere utenti bisogna solo scegliere \"Add\" nella parte del menu "
#~ "\"Users\". Dopo aver fatto questa scelta si vedrà una scheda dove occorre "
#~ "inserire i dati dell'utente che si vuole aggiungere. La cosa più "
#~ "importante da fare è inserire il nome completo dell'utente (vedi la "
#~ "figura). Come si inseriscono i dati si vedrà lwat generare un username "
#~ "basato sul nome reale. Lwat sceglie un username che ancora non esiste, "
#~ "così che utenti con lo stesso nome e cognome non abbiano problemi. Se "
#~ "l'account automatico non ci va bene si può nel campo corrispondente "
#~ "cambiarlo. Come seconda cosa occorre scegliere il profilo dell'account, "
#~ "che è usato da lwat per determinare i privilegi che l'utente possiede per "
#~ "l'amministratore del sistema. A oggi lwat conosce i profili seguenti:"
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">granted privileges</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">privilegi concessi</emphasis>"
#~ msgid "Students"
#~ msgstr "Students"
#~ msgid "Login and use the system"
#~ msgstr "Login e uso del sistema"
#~ msgid "Same as Students"
#~ msgstr "Lo stesso di studenti"
#~ msgid "jrAdmins"
#~ msgstr "jrAdmins"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Same as Teachers, but can also change other user's passwords (except for "
#~ "the Admins' ones)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lo stesso di insegnanti, ma possono cambiare la password ad altri utenti "
#~ "(tranne quello degli amministratori)"
#~ msgid "Admins"
#~ msgstr "Admins"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
#~ "machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Gli amministratori hanno i privilegi maggiori. Possono aggiungere/"
#~ "modificare/cancellare utenti/gruppi/macchine/automounts e permettere ai "
#~ "sistemi windows di collegarsi al dominio Skolelinux"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the "
#~ "user is added. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Do not hit the enter key</"
#~ "emphasis>, or your progress will be lost. This is to avoid security "
#~ "problems with PHP."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dopo aver scelto un ruolo adatto è possibile premere il pulsante \"Salva"
#~ "\" e l'utente viene aggiunto. <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Non premere il "
#~ "tasto Invio</emphasis> , o quello che hai fatto, verrà perso. Questo per "
#~ "evitare problemi di sicurezza con PHP. "
#~ msgid "[attachment:lwat-adduser_lenny.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:lwat-adduser_lenny.png]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
#~ "data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se l'inserimento è andato a buon fine si dovrebbe vedere un messaggio "
#~ "alla fine della pagina che informa che i dato sono stati aggiunti alla "
#~ "directory ldap (altrimenti la scheda si resetta):"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Added user: Demo User\n"
#~ "username: demuse\n"
#~ "password: somethingsecret"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Added user: Demo User\n"
#~ "username: demuse\n"
#~ "password: somethingsecret"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You may miss the option to set a password, that has been set "
#~ "automatically. The user can change is own password by clicking on the key "
#~ "icon on his desktop or directly browsing to <computeroutput>http://www/"
#~ "lwat/chguserpw.php</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si può perdere l'opzione di impostare la password, che è stata impostata "
#~ "automaticamente. L'utente può cambiare la sua password by cliccando "
#~ "sull'icona nel suo desktop o direttamente in <computeroutput>http://www/"
#~ "lwat/chguserpw.php</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can also set another password by modifying the user added (see below)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si può anche impostare un'altra password modificando l'utente aggiunto "
#~ "(vedi sotto)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search "
#~ "menu entry. You will find the form shown in the screenshot where you can "
#~ "enter either the real name or the user name of the user. The results will "
#~ "show up below. On the left of every result line there is a checkbox you "
#~ "can use to delete or disable one or more users with the two buttons "
#~ "below. If you want to modify a user, just click on it, all names found "
#~ "are links to the modify page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per modificare o cancellare un utente occorre prima trovarlo usando "
#~ "search nelle scelte del menu. Nella scheda che appare occorre scrivere "
#~ "il nome reale dell'utente o il suo username. I risultati verranno "
#~ "mostrati sotto la scheda. Alla sinistra di ogni risultato c'è un checkbox "
#~ "che si può usare per cancellare o disabilitare uno o più utenti con i due "
#~ "pulsanti sotto. Se si vuole modificare un utente, occorre cliccarci "
#~ "sopra, tutti i risultati sono collegamenti alla pagina di modifica."
#~ msgid "[attachment:lwat-searchuser_lenny.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:lwat-searchuser_lenny.png]"
#~ msgid "[attachment:lwat-edituser_lenny.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:lwat-edituser_lenny.png]"
#~ msgid "click on the button <computeroutput>New password</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr "click sul pulsante <computeroutput>New password</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "note that by default it is not possible to set a self-chosen password, as "
#~ "the corresponding field is not writable"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "attenzione di default non è possibile scegliere la password che si vuole, "
#~ "in quanto il campo corrispondente non è scrivibile"
#~ msgid "[attachment:lwat-editpasswd.png]"
#~ msgstr "[attachment:lwat-editpasswd.png]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To allow setting self-chosen passwords you need to edit /etc/lwat/config."
#~ "php on the tjener:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per avere la possibilità di configurare le password come si vuole è "
#~ "necessario modificare /etc/lwat/config.php su tjener:"
#~ msgid "Execute <computeroutput>nano /etc/lwat/config.php</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr "Eseguire <computeroutput>nano /etc/lwat/config.php</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change <computeroutput>$allowPwSet = false ;</computeroutput> to "
#~ "<computeroutput>$allowPwSet = true ;</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cambiare <computeroutput>$allowPwSet = false ;</computeroutput> in "
#~ "<computeroutput>$allowPwSet = true ;</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "Press CTRL+X"
#~ msgstr "Premere CTRL+X"
#~ msgid "Press Y"
#~ msgstr "Premere Y"
#~ msgid "Press Enter"
#~ msgstr "Premere Invio"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on "
#~ "one row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum "
#~ "information needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not "
#~ "given, the script expects to have both firstname and lastname. The "
#~ "maximum information it expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; "
#~ "Password; Additional group membership\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lo script che importa i dati si aspetta un file che ha tutti i dati di un "
#~ "utente su una riga, con ogni campo separato da un punto e virgola. Le "
#~ "informazioni minime necessarie sono il nome completo dell'utente. Se il "
#~ "nome completo non è inserito lo script aspetta di avere il nome e il "
#~ "cognome. Il massimo di informazione che è possibile dare sono \"Ambiente "
#~ "utente; Nome Cognome; Username; Password; Gruppo addizionale\"."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
#~ "create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se un utente è messo in un gruppo, il gruppo deve esistere, così occorre "
#~ "creare manualmente il gruppo (con lwat, vedi sotto) prima di importare "
#~ "gli utenti."
#~ msgid "instead of using a 10.0.2.0/23 network, 10.0.0.0/8 is now used."
#~ msgstr "invece di usare la rete 10.0.2.0/23, si utizza ora 10.0.0.0 / 8."
#~ msgid "How to extend the range of static IP addresses"
#~ msgstr "Come aumentare l'intervallo degli indirizzi IP statici"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Out of the box Debian Edu only has 50 static addresses available on the "
#~ "10.0.2.0/23 network. To extend this to 90 addresses, you can do the "
#~ "following."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Out of the box Debian Edu ha solo 50 indirizzi statici disponibili sulla "
#~ "rete 10.0.2.0/23. Per aumentarne il numeroTa 90 indirizzi, si può dare."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Download <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~ "Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "NetworkClients?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=ext_static.ldif"
#~ "\">ext_static.ldif</ulink>. The LDIF makes the following changes to the "
#~ "LDAP catalog:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Download <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~ "Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/"
#~ "NetworkClients?action=AttachFile&do=get&target=ext_static.ldif"
#~ "\">ext_static.ldif</ulink>. LDIF inserisce le seguenti modifiche al "
#~ "catalogo LDAP:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It changes the 10.0.2.0/23 dynamic DHCP range from 10.0.2.100-10.0.3.242 "
#~ "to 10.0.2.100-10.0.3.213"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "modifica in 10.0.2.0/23 l'intervallo per il DHCP dinamico da "
#~ "10.0.2.100-10.0.3.242 a 10.0.2.100-10.0.3.213"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It deletes the DNS records for dhcp370 (10.0.3.214) to dhcp399 "
#~ "(10.0.3.243)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "cancella i record DNS per dhcp370 (10.0.3.214) a dhcp399 (10.0.3.243)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It adds DNS records for static50 (10.0.3.214) to static90 (10.0.3.244)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "aggiunge i record DNS da static50 (10.0.3.214) a static90 (10.0.3.244)"
#~ msgid "Apply the changes described in ext_static.ldif:"
#~ msgstr "Applicare le modifiche descritte in ext_static.ldif:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ldapmodify -x -Z -W -D cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no -f "
#~ "ext_static.ldif"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ldapmodify -x -Z -W -D cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no -f "
#~ "ext_static.ldif"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When prompted, enter the LDAP admin password. You now have 40 extra "
#~ "static addresses, at the cost of 29 dynamic addresses."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quando richiesto, digitare la password di amministratore LDAP. Si dispone "
#~ "ora di 40 extra indirizzi statici e di 29 indirizzi dinamici. "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "add an initial local user ( FIXME: describe this change introduced in "
#~ "r73166 better - ie describe how to create and remove a local user)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "add an initial local user ( FIXME: describe this change introduced in "
#~ "r73166 better - ie describe how to create and remove a local user)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In principal it makes sense either to install notebooks with the "
#~ "workstation or with the standalone profile. Keep in mind that the "
#~ "workstation profile uses LDAP for the user accounts and NFS for the home "
#~ "directories, so those workstations will only work while in the network "
#~ "where they can access the server. If you plan to use your laptop at home "
#~ "or on the road, then choose the standalone profile."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "In principio avrebbe senso installare i notebooks sia con il profilo "
#~ "workstation che standalone. Ma occorre tenere presente che il profilo "
#~ "workstation usa LDAP per gli acconti degli utenti e NFS per le directory "
#~ "home, in questo modo le workstation lavoreranno solo nella rete in cui "
#~ "hanno accesso al server. Se si vuole usare il laptop a casa o nella "
#~ "strada, occorre scegliere il profilo standalone."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
#~ "information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to "
#~ "the server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison</"
#~ "computeroutput>, but there is currently no howto available for this."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "E' possibile riconfigurare la workstation per inserire l'autenticazione "
#~ "nella cache e fare un sync delle directory home al disco locale (e fare "
#~ "resync al server quando è nella rete) con <computeroutput>unison</"
#~ "computeroutput>, ma a oggi non ci sono howto per questo argomento."
#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 6.0.0 alpha1 Codename \"Squeeze\""
#~ msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 6.0.0 alpha1 Codename \"Squeeze\""
#~ msgid "Further notes:"
#~ msgstr "Note ulteriori:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor</computeroutput> is provided "
#~ "in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> package to "
#~ "\"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system "
#~ "administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set "
#~ "up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside "
#~ "of the firewall."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lo script di boot <computeroutput>open-backdoor</computeroutput> è "
#~ "presente in <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> per "
#~ "\"bypassare\" un firewall. E' utile per gli amministratori di sistema "
#~ "responsabili di diverse installazioni di Debian Edu. Lo script mette a "
#~ "disposizione un tunnel SSH per un'altra macchina, permettendo un login "
#~ "ssh dall'esterno del firewall."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a "
#~ "remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/"
#~ "authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
#~ "information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per attivarlo occorre creare una chiave ssh senza password, creare un "
#~ "utente su un host remoto per usarlo per il login ssh, copiare la chiave "
#~ "pubblica in ~/.ssh/authorized_keys per l'utente remoto e specificare le "
#~ "informazioni di login in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor</"
#~ "computeroutput>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor</computeroutput> should "
#~ "be similar to this:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il contenuto di <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor</computeroutput> "
#~ "dovrebbe essere simile a questo:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
#~ "RUSER=backdoor"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
#~ "RUSER=backdoor"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: paragraph about access from outside need to be completed and "
#~ "tested."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: paragraph about access from outside need to be completed and "
#~ "tested."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
#~ "particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
#~ "blocked. This will simplify deciding whether the file should be made "
#~ "readable or not. Concretely, umask should be set to 002, and "
#~ "<computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> created with privileges 0775, "
#~ "<computeroutput>~/priv/</computeroutput> given 0750,and <computeroutput>~/"
#~ "pub/</computeroutput> given 0775. Files that should not be readable by "
#~ "others should be put in <computeroutput>~/priv/</computeroutput>, whereas "
#~ "public files will be put in <computeroutput>~/pub/</computeroutput>. "
#~ "Other files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Suggerimento: I file sono inizialmente settati per essere letti da tutti, "
#~ "ma particolari directory sono create con diritti più ristretti. Così da "
#~ "decidere se il file potrebbe essere reso leggibile o no. Concretamente, "
#~ "l'umask dovrebbe essere settata a 002, e la directory <computeroutput>~/</"
#~ "computeroutput> creata con privilegi 0775, la directory "
#~ "<computeroutput>~/priv/</computeroutput> con 0750 e la directory "
#~ "<computeroutput>~/pub/</computeroutput> con 0775. I file che non "
#~ "dovrebbero essere letti dagli altri dovrebbero essere messi in "
#~ "<computeroutput>~/priv/</computeroutput>, mentre i file pubblici saranno "
#~ "messi in <computeroutput>~/pub/</computeroutput>. Gli altri file saranno "
#~ "inizialmente accessibili, ma potranno essere bloccati all'occorrenza."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
#~ "thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> "
#~ "is 755."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ssh richiede che la home directory possa essere scritta solo dal "
#~ "proprietario, così il privilegio massimo che è possibile assegnare a "
#~ "<computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> è 755."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared "
#~ "directories?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory "
#~ "condivise?"
#~ msgid "random notes"
#~ msgstr "note a caso"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
#~ "document."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
#~ "groups have access to which machines."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il data base degli utenti centralizzato con i gruppi e la capacità di "
#~ "controllare quali gruppi hanno accesso a quali macchine."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services "
#~ "for these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Gruppi di macchine e capacità di controllare l'accesso ai servizi di rete "
#~ "per questi gruppi (accesso negato a Internet via squid)"
#~ msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
#~ msgstr "Si dovrebbe considerare di usare un nome DNS come da RFC 2606."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/network-"
#~ "arch.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/network-"
#~ "arch.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid "</inlinemediaobject>"
#~ msgstr "</inlinemediaobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/pxe-tjener."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/pxe-tjener."
#~ "png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/23-Tjener-"
#~ "KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/23-Tjener-"
#~ "KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/24-Tjener-"
#~ "KDE_Start.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/24-Tjener-"
#~ "KDE_Start.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/26-Tjener-"
#~ "KDE_Desktop_Browser.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/26-Tjener-"
#~ "KDE_Desktop_Browser.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/27-Tjener-"
#~ "KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/27-Tjener-"
#~ "KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/29-Diskless-"
#~ "WS-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/29-Diskless-"
#~ "WS-KDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/30-"
#~ "ThinClient-LDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/30-"
#~ "ThinClient-LDM_Login.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/31-"
#~ "ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/31-"
#~ "ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/alert.png\" depth=\"16\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/alert.png\" depth=\"16\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/smile.png\" depth=\"16\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La stella prima del commento '#' è importante, il resto naturalmente è un "
#~ "commento <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref="
#~ "\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/smile.png\" depth=\"16\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/worldmap.png"
#~ "\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> there are no squeeze images yet "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/sad.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> non ci sono ancora immagini per squeeze "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/sad.png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "add workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
#~ "NFS)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "aggiungere workstations ai gruppi degli host (per esportare le home-"
#~ "directories via NFS)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "thin clients don't need to be added, only workstations. And workstations "
#~ "no matter if with disk or diskless."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "i thin client non devono essere aggiunti, solo le workstation, che non "
#~ "importa se siano con disco o senza disco."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: add an english squeeze screenshot here "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-"
#~ "started_squeeze.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: add an english squeeze screenshot here "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/getting-"
#~ "started_squeeze.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid "FIXME: since Squeeze, etckeeper is used instead of etcinsvk."
#~ msgstr "FIXME: since Squeeze, etckeeper is used instead of etcinsvk."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "etcinsvk diff\n"
#~ "etcinsvk log\n"
#~ "etcinsvk status\n"
#~ "etcinsvk commit\n"
#~ "etcinsvk ignore"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "etcinsvk diff\n"
#~ "etcinsvk log\n"
#~ "etcinsvk status\n"
#~ "etcinsvk commit\n"
#~ "etcinsvk ignore"
#~ msgid "etcinsvk diff -r6 | less"
#~ msgstr "etcinsvk diff -r6 | less"
#~ msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
#~ msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
#~ msgid "etcinsvk log | less"
#~ msgstr "etcinsvk log | less"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here check revision numbers by date and time. To see all changes done "
#~ "since revision N say:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Qui si controlla il numero della revisione attraverso la data e l'ora, Si "
#~ "possono vedere tutti i cambiamenti fatti dalla revisione N:"
#~ msgid "etcinsvk diff -rN | less"
#~ msgstr "etcinsvk diff -rN | less"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
#~ "specify the file and both revisions:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un determinato file tra revisioni "
#~ "specifiche occorre specificare file e revisioni:"
#~ msgid "etcinsvk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less"
#~ msgstr "etcinsvk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit "
#~ "the file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it "
#~ "automatically:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per eliminare un cambiamento usare il comando diff per vedere come è "
#~ "cambiato e modificarlo, o utilizzare un comando come questo che fa tutto "
#~ "automaticamente:"
#~ msgid "( cd /etc && etcinsvk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p0 -R )"
#~ msgstr "( cd /etc && etcinsvk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p0 -R )"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
#~ "ignore it. But this is rarely useful "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/smile.png\" depth=\"16\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se non si vuole che uno specifico file venga tracciato da svk, si può "
#~ "chiedere di ignorarlo. Ma questo raramente è utile "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/debwiki/img/smile.png\" depth=\"16\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid "etcinsvk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored"
#~ msgstr "etcinsvk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored"
#~ msgid "Then make your changes, safe and quit the editor. That's it!"
#~ msgstr "Modificare, salvare e uscire dall'editor. Questo è tutto!"
#~ msgid "Alternatively, to save key-strokes try:"
#~ msgstr "Alternativamente, per salvare le key-strokes provare:"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
#~ "ignore it. But this is rarely useful <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
#~ "\" id=\"0\"/>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se non si vuole che un file venga tracciato in svk, si può chiedere di "
#~ "ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/smile.png\" depth=\"15\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
#~ "<computeroutput>printconf</computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what "
#~ "to do when printconf does not accomplish anything."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si connette una stampante per la prima volta si consiglia di lanciare "
#~ "<computeroutput>printconf</computeroutput> come root. FIXME: explain "
#~ "what to do when printconf does not accomplish anything."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Check if the rdesktop things below are needed "
#~ "anymore"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Check if the rdesktop things below are needed "
#~ "anymore"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Due to <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian."
#~ "org/551753\">551753</ulink> (also documented as <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
#~ "skolelinux.org/1373\">Debian Edu bug #1373</ulink>) "
#~ "<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> should not be installed on thin-"
#~ "client servers when long usernames are used!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> A causa di (<ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian."
#~ "org/551753\">551753</ulink>) (altra documentazione <ulink url=\"http://"
#~ "bugs.skolelinux.org/1373\">Debian Edu bug #1373</ulink>) "
#~ "<computeroutput>killer </computeroutput> non dovrebbe essere installato "
#~ "sui thin-client servers quando si usano username lunghi!"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/15-"
#~ "Dictionaries-common_Wordlist+dictionary.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/15-"
#~ "Dictionaries-common_Wordlist+dictionary.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
#~ "newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from Apple with a "
#~ "translucent case."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sui powerpc, l'installazione potrà avviarsi solo su macchine della "
#~ "newworld sub-architecture,che sono sistemi di Apple con il case "
#~ "trasparente"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
#~ "though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
#~ "consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might "
#~ "not be able to support as the other archs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'architettura powerpc non è stata testata come le altre architetture, "
#~ "sebbene dovrebbe funzionare bene. Si considera il pacchetto per questa "
#~ "architettura una versione sperimentale di Debian Edu, che non potrebbe "
#~ "essere supportata come le altre achitetture."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The powerpc installer does neither support the graphical installation nor "
#~ "the boot menu that i386 and amd64 have."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'installazione powerpc non supporta l'installazione grafica né il menu "
#~ "di boot che hanno i386 e amd64."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On powerpc, enter <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert</"
#~ "computeroutput> at the yaboot prompt to enter expert mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Su powerpc, eseguire <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert</"
#~ "computeroutput> al prompt di boot per entrare nel modo esperto."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical Main-Server + Thin-"
#~ "Client-Server installation:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Schermi di esempio per una installazione server principale+ thin-client-"
#~ "server"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-01-bootoption.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-01-bootoption.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-04-keymap.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-04-keymap.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-05-timezone.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-05-timezone.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-08-popcon.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-08-popcon.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-09-rootpw.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-09-rootpw.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-11-software.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-11-software.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-12-finish.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-12-finish.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-13-grub.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-13-grub.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-14-splash.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-14-splash.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-15-kdm.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/debian-edu-"
#~ "lenny-15-kdm.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
#~ "addmachine_static_lenny.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
#~ "addmachine_static_lenny.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
#~ "editmachine_lenny.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"./images/lwat-"
#~ "editmachine_lenny.png\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> package "
#~ "on tjener is likely to disrupt some services:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aggiornare il pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</"
#~ "computeroutput> in tjener può facilmente alterare alcuni servizi:."
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">slapd wouldn't start.</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">slapd non parte.</emphasis>"
#~ msgid "It may keep running until next restart, then if it gives:"
#~ msgstr "si può lasciare funzionare fino al prossimo riavvio, quindi dare:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d slapd start\n"
#~ " Starting OpenLDAP: slapd - failed.\n"
#~ " The operation failed but no output was produced. For hints on what went\n"
#~ " wrong please refer to the system's logfiles (e.g. /var/log/syslog) or\n"
#~ " try running the daemon in Debug mode like via \"slapd -d "
#~ "16383\" (warning:\n"
#~ " this will create copious output).\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " Below, you can find the command line options used by this script to\n"
#~ " run slapd. Do not forget to specify those options if you\n"
#~ " want to look to debugging output:\n"
#~ " slapd -h 'ldap:/// ldaps:///' -g openldap -u openldap -f /etc/ldap/slapd."
#~ "conf -4"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d slapd start\n"
#~ " Starting OpenLDAP: slapd - failed.\n"
#~ " The operation failed but no output was produced. For hints on what went\n"
#~ " wrong please refer to the system's logfiles (e.g. /var/log/syslog) or\n"
#~ " try running the daemon in Debug mode like via \"slapd -d "
#~ "16383\" (warning:\n"
#~ " this will create copious output).\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " Below, you can find the command line options used by this script to\n"
#~ " run slapd. Do not forget to specify those options if you\n"
#~ " want to look to debugging output:\n"
#~ " slapd -h 'ldap:/// ldaps:///' -g openldap -u openldap -f /etc/ldap/slapd."
#~ "conf -4"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "And searching <computeroutput>/var/log/syslog</computeroutput> yelds "
#~ "something like:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cercare in <computeroutput>/var/log/syslog</computeroutput> campi simili "
#~ "a questi:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>tjener slapd[8894]: could not stat config file \"/etc/"
#~ "ldap/schema/dnsdomain2.schema\": No such file or directory (2)</"
#~ "computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>tjener slapd[8894]: could not stat config file \"/etc/"
#~ "ldap/schema/dnsdomain2.schema\": No such file or directory (2)</"
#~ "computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "then as a temporary measure to get it running until DNS is sorted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "poi, come misura temporanea, aspettare che venga eseguito fino a che il "
#~ "DNS is sorted."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Comment out the line <computeroutput>include /etc/ldap/schema/dnsdomain2."
#~ "schema</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/slapd.conf</"
#~ "computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Commentare la linea <computeroutput>include /etc/ldap/schema/dnsdomain2."
#~ "schema</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/slapd.conf</"
#~ "computeroutput>."
#~ msgid "Run <computeroutput>invoke-rc.d slapd start</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr "Esegui <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd start</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some new indexes have been added to openldap's configuration. in order to "
#~ "benefit from these you need to regenerate indexes:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Alcuni nuovi indici sono stati aggiunti alla configurazione di openldap. "
#~ "per trarre vantaggio da questi è necessario rigenerare gli indici:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "stop slapd. <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd stop </computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ferma slapd. <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd stop</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "check syslog or ps output that it have truly stopped."
#~ msgstr "controllare syslog o l'output di ps che l'hanno veramente fermato. "
#~ msgid "run <computeroutput> sudo -u openldap slapindex </computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "esegui <computeroutput> sudo -u openldap slapindex </computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "start slapd with <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd start </"
#~ "computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Avvia slapd con <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd start</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "DHCP service needs to repaired"
#~ msgstr "Il servizio DHCP deve essere aggiustato"
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">dhcp3-server wouldn't start.</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">dhcp3-server wouldn't start.</emphasis>"
#~ msgid "If starting <computeroutput>dhcp3-server</computeroutput> gives:"
#~ msgstr "se si esegue <computeroutput>dhcp3-server</computeroutput> si ha:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d dhcp3-server start\n"
#~ " dhcpd self-test failed. Please fix the config file.\n"
#~ " The error was:\n"
#~ " Internet Systems Consortium DHCP Server V3.1.1\n"
#~ " Copyright 2004-2008 Internet Systems Consortium.\n"
#~ " All rights reserved.\n"
#~ " For info, please visit http://www.isc.org/sw/dhcp/\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 2: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-server \"ldap\"\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 3: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-port 389;\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 4: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-base-dn \"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\"\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 5: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-dhcp-server-cn \"dhcp\"\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 6: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-method dynamic;\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting\n"
#~ " invoke-rc.d: initscript dhcp3-server, action \"start\" failed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d dhcp3-server start\n"
#~ " dhcpd self-test failed. Please fix the config file.\n"
#~ " The error was:\n"
#~ " Internet Systems Consortium DHCP Server V3.1.1\n"
#~ " Copyright 2004-2008 Internet Systems Consortium.\n"
#~ " All rights reserved.\n"
#~ " For info, please visit http://www.isc.org/sw/dhcp/\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 2: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-server \"ldap\"\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 3: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-port 389;\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 4: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-base-dn \"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\"\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 5: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-dhcp-server-cn \"dhcp\"\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf line 6: semicolon expected.\n"
#~ " ldap-method dynamic;\n"
#~ " ^\n"
#~ " Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting\n"
#~ " invoke-rc.d: initscript dhcp3-server, action \"start\" failed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Then installing <computeroutput>dhcp3-server-ldap</computeroutput> is "
#~ "needed install it. Use your favorite package management front-end or run:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Occorre poi installare <computeroutput>dhcp3-server-ldap</"
#~ "computeroutput>. Si può utilizzare iil gestore di pacchetti favorito o "
#~ "eseguire:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 update\n"
#~ " tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 install dhcp3-server-ldap"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 update\n"
#~ " tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 install dhcp3-server-ldap"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d dhcp3-server start\n"
#~ " dhcpd self-test failed. Please fix the config file.\n"
#~ " The error was:\n"
#~ " Internet Systems Consortium DHCP Server V3.1.1\n"
#~ " Copyright 2004-2008 Internet Systems Consortium.\n"
#~ " All rights reserved.\n"
#~ " For info, please visit http://www.isc.org/sw/dhcp/\n"
#~ " Connecting to LDAP server ldap:389\n"
#~ " Successfully logged into LDAP server ldap\n"
#~ " Cannot find host LDAP entry dhcp (&(objectClass=dhcpServer)(cn=dhcp))\n"
#~ " Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting\n"
#~ " invoke-rc.d: initscript dhcp3-server, action \"start\" failed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d dhcp3-server start\n"
#~ " dhcpd self-test failed. Please fix the config file.\n"
#~ " The error was:\n"
#~ " Internet Systems Consortium DHCP Server V3.1.1\n"
#~ " Copyright 2004-2008 Internet Systems Consortium.\n"
#~ " All rights reserved.\n"
#~ " For info, please visit http://www.isc.org/sw/dhcp/\n"
#~ " Connecting to LDAP server ldap:389\n"
#~ " Successfully logged into LDAP server ldap\n"
#~ " Cannot find host LDAP entry dhcp (&(objectClass=dhcpServer)(cn=dhcp))\n"
#~ " Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting\n"
#~ " invoke-rc.d: initscript dhcp3-server, action \"start\" failed."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Then DHCP configuration needs loading into LDAP. Two ways to do it are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Occorre che la configurazione del DHCP sia caricata dentro LDAP. Ci sono "
#~ "due modi per farlo:"
#~ msgid "To load an existing configuration into the database:"
#~ msgstr "Caricare nel data base una configurazione esistente:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Locate the appropriate dhcp.conf, the last one should be in "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd-debian-edu.conf.dpkg-old</"
#~ "computeroutput> or get one from backups."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Trovare il file appropriato dhcp.conf, l'ultimo dovrebbe essere in "
#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd-debian-edu.conf.dpkg-old</"
#~ "computeroutput> o prenderla una dal backup."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extract <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/dhcpd-conf-to-"
#~ "ldap.pl.gz</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Estrarre <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/dhcpd-conf-to-"
#~ "ldap.pl.gz</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/dhcpd-conf-to-ldap."
#~ "pl</computeroutput> executable."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Rendere <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/dhcpd-conf-to-"
#~ "ldap.pl</computeroutput> eseguibile."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/dhcpd-conf-to-ldap."
#~ "pl</computeroutput>, optionaly with <computeroutput>--help</"
#~ "computeroutput> first or read the comments in code."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/dhcpd-conf-to-"
#~ "ldap.pl</computeroutput>, con l'opzione <computeroutput>--help</"
#~ "computeroutput> prima o leggere i commenti nel codice."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "View and check the resulting ldif file. Though DHCP is likely to function "
#~ "fine with this file, to keep as close as possible to the default "
#~ "configuration it is probably best to keep the entries for the configured "
#~ "individual hosts and replace the general entries (i.e. "
#~ "<computeroutput>dhcpService</computeroutput>, "
#~ "<computeroutput>dhcpSharedNetwork</computeroutput>, "
#~ "<computeroutput>dhcpSubnet</computeroutput>, etc.) with those from "
#~ "<computeroutput>etc/ldap/dhcp.ldif</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Leggere e verificare il risultato del file ldif. Sebbene DHCP è facile "
#~ "che funzioni bene con questo file, per lasciare il più possibile i valori "
#~ "predefiniti è probabilmente meglio lasciare i riferimenti per gli host "
#~ "individuali e sostituire le linee che si riferiscono alle configurazioni "
#~ "generali (cioè <computeroutput>dhcpService</computeroutput>, "
#~ "<computeroutput>dhcpSharedNetwork</computeroutput>, "
#~ "<computeroutput>dhcpSubnet</computeroutput>, etc.) con quelle del file "
#~ "<computeroutput>etc/ldap/dhcp.ldif</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid "Load the resulting ldif file to the LDAP database."
#~ msgstr "Carica ciò che risulta dal file ldif nel data base di LDAP."
#~ msgid "Start <computeroutput>dhcp3-server</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr "Esegui <computeroutput>dhcp3-server</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# cd /usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# gunzip dhcpd-conf-to-ldap.pl."
#~ "gz\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# chmod 0744 dhcpd-conf-to-ldap."
#~ "pl\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# ./dhcpd-conf-to-ldap.pl --"
#~ "server \"dhcp\" \\\n"
#~ " > --basedn \"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\" \\\n"
#~ " > --dhcpdn \"cn=DHCP Config,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\" \\\n"
#~ " > --conf \"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd-debian-edu.conf.dpkg-old\" --ldif \"/etc/"
#~ "ldap/migrate-dhcp.ldif\"\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " Creating LDAP Configuration with the following options:\n"
#~ " Base DN: dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ " DHCP DN: cn=DHCP Config,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ " Server DN: cn=dhcp, dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " Done.\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# cd /etc/ldap/\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# # At this point it's recommended to view migrate-dhcp."
#~ "ldif side by side\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# # with dhcp.ldif and make some manual adjustments, "
#~ "before running:\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,"
#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " > -f /etc/ldap/migrate-dhcp.ldif\n"
#~ " Enter LDAP Password:\n"
#~ " adding new entry \"cn=dhcp, dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\"\n"
#~ " ....\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# invoke-rc.d dhcp3-server start\n"
#~ " * Starting DHCP server "
#~ "dhcpd3 [ ok ]\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# cd /usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap/\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# gunzip dhcpd-conf-to-ldap.pl."
#~ "gz\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# chmod 0744 dhcpd-conf-to-ldap."
#~ "pl\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# ./dhcpd-conf-to-ldap.pl --"
#~ "server \"dhcp\" \\\n"
#~ " > --basedn \"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\" \\\n"
#~ " > --dhcpdn \"cn=DHCP Config,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\" \\\n"
#~ " > --conf \"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd-debian-edu.conf.dpkg-old\" --ldif \"/etc/"
#~ "ldap/migrate-dhcp.ldif\"\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " Creating LDAP Configuration with the following options:\n"
#~ " Base DN: dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ " DHCP DN: cn=DHCP Config,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ " Server DN: cn=dhcp, dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " Done.\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/usr/share/doc/dhcp3-server-ldap# cd /etc/ldap/\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# # At this point it's recommended to view migrate-dhcp."
#~ "ldif side by side\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# # with dhcp.ldif and make some manual adjustments, "
#~ "before running:\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,"
#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " > -f /etc/ldap/migrate-dhcp.ldif\n"
#~ " Enter LDAP Password:\n"
#~ " adding new entry \"cn=dhcp, dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\"\n"
#~ " ....\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap# invoke-rc.d dhcp3-server start\n"
#~ " * Starting DHCP server "
#~ "dhcpd3 [ ok ]\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/ldap#"
#~ msgid "To load The fresh configuration into the database:"
#~ msgstr "Per caricare la nuova configurazione nel data base:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If there are only few configured host and adding them later to the "
#~ "configuration is no bother just run <computeroutput>ldapadd -xZWD "
#~ "'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -f /etc/ldap/dhcp.ldif</"
#~ "computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se ci sono solo pochi host configurati per aggiungerli più tardi alla "
#~ "configurazione non c'è da preoccuparsi basta eseguire "
#~ "<computeroutput>ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,"
#~ "dc=no' -f /etc/ldap/dhcp.ldif</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Squid wouldn't start.</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Squid non si avvia.</emphasis>"
#~ msgid "If starting Squid gives:"
#~ msgstr "Se all'avvio Squid dà;"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d squid start\n"
#~ " * Starting Squid HTTP proxy squid\n"
#~ " 2009/08/23 00:20:56| ACL name 'localnet' not defined!\n"
#~ " FATAL: Bungled squid.conf line 2577: http_access allow localnet\n"
#~ " Squid Cache (Version 2.7.STABLE3): Terminated abnormally."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d squid start\n"
#~ " * Starting Squid HTTP proxy squid\n"
#~ " 2009/08/23 00:20:56| ACL name 'localnet' not defined!\n"
#~ " FATAL: Bungled squid.conf line 2577: http_access allow localnet\n"
#~ " Squid Cache (Version 2.7.STABLE3): Terminated abnormally."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It's complaint is self explanatory. Two options to overcome this are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il contenuto si spiega da sé. Due opzioni possibili per risolvere il "
#~ "problema sono:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To keep the old <computeroutput>/etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> "
#~ "just comment-out or remove the offending line <computeroutput>http_access "
#~ "allow localnet</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Prendere <computeroutput>/etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> e "
#~ "commentare o eliminare la linea <computeroutput>http_access allow "
#~ "localnet</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To stay current copy the new squid.conf distributed in the squid package:"
#~ msgstr "Mantenere la copia distribuita con il pacchetto squid, squid.conf:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# cd /etc/squid/\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/squid# mv squid.conf etch-squid.conf\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/squid# cp /usr/share/doc/squid/examples/squid.conf squid.conf"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# cd /etc/squid/\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/squid# mv squid.conf etch-squid.conf\n"
#~ " tjener:/etc/squid# cp /usr/share/doc/squid/examples/squid.conf squid.conf"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To have the default Debian Edu configuration run <computeroutput>cfengine-"
#~ "debian-edu</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si ha la configurazione di default Debian Edu eseguire "
#~ "<computeroutput>cfengine-debian-edu</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Any customized settings in the old configuration should be copyed from "
#~ "the old file ( dropping lines <computeroutput>acl schoolnet*</"
#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>acl ltspnet*</computeroutput>, "
#~ "<computeroutput>http_access allow schoolnet</computeroutput> and "
#~ "<computeroutput>http_access allow ltspnet</computeroutput> these were "
#~ "replaced by the <computeroutput>acl localnet*</computeroutput> and "
#~ "<computeroutput>*access allow localnet</computeroutput> lines)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ogni settaggio personalizzato nella vecchia configurazione dovrebbe "
#~ "essere copiato dal vecchio file ( cancellando le linee "
#~ "<computeroutput>acl schoolnet*</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>acl "
#~ "ltspnet*</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>http_access allow schoolnet</"
#~ "computeroutput> e <computeroutput>http_access allow ltspnet</"
#~ "computeroutput> queste saranno sostituite con le linee seguenti "
#~ "<computeroutput>acl localnet*</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>*access "
#~ "allow localnet</computeroutput>)."
#~ msgid "User logins from Windows machines needs to repaired"
#~ msgstr "Il login dalle macchine Windows deve essere aggiustato"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Users can't login from Windows machines.</"
#~ "emphasis>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gli utenti non possono connettersi dalle "
#~ "macchine Windows.</emphasis>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A change in Samba that has become apparent in Lenny (see <ulink url="
#~ "\"http://bugs.debian.org/532859\">532859</ulink>) prevents users login to "
#~ "Samba unless <computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet</computeroutput> attribute "
#~ "is set other than zero in their LDAP entry."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un cambiamento in Samba che diventa evidente in Lenny (vedere <ulink url="
#~ "\"http://bugs.debian.org/532859\">532859</ulink>) impedisce agli utenti "
#~ "di di connettersi a Samba a meno che l'attributo "
#~ "<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet</computeroutput> sia diverso da zero "
#~ "nella loro voce LDAP."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add the '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet</computeroutput>' attribute "
#~ "for new users to be created in <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput> make "
#~ "sure <computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini</computeroutput> contain the "
#~ "line '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet = 1</computeroutput>' for each "
#~ "group. See also: <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux.org/1364\">Debian "
#~ "Edu bug#1364</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per aggiungere l'attributo '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet</"
#~ "computeroutput>' per i nuovi utenti creati in LWAT si deve essere sicuri "
#~ "che <computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini</computeroutput> contiene la "
#~ "linea '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet = 1</computeroutput>' per ogni "
#~ "gruppo. Vedere anche: <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux.org/show_bug."
#~ "cgi?id=1364\">Debian Edu bug#1364</ulink>."
#~ msgid "To find which users are affected try:"
#~ msgstr "Per trovare gli utenti interessati provare:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xZLLLWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -b "
#~ "'ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -s one "
#~ "'(&(objectClass=sambaSamAccount)(|(!(sambaPwdLastSet=*))"
#~ "(sambaPwdLastSet=0)))' uid | less"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xZLLLWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -b "
#~ "'ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -s one "
#~ "'(&(objectClass=sambaSamAccount)(|(!(sambaPwdLastSet=*))"
#~ "(sambaPwdLastSet=0)))' uid | less"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add the '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet</computeroutput>' attribute "
#~ "to users where it isn't set try:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per aggiungere l'attributo '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet</"
#~ "computeroutput>' per gli utenti ai qualinon è impostato provare:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xZLLLWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -b "
#~ "'ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -s one "
#~ "'(&(objectClass=sambaSamAccount)(!(sambaPwdLastSet=*)))' dn | sed '/.\\+/a"
#~ "\\changetype: modify\\nadd:sambaPwdLastSet\\nsambaPwdLastSet: 2\\n-' > /"
#~ "etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "ldapmodify -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " -f /etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xZLLLWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -b "
#~ "'ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -s one "
#~ "'(&(objectClass=sambaSamAccount)(!(sambaPwdLastSet=*)))' dn | sed '/.\\+/a"
#~ "\\changetype: modify\\nadd:sambaPwdLastSet\\nsambaPwdLastSet: 2\\n-' > /"
#~ "etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "ldapmodify -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " -f /etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If users with '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet = 0</computeroutput>' were "
#~ "found and allowing them to login is desired, try:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se gli utenti con l'attributo '<computeroutput>sambaPwdLastSet = 0</"
#~ "computeroutput>' sono stati trovati e permetterel oro di collegarsi, "
#~ "provare:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xZLLLWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -b "
#~ "'ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -s one "
#~ "'(&(objectClass=sambaSamAccount)(sambaPwdLastSet=0))' dn | sed '/.\\+/a"
#~ "\\changetype: modify\\nreplace:sambaPwdLastSet\\nsambaPwdLastSet: 2\\n-' "
#~ "> /etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "ldapmodify -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " -f /etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xZLLLWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -b "
#~ "'ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -s one "
#~ "'(&(objectClass=sambaSamAccount)(sambaPwdLastSet=0))' dn | sed '/.\\+/a"
#~ "\\changetype: modify\\nreplace:sambaPwdLastSet\\nsambaPwdLastSet: 2\\n-' "
#~ "> /etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "ldapmodify -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " -f /etc/ldap/fixamba.ldif"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "See also <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Lenny/"
#~ "SambaLDAP#\">SambaLDAP</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vedere anche <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Lenny/"
#~ "SambaLDAP#\">SambaLDAP</ulink>."
#~ msgid "DNS service needs to repaired"
#~ msgstr "Il servizio DNS deve essere aggiustato"
#~ msgid "Bind"
#~ msgstr "Bind"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to continue running bind, you must add the RFC 2782 entries "
#~ "in <computeroutput>/etc/bind/debian-edu/db.intern</computeroutput>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si vuole continuare a eseguire bind, occorre aggiungere le entrate di "
#~ "RFC 2782 in <computeroutput>/etc/bind/debian-edu/db.intern</"
#~ "computeroutput>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ ";RFC2782\n"
#~ "_ldap._tcp IN SRV 0 100 389 tjener\n"
#~ "_syslog._udp IN SRV 0 100 514 tjener"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ ";RFC2782\n"
#~ "_ldap._tcp IN SRV 0 100 389 tjener\n"
#~ "_syslog._udp IN SRV 0 100 514 tjener"
#~ msgid "powerdns"
#~ msgstr "powerdns"
#~ msgid "To switch to powerdns:"
#~ msgstr "Per passare a powerdns:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "install the packages <computeroutput>pdns-server</computeroutput>, "
#~ "<computeroutput>pdns-recursor</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>pdns-"
#~ "backend-ldap</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>pdns-server</computeroutput>, "
#~ "<computeroutput>pdns-recursor</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>pdns-"
#~ "backend-ldap</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 update\n"
#~ " tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 install pdns-server pdns-recursor pdns-backend-"
#~ "ldap"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 update\n"
#~ " tjener:~# apt-get -q=2 install pdns-server pdns-recursor pdns-backend-"
#~ "ldap"
#~ msgid "In <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/slapd.conf</computeroutput>:"
#~ msgstr "In <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/slapd.conf</computeroutput>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Uncomment the line <computeroutput>include /etc/ldap/schema/dnsdomain2."
#~ "schema</computeroutput>, if it was commented-out earlier (1.1)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Decommentare la linea <computeroutput>include /etc/ldap/schema/dnsdomain2."
#~ "schema</computeroutput>, se è stata commentata in precedenza (1.1)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It's recommended to index <computeroutput>associatedDomain</"
#~ "computeroutput>, at the indices area add the lines:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "E' raccomandato indicizzare <computeroutput>associatedDomain</"
#~ "computeroutput>, nell'area degli indici e aggiungere le linee:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# PowerDNS index\n"
#~ " index associatedDomain pres,eq,sub"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "# PowerDNS index\n"
#~ " index associatedDomain pres,eq,sub"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Restart slapd <computeroutput>invoke-rc.d slapd restart</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Riavvia slapd con <computeroutput> invoke-rc.d slapd restart</"
#~ "computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Load the DNS data into LDAP either using the default Debian Edu or the "
#~ "existing Bind9 configuration:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "carica i dati DNS in LDAP usando Debian Edu default o l'esistente "
#~ "configurazione Bind9:"
#~ msgid "To use the default Debian Edu configuration:"
#~ msgstr "Per usare la configurazione di defaultdi Debian Edu:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Add the contents of <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/dns_skole.ldif</"
#~ "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/dns_arpa.ldif</"
#~ "computeroutput> using <computeroutput>ldapadd</computeroutput>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aggiungere i contenuti di <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/dns_skole.ldif</"
#~ "computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/ldap/dns_arpa.ldif</"
#~ "computeroutput> usando <computeroutput>ldapadd</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' "
#~ "\\\n"
#~ " > -f '/etc/ldap/dns_skole.ldif'\n"
#~ " tjener:~# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,"
#~ "dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " > -f '/etc/ldap/dns_arpa.ldif'"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' "
#~ "\\\n"
#~ " > -f '/etc/ldap/dns_skole.ldif'\n"
#~ " tjener:~# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,"
#~ "dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " > -f '/etc/ldap/dns_arpa.ldif'"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To <ulink url=\"http://www.linuxnetworks.de/doc/index.php/"
#~ "PowerDNS_LDAP_Backend/Migration\">migrate</ulink> Bind's configuration:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per <ulink url=\"http://www.linuxnetworks.de/doc/index.php/"
#~ "PowerDNS_LDAP_Backend/Migration\">migrare</ulink> alla configurazione di "
#~ "Bind:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is a utility called <computeroutput>zone2ldap</computeroutput> "
#~ "provided in the PowerDNS distribution which convert zone files used by "
#~ "BIND to the ldif format, it is broken in Lenny (<ulink url=\"http://bugs."
#~ "debian.org/504061\">504061</ulink>), fixed packages are available in "
#~ "Squeeze."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "C'è un'utility chiamata <computeroutput>zone2ldap</computeroutput> messa "
#~ "a disposizione nella distribuzione PowerDNS che converte i file zone "
#~ "usati da BIND nel formato ldif, questa non funziona in Lenny (<ulink url="
#~ "\"http://bugs.debian.org/504061\">504061</ulink>), i pacchetti di "
#~ "correzione sono disponibili in Squeeze."
#~ msgid "To use the one from Etch:"
#~ msgstr "Per utilizzarne una da Etch"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Download <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/etch/i386/pdns-backend-"
#~ "ldap/download\">etch-i386-pdns-backend-ldap</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Download <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/etch/i386/pdns-backend-"
#~ "ldap/download\">etch-i386-pdns-backend-ldap</ulink>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unpack it using dpkg or dpkg-deb and replace the faulty <computeroutput>/"
#~ "usr/bin/zone2ldap</computeroutput>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Scompattarla usando dpkg o dpkg-deb e sostituire quella difettosa "
#~ "<computeroutput>/usr/bin/zone2ldap</computeroutput>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:/tmp# dpkg-deb -x pdns-backend-ldap_2.9.20-8+etch1_i386.deb \\\n"
#~ " > pdns-backend-ldap_2.9.20\n"
#~ " tjener:/tmp# cp pdns-backend-ldap_2.9.20/usr/bin/zone2ldap /usr/bin/"
#~ "zone2ldap"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:/tmp# dpkg-deb -x pdns-backend-ldap_2.9.20-8+etch1_i386.deb \\\n"
#~ " > pdns-backend-ldap_2.9.20\n"
#~ " tjener:/tmp# cp pdns-backend-ldap_2.9.20/usr/bin/zone2ldap /usr/bin/"
#~ "zone2ldap"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Apparently PowerDNS in Lenny (2.9.21.2) doesn't understand <ulink url="
#~ "\"http://www.nabble.com/Re%3A-2.9.21.2%28debian%29-ldap-problem-p21287511."
#~ "html\">AFSDB records</ulink> same for `zone2ldap', when reading an AFSDB "
#~ "record it will quit with an error message."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Apparenemente PowerDNS in Lenny (2.9.21.2) non comprende <ulink url="
#~ "\"http://www.nabble.com/Re%3A-2.9.21.2%28debian%29-ldap-problem-p21287511."
#~ "html\">i record AFSD</ulink> stessa cosa per `zone2ldap', quando legge un "
#~ "record AFSDB si interrompe con un messaggio di errore."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To workaround this limitation comment-out (with ' ; ') AFSDB records in "
#~ "the named db.* files, <computeroutput>grep -rl AFSDB /etc/bind/*</"
#~ "computeroutput> will disclose them."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per aggirare questa limitazione occorre commentare (con ' ; ') i record "
#~ "AFSDB nei file del tipo db.*, il comando <computeroutput>grep -rl "
#~ "AFSDB /etc/bind/*</computeroutput> li evidenzierà."
#~ msgid "At last the conversion can be executed:"
#~ msgstr "Finalmente la conversione può essere eseguita:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# zone2ldap --basedn='ou=hosts,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' --"
#~ "layout=tree \\\n"
#~ " > --named-conf='/etc/bind/debian-edu/named-bind9.conf' "
#~ "--resume \\\n"
#~ " > > /etc/ldap/skole-zone2ldap"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# zone2ldap --basedn='ou=hosts,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' --"
#~ "layout=tree \\\n"
#~ " > --named-conf='/etc/bind/debian-edu/named-bind9.conf' "
#~ "--resume \\\n"
#~ " > > /etc/ldap/skole-zone2ldap"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Before the data in the new ldif file can be added to the database the "
#~ "\"basedn\" must be created:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Prima che i dati nel nuovo file ldif possano essere aggiunti il data base "
#~ "\"basedn\" deve essere creato:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,"
#~ "dc=no'\n"
#~ " Enter LDAP Password:\n"
#~ " dn: ou=hosts,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ " objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
#~ " objectClass: domainRelatedObject\n"
#~ " ou: hosts\n"
#~ " associatedDomain: intern"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# ldapadd -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,"
#~ "dc=no'\n"
#~ " Enter LDAP Password:\n"
#~ " dn: ou=hosts,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
#~ " objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
#~ " objectClass: domainRelatedObject\n"
#~ " ou: hosts\n"
#~ " associatedDomain: intern"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The format of the ldif file created by <computeroutput>zone2ldap</"
#~ "computeroutput> is suitable for `ldapmodify':"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "il formato del file ldif creato da <computeroutput>zone2ldap</"
#~ "computeroutput> è adatto per `ldapmodify':"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# ldapmodify -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,"
#~ "dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " > -f /etc/ldap/skole-zone2ldap"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# ldapmodify -xZWD 'cn=admin,ou=People,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,"
#~ "dc=no' \\\n"
#~ " > -f /etc/ldap/skole-zone2ldap"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d bind9 stop\n"
#~ " tjener:~# invoke-rc.d pdns start\n"
#~ " tjener:~# invoke-rc.d pdns-recursor start"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "tjener:~# invoke-rc.d bind9 stop\n"
#~ " tjener:~# invoke-rc.d pdns start\n"
#~ " tjener:~# invoke-rc.d pdns-recursor start"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After testing the new PowerDNS setup Bind9 may be disabled/removed/purged."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dopo aver verificato il setup del nuovo PowerDNS, Bind9 può essere "
#~ "disabilitato/rimosso/eliminato."
#~ msgid "Nagios setup has changed"
#~ msgstr "La configurazione di Nagios è cambiata"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Nagios2 is not available in lenny anymore, so nagios3 is now installed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nagios2 non è più disponibile in lenny, così ora è installato nagios3."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The nagios3 configuration will already be installed and functional, "
#~ "though the nagios2 configuration won't be functional anymore. If you "
#~ "changed the nagios2 configuration, your changes will be saved in .dpkg-"
#~ "old files, but the changes will not be applied to the nagios3 "
#~ "configuration. So these changes have to be redone manually."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La configurazione di nagios3 sarà installata e funzionante, sebbene la "
#~ "configurazione di nagios2 fatta con etch non funzionerà. Se si sono fatti "
#~ "dei cambiamenti alla configurazione di nagios2 le modifiche verranno "
#~ "salvate in .dpkg-old files, e i cambiamenti effettuati non saranno "
#~ "applicati a nagios3. Le modifiche dovranno essere rifatte manualmente."
#~ msgid "For those who upgraded from Etch"
#~ msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da Etch"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk</computeroutput> was moved to a "
#~ "separate package and renamed to <computeroutput>etcinsvk</computeroutput> "
#~ "for Lenny. Those used to using debian-edu-etc-svk should start to use "
#~ "etcinsvk instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk</computeroutput> è stato messo in un "
#~ "pacchetto separato e rinominato per Lenny come <computeroutput>etcinsvk</"
#~ "computeroutput>. Chi è abituato a usare debian-edu-etc-svk dovrebbe "
#~ "iniziare ad utilizzare etcinsvk. "
#~ msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
#~ msgstr "Cos'è debian-volatile?"
#~ msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage:</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Citando dalla pagina web</emphasis>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and "
#~ "virus scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not "
#~ "really work for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of "
#~ "volatile is allowing system administrators to update their systems in a "
#~ "nice, consistent way, without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, "
#~ "even without getting the drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-"
#~ "volatile will only contain changes to stable programs that are necessary "
#~ "to keep them functional."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Alcuni pacchetti, come il filtro spam e la rilevazione dei virus, vanno "
#~ "aggiornati frequentemente e non è sicuro aspettare gli aggiornamenti di "
#~ "una versione stabile. L'obiettivo principale di debian-volatile è "
#~ "permettere agli amministratori di aggiornare il sistema in un modo "
#~ "semplice e consistente senza gli svantaggi dell'uso di una versione "
#~ "instabile. Così debian-volatile conterrà solo i cambiamenti ai programmi "
#~ "necessari per rendere funzionale il programma."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since the Lenny release, the volatile archive is enabled and used by "
#~ "default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dal rilascio di Lenny, l'archivio volatile è attivito e utilizzato per "
#~ "impostazione presefinita."
#~ msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
#~ msgstr "Sono richiesti tre requisiti per fare questo:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "add backports.debian.org entries to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
#~ "list</computeroutput> as decribed in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
#~ "org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/Administration#\">general "
#~ "adminstration howtos</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "aggiungere backports.debian.org a <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
#~ "computeroutput> come descritto nell'<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
#~ "DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/Administration#\">howto "
#~ "dell'amministrazione generale</ulink>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
#~ "Pin: release a=lenny-backports\n"
#~ "Pin-priority: 999"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
#~ "Pin: release a=lenny-backports\n"
#~ "Pin-priority: 999"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> package is "
#~ "only an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, "
#~ "for legal reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it "
#~ "will download the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "il plugin <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> è solo un "
#~ "pacchetto di installazione (e non contiene il plugin di flash, per "
#~ "ragioni legali), c'è quindi bisogno di una connessione internet attiva "
#~ "che scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
#~ msgid "Sound with Flash on thin clients"
#~ msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Additionally to the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> "
#~ "package (see above) you just need to install the "
#~ "<computeroutput>flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound</computeroutput> package."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "In aggiunta al pacchetto <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</"
#~ "computeroutput> (vedi sopra) occorre installare il pacchetto "
#~ "<computeroutput>flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound</computeroutput>."
#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 5.0r0+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\""
#~ msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 5.0r0+edu0 Nome codice \"Lenny\""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "* several bugfixes, including fixes for Skolelinux bugs #1436, #1427, "
#~ "#1441, #1413, #1450 and Debian bugs #585966, #585772, #585968, #586035 "
#~ "and #585966 plus several which were not filed. * Merge new web pages "
#~ "from Squeeze. The text is the same, but it provides new translation for "
#~ "zh, compete translations for all included langauges (de es fr it nb nl ru "
#~ "zh), and a rename of the .no page to .nb to reflect the langauge used. * "
#~ "debian-edu-install: Slovak translation added, updates to German, Basque, "
#~ "Italian, Bokmal, Vietnamese and Chinese translations. * debian-edu-doc: "
#~ "improvements to Italian, Bokmal and German translations as well as "
#~ "overall layout. * sitesummary: various improvements, most notably "
#~ "several nagios checks where added to monitor system health. * shutdown-"
#~ "at-night: fix #1435 (did not work with the LDAP host groups populated by "
#~ "lwat)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "* diversi bugfix, tra cui le correzioni per i bug di Skolelinux #1436, "
#~ "#1427, #1441, #1413, #1450 e i bug Debian #585966, #585772, #585968, "
#~ "586035 e #585966 oltre a molti che non sono stati archiviati. * "
#~ "Incorpora nuove pagine web da Squeeze. Il testo è lo stesso, ma fornisce "
#~ "una nuova traduzione per zh, traduzioni complete per tutti i linguaggi "
#~ "(de es fr it nl ru zh) e sono state rinominate le pagine .no in .nb per "
#~ "accordarsi al linguaggio utilizzato. * E' stata aggiunta l'installazione "
#~ "in slovacco e gli aggiornamenti al tedesco, basco, italiano, Bokmal, "
#~ "vietnamita e cinese. * debian-edu-doc: miglioramenti nelle traduzioni e "
#~ "nel layout complessivo per l'italiano, Bokmal e tedesco. * sitesummary: "
#~ "vari miglioramenti, in particolare nagios con diversi controlli in "
#~ "particolare è stato aggiunto il monitoraggio della salute del sistema. * "
#~ "Shutdown-a-night: fix #1435 (non lavora con i gruppi di host LDAP "
#~ "popolati da lwat) "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
#~ "<computeroutput>gpg</computeroutput> keyring, so that "
#~ "<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url="
#~ "\"http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt\">securily</ulink>. This is done by "
#~ "running these commands as root:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sarà necessario aggiungere la chiave dell'archivio di backports.org al "
#~ "portachiavi <computeroutput>gpg</computeroutput> di root, così che "
#~ "<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> possa usare questo repository <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt\">in maniera sicura</ulink>. "
#~ "Occorre dare il seguente comando come root:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt "
#~ "if it is:\n"
#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian lenny-backports main contrib "
#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
#~ "aptitude update\n"
#~ "# Install the keyring package for backports\n"
#~ "aptitude install debian-backports-keyring"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt "
#~ "if it is:\n"
#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian lenny-backports main contrib "
#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
#~ "aptitude update\n"
#~ "# Install the keyring package for backports\n"
#~ "aptitude install debian-backports-keyring"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is possible to save energy and money by turning off client machines at "
#~ "night, and turn them automatically on in the morning."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si può risparmiare energia e denaro spengendo le macchine client nella "
#~ "notte, e accenderle automaticamente la mattina."
#~ msgid "This is described below."
#~ msgstr "Questo è descritto in seguito."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Probably (I think its partly described above "
#~ "already) add more info about how to boot diskless workstations instead of "
#~ "thin clients on 192.168.x.x, and that you have to add '3' to the kernel "
#~ "argument list in /var/lib/tftproot/ltsp/...."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Occorre aggiungere (I think its partly "
#~ "described above already) maggiori informzioni su come avviare le diskless "
#~ "workstations invece dei thin clients su 192.168.x.x, and that you have to "
#~ "add '3' to the kernel argument list in /var/lib/tftproot/ltsp/...."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one "
#~ "of the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to "
#~ "copy the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
#~ "environment if the new one fail to work."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Attenzione perché questa operazione è abbastanza "
#~ "rischiosa, se uno dei pacchetti aggiornati è difettoso. Per ridurre il "
#~ "rischio, è una buona idea copiare il contenuto di /opt/ltsp/i386 per "
#~ "essere in grado di ripristinare l'ambiente originale se quello nuovo non "
#~ "funziona."
#~ msgid "JAVA from Sun"
#~ msgstr "JAVA da Sun"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Should we recommend openjdk-6-* from main "
#~ "instead documenting sun-java6-jre? Not sure if a plugin is available..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: Should we recommend openjdk-6-* from main "
#~ "instead documenting sun-java6-jre? Not sure if a plugin is available..."
#~ msgid "or for the netinstall CD you can download"
#~ msgstr "o per il cd netinstall si può fare il download"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-lenny-amd64-i386-powerpc-"
#~ "netinst/debian-edu-amd64-i386-powerpc-NETINST-1.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-lenny-amd64-i386-powerpc-"
#~ "netinst/debian-edu-amd64-i386-powerpc-NETINST-1.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-lenny-amd64-i386-powerpc-"
#~ "netinst/debian-edu-amd64-i386-powerpc-NETINST-1.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-lenny-amd64-i386-powerpc-"
#~ "netinst/debian-edu-amd64-i386-powerpc-NETINST-1.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::cd-lenny-amd64-i386-powerpc-"
#~ "netinst/debian-edu-amd64-i386-powerpc-NETINST-1.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::cd-lenny-amd64-i386-powerpc-"
#~ "netinst/debian-edu-amd64-i386-powerpc-NETINST-1.iso</computeroutput>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: The source code for this release is not available now. The fix is "
#~ "to build a source DVD."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: The source code for this release is not available now. The fix is "
#~ "to build a source DVD."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: polish this instructions for upgrading from "
#~ "etch."
#~ msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: describe how to upgrade from etch."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "how to add dns and dhcp to existing ldap. "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"20\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/checkmark.png\" depth=\"15\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "come aggiungere dns e dhcp a un esistente ldap. "
#~ "<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"20\" fileref=\"http://"
#~ "wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/checkmark.png\" depth=\"15\"/></"
#~ "imageobject>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "changes to slapd.conf. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="
#~ "\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/icon-info.png\" "
#~ "depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "cambiamenti a slapd.conf. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata "
#~ "width=\"16\" fileref=\"http://wiki.debian.org/htdocs/modern/img/icon-info."
#~ "png\" depth=\"16\"/></imageobject>"
#~ msgid "Generate new indexes"
#~ msgstr "Generare nuovi indici"
#~ msgid "Upgrading from nagios2 to nagios3"
#~ msgstr "Aggiornare da nagios2 a nagios3"
#~ msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
#~ msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) al servizio dei thin-client"
#~ msgid "laptops should be considered like workstations."
#~ msgstr "i laptop dovrebbero essere considerati come workstations."
#~ msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
#~ msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www."
#~ "debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch</"
#~ "ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installed a 2.6 kernel as "
#~ "default, but if you are running a 2.4 kernel, you <emphasis>should</"
#~ "emphasis> read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
#~ "i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on "
#~ "upgrading from kernel 2.4 to 2.6</ulink> before you upgrade!)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se sorgono problemi si dovrebbe leggere anche <ulink url=\"http://www."
#~ "debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes per Debian etch</"
#~ "ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installa il kernel 2.6 come "
#~ "default, ma se si sta lavorando con il kernel 2.4, <emphasis>occorrerebbe "
#~ "</emphasis> leggere <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
#~ "i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\"> le "
#~ "avvertenze sull'aggiornamento dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6</ulink> prima di "
#~ "installare!)"
#~ msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
#~ msgstr "Schema di partizionamento cambiato"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that "
#~ "the Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two "
#~ "volume Groups:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il problema principale nell'aggiornamento da sarge a Terra è che lo "
#~ "schema di partizionamento è totalmente cambiato. La versione sarge ha due "
#~ "gruppi di volume:"
#~ msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
#~ msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/"
#~ "squid"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal "
#~ "changes of the Installer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La versione etch ha invece solo 1 Volume Group dovuto a un cambiamento "
#~ "interno dell'Installer."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since "
#~ "the data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
#~ "virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was "
#~ "not possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you "
#~ "should have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /"
#~ "usr. If this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little "
#~ "free space on the device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il problema principale è che il il volume vg_system è abbastanza piccolo "
#~ "in quanto i dati che vi risiedono sono nella maggioranza statici. Quando "
#~ "si prova a aggiornare su un Pc virtuale con un hard disk di 8GB, "
#~ "l'aggiornamento non riesce in quanto è impossibile avere maggiore spazio "
#~ "su vg_sytem. Attenzione ci sarebbe bisogno di 1,5 Gb di spazio libero in /"
#~ "var e circa 600MB di spazio libero in /usr. Se questo non c'è "
#~ "l'aggiornamento fallisce per il poco spazio sul disco."
#~ msgid "Prepare the system"
#~ msgstr "Preparazione del sistema"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the "
#~ "lv_var partition, you have to resize this partition:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si ha abbastanza spazio nel volume vg_system, ma non nella partizione "
#~ "lv_var- occorre ridimensionare questa partizione:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var</computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
#~ "have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid</computeroutput> "
#~ "partition for this to work, too:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "1.) Smontare la partizione <computeroutput>/var</computeroutput>, "
#~ "occorrerà anche smontare la partizione <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid</"
#~ "computeroutput> per questo lavoro:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "/etc/init.d/squid stop\n"
#~ "umount /var/spool/squid\n"
#~ "umount -fl /var"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "/etc/init.d/squid stop\n"
#~ "umount /var/spool/squid\n"
#~ "umount -fl /var"
#~ msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
#~ msgstr "2.) fsck della partizione:"
#~ msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data"
#~ msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data"
#~ msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
#~ msgstr "3.) ridimensionare la partizione:"
#~ msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data"
#~ msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data"
#~ msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "4.) ridimensionare il filesystem:"
#~ msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data"
#~ msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data"
#~ msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
#~ msgstr "5.) montare le partizioni di nuovo:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "mount /var\n"
#~ "mount /var/spool/squid\n"
#~ "/etc/init.d/squid start"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "mount /var\n"
#~ "mount /var/spool/squid\n"
#~ "/etc/init.d/squid start"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian lenny main\n"
#~ "deb http://security.debian.org/ lenny/updates main \n"
#~ "deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux lenny local"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian lenny main\n"
#~ "deb http://security.debian.org/ lenny/updates main \n"
#~ "deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux lenny local"
#~ msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
#~ msgstr "Ora incominciamo ad aggiornare con:"
#~ msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Risposte alle domande di Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
#~ "question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based "
#~ "on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Qui saranno dati alcuni suggerimenti su come si dovrebbe rispondere alle "
#~ "domande di debconf durante l'aggiornamento. Ma attenzione: Questo HowTo "
#~ "di aggiornamento è basato su una installazione pulita di un mainserver + "
#~ "terminalserver."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
#~ "depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally "
#~ "to what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). "
#~ "So if there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't "
#~ "hesitate to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-"
#~ "edu@lists.debian.org\">debian-edu@lists.debian.org</ulink>) or at IRC "
#~ "(irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le domande che saranno fatte in aggiunta a quelle qui documentate "
#~ "dipenderanno da quello che è installato nel sistema (che non è incluso di "
#~ "default nella vesione sarge Debian Edu). In questo caso se ci sono delle "
#~ "domande a cui non sai rispondere non esitare a contattare la Mailinglist "
#~ "(<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu@lists.debian.org\">debian-edu@lists."
#~ "debian.org</ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
#~ msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
#~ msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</"
#~ "emphasis> user."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin</"
#~ "emphasis>."
#~ msgid "* Configure console-data"
#~ msgstr "* Configurare console-data"
#~ msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
#~ msgstr "Scegliere \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
#~ msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
#~ msgstr "* Configurare openssh-server"
#~ msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
#~ msgstr "Non disattivare la challenge-response Auth."
#~ msgid "* Configure systat"
#~ msgstr "* Configurare systat"
#~ msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
#~ msgstr "Scegliere qui il default (yes)."
#~ msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
#~ msgstr "* Configurare popularity-contest"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get "
#~ "an weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
#~ "anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si sceglie \"yes\" qui, questo ci aiuterà a migliorare debian-edu. "
#~ "(Riporteremo un report settimanale su quali programmi sono più usati). I "
#~ "dati sono raccolti in modo anonimo accanto alla possibilità di scegliere "
#~ "\"no\"."
#~ msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
#~ msgstr "* Configure libnss-ldap"
#~ msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
#~ msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
#~ msgstr "Usare qui ldapversion 3"
#~ msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
#~ msgstr "* Aggiornare ora glibc. Rispondere qui \"yes\"."
#~ msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
#~ msgstr "* Lanciare di nuovo i Servizi. Risponder qui \"yes\"."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
#~ "packages installed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Queste sono le domande di debconf che appariranno se non hai altri "
#~ "pacchetti installati."
#~ msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
#~ msgstr "Ora il processo di aggiornamento dei pacchetti partirà."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
#~ "modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
#~ "default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
#~ "something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Attenzione: Sarà chiesto diverse volte se si vuole lasciare la vecchia "
#~ "configurazione del file o se si vuole aggiornare all'ultima. Il default è "
#~ "lasciare la vecchia configurazione modificata. A meno che si sia "
#~ "realmente modificata, occorre scegliere sempre: \"Installare l'ultima\"."
#~ msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
#~ msgstr "L'aggiornamento si interrompe con questo messaggio:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing:\n"
#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing:\n"
#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-it\n"
#~ " mozilla-firefox-locale-el\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
#~ "info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm</emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/"
#~ "dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm</emphasis> and comment out in "
#~ "both the line containing: <emphasis>update-mozilla-firefox-chrome</"
#~ "emphasis>. Then restart the upgrade process with:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per correggere questo errore occorre modificare questi due file: "
#~ "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm</emphasis> "
#~ "e <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-local-el.postrm</emphasis> "
#~ "e decommentare nei due file la linea che contiene: <emphasis>update-"
#~ "mozilla-firefox-chrome</emphasis>. Poi occorre riavviare il processo di "
#~ "aggiornamento con:"
#~ msgid "apt-get -f install"
#~ msgstr "apt-get -f install"
#~ msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
#~ msgstr "Ora l'aggiornamento continua:"
#~ msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
#~ msgstr "* Alcuni file di configurazione modificati (nagios)"
#~ msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dovresti sempre lasciare quello installato (default) e premere enter"
#~ msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
#~ msgstr "Quando l'installazione si interrompe più tardi:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing:\n"
#~ " slapd\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing:\n"
#~ " slapd\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/"
#~ "dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb</emphasis> and since "
#~ "openldap now runs as user <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> (instead of as "
#~ "root) the permissions of the configuration files have to be changed:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per correggere questo errore occorre rinominare questa directory: "
#~ "<emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb</"
#~ "emphasis> e dato che ldap ora non viene eseguita come root ma come utente "
#~ "<emphasis>openldap</emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione "
#~ "devono essere cambiati:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/\n"
#~ "apt-get -f install"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/\n"
#~ "apt-get -f install"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without</"
#~ "emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please "
#~ "restart the dist-upgrade process again with:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'installazione dovrebbe finire <emphasis role=\"strong\">senza</"
#~ "emphasis>errori. Se adesso molti pacchetti non risultano aggiornati "
#~ "occorre riavviare dist-upgrade di nuovo con:"
#~ msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade"
#~ msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade"
#~ msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
#~ msgstr "Il prossimo errore è questo:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing:\n"
#~ " /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Errors were encountered while processing:\n"
#~ " /var/cache/apt/archives/courier-authlib-ldap_0.58-4_i386.deb\n"
#~ "E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)"
#~ msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> with"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Occorre rimuovere il pacchetto: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> con"
#~ msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap"
#~ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
#~ msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine. Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process "
#~ "should now finish without raising more errors."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si hanno solo installati i pacchetti di default il processo di "
#~ "aggiornamento dovrebbe ora finire senza altri errori."
#~ msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
#~ msgstr "Problemi nell'aggiornamento di bind"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, "
#~ "so you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il solo compito rimasto è che l'utente di bind9 è cambiato, bisogna così "
#~ "cambiare il proprietario di tutti i file di configurazione di bind."
#~ msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind"
#~ msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind"
#~ msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
#~ msgstr "I gruppi di Samba sono cambiati"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
#~ "etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was "
#~ "also a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
#~ "database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP "
#~ "admin tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "E' cambiato il modo come samba manipola i gruppi da sarge a etch. Samba "
#~ "in sarge manipola i grouppi internamente, così un gruppo unix è anche un "
#~ "gruppo samba. In etch samba lascia le informazioni dei gruppi nel "
#~ "database LDAP. Sfortunatamente questo problema fu scoperto troppo tardi "
#~ "per lo strumento di amministrazione di LDAP \"lwat\" per rimediare alla "
#~ "situazione."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure "
#~ "to create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
#~ "operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quando si aggiorna LDAP da sarge, occorre essere sicuri di creare un "
#~ "acconto per il Domain Admins, necessario per correggere le operazioni di "
#~ "domino di samba. Creare l'acconto di Domain Admins con il comando:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
#~ " type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
#~ " comment=\"All system administrators in the school\""
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
#~ " type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
#~ " comment=\"All system administrators in the school\""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are "
#~ "in, you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in "
#~ "more detail in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/NetworkClients#\">HowTo/NetworkClients</ulink> "
#~ "chapter of this manual."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se si vuole che i computer Windows riconoscano i gruppi di utenti, "
#~ "occorre creare i gruppi in LDAP manualmente, tutto questo è spiegato in "
#~ "dettaglio nella sezione <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/NetworkClients#\">HowTo/NetworkClients</ulink> "
#~ "di questo manuale."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are "
#~ "not supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be "
#~ "found at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
#~ "UpgradeFrom1.0\"/>. Then upgrade to Terrra (etch-based Release)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Gli aggiornamenti da Debian Edu / Skolelinux versione woody non sono "
#~ "supportati. L'aggiornamento dalla prima versione di sarge , è documentato "
#~ "dall'howto che si trova a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\"/>. Poi occorre fare l'aggiornamento a Terrra "
#~ "(versione etch)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: describe new features in 5.0.4+edu0 here and "
#~ "set the correct release date."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: describe new features in 5.0.4+edu0 here and "
#~ "set the correct release date."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: some new screenshots from the versions "
#~ "included in lenny should be created."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: some new screenshots from the versions "
#~ "included in lenny should be created."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: maybe add some screenshots"
#~ msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: describe how to upgrade from etch."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: add a pointer to DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
#~ "GettingStarted#DNSManagementwithlwat and describe it there."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: add a pointer to DebianEdu/Documentation/Lenny/"
#~ "GettingStarted#DNSManagementwithlwat and describe it there."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Be aware that it will destroy all data on the harddrives!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i "
#~ "dati negli hard disk!"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Say yes to partman"
#~ msgstr "rispondere yes a partman"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: more examples where moodle is used, how it can be used and a link "
#~ "to a good starter documentation is missing here"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: more examples where moodle is used, how it can be used and a link "
#~ "to a good starter documentation is missing here"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\"/> for more information on Moodle."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vedere per maggiori informazioni su Moodle <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org"
#~ "\"/>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is not enabled per default "
#~ "anymore. Read the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "Documentation/Lenny/HowTo/Administration#Automaticcleanupofleft-"
#~ "overprocess\">general administration HowTo</ulink> to learn how to enable "
#~ "it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> non è più disponibile di default. "
#~ "Leggere il <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~ "Lenny/HowTo/Administration#Automaticcleanupofleft-overprocess\"> HowTo "
#~ "per l'amministrazione generale</ulink> per imparare come attivarlo."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url="
#~ "\"https://www/nagios3/\"/>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il sistema Nagios e i suoi servizi di monitoraggio sono disponibili a "
#~ "<ulink url=\"https://www/nagios3/\"/>."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If "
#~ "you installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once "
#~ "with the following command run as root:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "/etc in svk è stato introdotto con la versione di Debian Edu basata su "
#~ "etch. Se si è installato il sistema prima di questa versione occorre "
#~ "inizializzare svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
#~ msgid "debian-edu-etc-svk init"
#~ msgstr "debian-edu-etc-svk init"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
#~ "cronjob."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM are recommended "
#~ "minimum requirements"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "per le workstation o per i Pc standalone, 450-Mhz, 256 MiB RAM sono il "
#~ "minimo richiesto"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when "
#~ "using the default network architecture)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "un router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) dà la possibilità di accedere a internet "
#~ "(quando si usa l'architettura di rete di default)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
#~ "network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener</computeroutput>-profile "
#~ "installed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "il server principale (10.0.2.2): è un singolo computer nella rete che ha "
#~ "il profilo <computeroutput>tjener</computeroutput>- installato"
#~ msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
#~ msgstr "workstation e/o thin client (LTSP) server"
#~ msgid "thin clients"
#~ msgstr "thin client"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> boot-option adds "
#~ "the <emphasis role=\"strong\">minimal</emphasis> profile to the profile "
#~ "options, and switches to manual partitioning. On i386/amd64 boot-options "
#~ "can be edited by pressing the <emphasis>tabulator-key</emphasis> in the "
#~ "boot menu. On powerpc, enter <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert "
#~ "</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert</"
#~ "computeroutput> at the yaboot prompt to enter expert mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'opzione di boot <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> "
#~ "aggiunge il profilo <emphasis role=\"strong\">minimal</emphasis> alle "
#~ "opzioni di profilo, e seleziona il partizionamento manuale. Le opzioni di "
#~ "boot i386/amd64 possono essere editate premendo <emphasis>il tasto tab</"
#~ "emphasis> nel menu di boot. Per powerpc digita <computeroutput>installgui "
#~ "debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> o <computeroutput>install debian-edu-"
#~ "expert</computeroutput> al prompt di yaboot per selezionare il modo "
#~ "esperto."
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Choose a profile</emphasis>:"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Scegliere un profilo</emphasis>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "PXE installation and diskless clients requiere <emphasis role=\"strong"
#~ "\">tjener</emphasis>, the main server, to be installed and set up."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'installazione PXE e quella dei client diskless richiede che <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"strong\">tjener</emphasis>, il server principale, sia installato e "
#~ "configurato."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When clients (whether those are clients to be installed or diskless "
#~ "clients of both kinds, thin clients or diskles workstations, doesn't "
#~ "matter) boot via the network, a new PXE menu with installer and boot "
#~ "selection options is displayed. Thin clients and diskless workstation "
#~ "still boot automatically as before on the thin client network without "
#~ "such PXE menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quando i client (possono essere client da installare o client diskless, "
#~ "thin clients o diskles workstations, non importa) eseguono il boot via "
#~ "rete, un nuovo menu PXE con l'installer e con le opzioni di boot viene "
#~ "visualizzato. Thin clients e diskless workstation faranno il l boot "
#~ "automaticamente come prima sulla rete dei thin client senza il menu PXE."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note: the default installation uses the text based "
#~ "installer and not the graphical one which is shown in the screenshots "
#~ "below. ( FIXME: Change screenshots?)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Nota: l'installazione di default usa un installer di "
#~ "testo e non quello grafico, mostrato negli screenshot sotto ( FIXME: "
#~ "Change screenshots?)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers "
#~ "must be added."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "è consigliato di aggiungere le workstation al dhcpd-config - i LTSP-"
#~ "servers devono essere aggiunti."
#~ msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
#~ msgstr "il certificato è self-signed"
#~ msgid "the certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
#~ msgstr "Il certificato è generato da tjener.intern"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
#~ "since the certificate is only valid for one month."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "si può avere un errore se l'installazione è vecchia più di un mese, dato "
#~ "che il certificato è valido solo per un mese."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
#~ "page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part "
#~ "on the right. First you'll see a login screen where you can login with "
#~ "your admin account. If you visit this site the first time after "
#~ "installation, the login name there is:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Quando l'avvertimento non viene considerato (o corretto ...) si dovrebbe "
#~ "visualizzare la pagina sottostante che ha un menu a sinistra e la parte "
#~ "principale della pagina sulla destra. Per prima cosa si dovrebbe vedere "
#~ "una finestra di login dove occorre collegarsi con le credenziali di "
#~ "amministratore. Se si accede per la prima volta dopo l'installazione, il "
#~ "nome di login è:"
#~ msgid "admin"
#~ msgstr "admin"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and the password is the password you entered during the installation for "
#~ "the root account."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "e la password è la password immessa durante l'installazione per l'acconto "
#~ "di root."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the "
#~ "user is added."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dopo aver scelto un profilo si può scegliere il pulsante \"Save\" e "
#~ "l'utente è aggiunto al sistema."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: describe how to enable the feature of setting "
#~ "self-chosen passwords, describe how to use it, maybe add some screenshots"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: describe how to enable the feature of setting "
#~ "self-chosen passwords, describe how to use it, maybe add some screenshots"
#~ msgid "DNS Management with lwat"
#~ msgstr "Gestione del DNS con lwat"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: a chapter \"DNS Management with lwat\" needs "
#~ "to be written, or better, be incorporated in the above \"machine "
#~ "management with lwat\" chapter"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> FIXME: a chapter \"DNS Management with lwat\" needs "
#~ "to be written, or better, be incorporated in the above \"machine "
#~ "management with lwat\" chapter"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
#~ "this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
#~ "loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's "
#~ "not done automatically, this line:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se il client ha il supporto hardware per il suono e il sotware alsa viene "
#~ "usato (al momento questo è il sistema audio di default in Debian), il "
#~ "modulo snd-pcm-oss should dovrebbe essere caricato dai client per essere "
#~ "sicuri che esd possa essere trovato in /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene "
#~ "automaticamente, questa linea:"
#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
#~ msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note that early test releases used default-ltsp.cfg "
#~ "instead of default-thin.cfg. FIXME: this note should be removed when "
#~ "alpha3 or rc1 is released and doesnt need to be translated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note that early test releases used default-ltsp.cfg "
#~ "instead of default-thin.cfg. FIXME: this note should be removed when "
#~ "alpha3 or rc1 is released and doesnt need to be translated."
#~ msgid "This feature is available since Skolelinux 3.0r1."
#~ msgstr "Questa caratteristica è disponibile da Skolelinux 3.0r1."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "should be added to the server in the {{{/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf]]] "
#~ "file."
#~ msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta nel file {{{/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf]"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the main-server profile is selected together with the thin-client-"
#~ "server profile, diskless workstations and thin-clients are enabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se il profilo main-server profile è selezionato insieme al profilo thin-"
#~ "client-server , diskless workstations e thin-client sono abiltati."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "if the thin-client-server profile is selected along, only thin-clients "
#~ "are enabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "se il profilo thin-client-server è selezionato da solo, solamente i thin-"
#~ "clients sono abilitati."
#~ msgid "Configuration history"
#~ msgstr "History della configurazione "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This feature is activated automatically in the Etch and Lenny based "
#~ "versions of Debian Edu, and all changes done during installation are "
#~ "registered. Changes in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are "
#~ "commited every hour."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Questa caratteristica è attivata automaticamente in Debian Edu Etch e "
#~ "Lenny e tutti i cambiamenti fatti durante l'installazione sono "
#~ "registrati. I cambiamenti fatti in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> "
#~ "sono registrati ogni ora."
#~ msgid "There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One"
#~ msgstr "Ci sono due diversi metodi per accendere i client. Uno"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "uses a BIOS feature and require a working and correct hardware clock, as "
#~ "well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "utilizzare una funzione del BIOS che richiede un corretto orologio "
#~ "funzionante e una scheda madre e una versione del BIOS supportata da"
#~ msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer"
#~ msgstr "apt-get install killer"
#~ msgid "Other useful plugins"
#~ msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After adding the multimedia repository (see <link linkend="
#~ "\"Usingthemultimediarepository\">below</link>):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia (vedi <link linkend="
#~ "\"Usingthemultimediarepository\">sotto</link>):"
#~ msgid "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins"
#~ msgstr "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Due to a bug in LWAT if you want your Windows "
#~ "computers to be aware of what groups users are in, you must create the "
#~ "groupmaps manually. This is <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux."
#~ "no/1270\">bug#1270</ulink> FIXME: remove this when this bug is closed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject>A causa di un bug in LWAT se si vuole che i computer "
#~ "Windows funzionino, occorre creare manualmente i groupmaps. This is "
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux.no/1270\">bug#1270</ulink>FIXME: "
#~ "remove this when this bug is closed"
#~ msgid "To install JAVA from Sun run this command:"
#~ msgstr "Per installare JAVA eseguire questo comando:"
#~ msgid "How to set up and configure diskless workstations"
#~ msgstr "Come si inizializzano e si configurano le workstation diskless"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: describe how to set up and configure diskless workstations. For "
#~ "Etch this is documented in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
#~ "HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/> but that is outdated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: descrivere come configurare le diskless workstations. Per Etch la "
#~ "documentazione è in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/> ma è obsoleta."
#~ msgid "How to set up and configure thin clients"
#~ msgstr "Come si inizializzano e si configurano i thin client"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: describe how to set up and configure thin clients in Debian-edu "
#~ "Lenny"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FIXME: describe how to set up and configure thin clients in Debian-edu "
#~ "Lenny"
Maggiori informazioni sulla lista
tp